Form 1-A: Tier 2
INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS PRELIMINARY OFFERING CIRCULAR IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED BEFORE THE OFFERING STATEMENT TO BE FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IS QUALIFIED. THIS PRELIMINARY OFFERING CIRCULAR SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR MAY THERE BE ANY SALES OF THESE SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL BEFORE REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE. WE MAY ELECT TO SATISFY OUR OBLIGATION TO DELIVER A FINAL OFFERING CIRCULAR BY SENDING YOU A NOTICE WITHIN TWO BUSINESS DAYS AFTER THE COMPLETION OF OUR SALE TO YOU THAT CONTAINS THE URL WHERE THE FINAL OFFERING CIRCULAR OR THE OFFERING STATEMENT IN WHICH SUCH FINAL OFFERING CIRCULAR WAS FILED MAY BE OBTAINED.
PRELIMINARY OFFERING CIRCULAR, DATED SEPTEMBER 25, 2025
OFFERING CIRCULAR
ANDREW ARROYO REAL ESTATE INC. d/b/a AARE
12636 High Bluff Drive, Suite 400
San Diego, CA 92130
888-322-4368
www.invest.aare.com
Maximum Offering: $72,082,500 (USD)
Up to 20,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock(1)
Includes up to 15,300,000 shares offered by the Company for cash consideration and 1,700,000 shares offered by selling securityholders(9) and up to 3,000,000 Bonus Shares(8) for no additional cash consideration
Andrew Arroyo Real Estate Inc., a Delaware corporation d/b/a AARE (the “Company”, “AARE”, we, us, or our) and the Selling Stockholders, as defined herein, are offering, on a “best efforts” basis, a maximum of 20,000,000 shares of non-voting Class A Common Stock (the “Offered Shares”, “Shares” or “Securities”), composed of 15,300,000 shares to be offered directly by the Company for cash consideration (“Company Offered Shares”), 1,700,000 shares to be sold by selling stockholders (“Selling Stockholders” or “securityholders”), and a maximum of 3,000,000 shares to be issued as “Bonus Shares” by the Company for no additional cash consideration to eligible investors in this offering based on certain criteria discussed herein. The proceeds from Selling Stockholders will be received directly by the Selling Stockholders, and not by us.(5) The total consideration of the Offering is up to $72,082,500 (including the investor processing fee discussed herein).
The price offered is at $3.50 per Share on a “best efforts” basis. The Company will also charge investors a fee (“Investor Processing Fee”) of $0.1225 per Share (approximately 3.5% of their investment amounts), for an effective price per Share of $3.6225 and potential gross offering proceeds of $72,082,500. The Selling Stockholders will not receive proceeds from the Investor Processing Fee. The minimum dollar amount of Shares that may be purchased by any investor is $1,001 (286 shares), making the total minimum investment with the Investor Processing Fee included $1,036.04. For more information on the securities offered hereby, please see the item titled “Securities Being Offered” for further details. Within the last 12 months, the aggregate offering price of the shares sold by the Company was $1,136,430.
Eligible purchasers of Class A Common Stock are limited to up to fifteen percent (15%) of Bonus Shares issued by the Company for each Class A Common Stock purchased for $3.50 per share. See “Plan of Distribution” for further details.
The sale of Shares will commence within two calendar days from when the Offering Circular, as amended, is qualified by the SEC. The offering will terminate on the earliest to occur of (i) the date subscriptions for the maximum offering amount have been accepted, (ii) the date which is three years from the date our Offering Statement, as amended, is initially qualified by the Commission (so long as the Company files the required post-qualification amendments at least once every twelve (12) months, if it doesn’t it will be the date one (1) year from the date the Offering Statement, as amended, is initially qualified by the Commission), or (iii) any earlier date on which we elect to terminate the offering in our sole discretion.
There is no minimum offering amount and no provision to escrow or return investor funds if any minimum number of shares is not sold. All investor funds will be held in a segregated Company account until the investor’s subscription is accepted by the Company, at which time such funds will become available for the Company’s use. We will conduct separate closings, with closings being conducted on a rolling basis, which could be based on daily acceptance of investor subscriptions, but operationally will generally take place less frequently. Closings will occur promptly after receiving investor funds, but no less frequently than every 30 days.
Subscriptions are irrevocable and the purchase price is non-refundable as expressly stated in this Offering Circular, unless the Company does not accept a subscriber’s investment. All proceeds received by us from subscribers for this Offering will be available for use by us upon acceptance of subscriptions for the Securities by us.
Sale of these shares will commence within two calendar days of the qualification date (the “Qualification Date”) and it will be a continuous Offering pursuant to Rule 251(d)(3)(i)(F).
GENERALLY, NO SALE MAY BE MADE TO YOU IN THIS OFFERING IF THE AGGREGATE PURCHASE PRICE YOU PAY IS MORE THAN 10% OF THE GREATER OF YOUR ANNUAL INCOME OR NET WORTH. DIFFERENT RULES APPLY TO ACCREDITED INVESTORS AND NON-NATURAL PERSONS. BEFORE MAKING ANY REPRESENTATION THAT YOUR INVESTMENT DOES NOT EXCEED APPLICABLE THRESHOLDS, WE ENCOURAGE YOU TO REVIEW RULE 251(d)(2)(i)(C) OF REGULATION A. FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ON INVESTING, WE ENCOURAGE YOU TO REFER TO www.investor.gov.
Investing in our Common Stock involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 7 for a discussion of certain risks that you should carefully consider in connection with an investment in our Common Stock.
THE SEC DOES NOT PASS UPON THE MERITS OF OR GIVE ITS APPROVAL TO ANY SECURITIES OFFERED OR THE TERMS OF THE OFFERING, NOR DOES IT PASS UPON THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF ANY OFFERING CIRCULAR OR OTHER SOLICITATION MATERIALS. THESE SECURITIES ARE OFFERED PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION WITH THE COMMISSION; HOWEVER, THE COMMISSION HAS NOT MADE AN INDEPENDENT DETERMINATION THAT THE SECURITIES OFFERED ARE EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.
|
| Price to Public(1) |
|
| Broker Fee and Commissions(2) |
|
| Proceeds to Issuer(3)(4) |
|
| Proceeds to Other Persons(5) |
| ||||
Per Share(6)(10) |
| $ | 3.50 |
|
| $ | 0.1575 |
|
| $ | 2.9925 |
|
| $ | 0.35 |
|
Investor Processing Fee(6) |
| $ | 0.1225 |
|
| $ | .0055 |
|
| $ | 0.117 |
|
| $ | - |
|
Total(7) (Offering Maximum) |
| $ | 72,082,500 |
|
| $ | 3,244,713 |
|
| $ | 62,887,787 |
|
| $ | 5,950,000 |
|
____________
1 We and the Selling Stockholders are offering on a continuous basis, starting on the Qualification Date, a maximum of 20,000,000 shares offered of non-voting Class A Common Stock, composed of 15,300,000 shares to be offered by the Company and 1,700,000 shares offered by Selling Stockholders directly for cash consideration, and a maximum of 3,000,000 shares to be issued by the Company as “Bonus Shares” for no additional cash consideration to eligible investors in this offering based on certain criteria set forth herein, for total consideration up to $72,082,500.
2 The Company has engaged DealMaker Securities, LLC, a FINRA/SIPC registered broker-dealer (“DealMaker” or “Broker”) and its affiliates, to perform administrative and compliance related functions in connection with this offering. The Broker does not purchase any securities from the issuer with a view to sell those for the issuer as part of the distribution of the security. Prior to the commencement of the offering the Broker and its affiliates will receive a one-time payment of $67,500, and recurring monthly payments of $13,000 for three months (total of $39,000) for accountable expenses, which are to be returned to the Company if not incurred. Once the offering commences, we will pay accountable expenses of $13,000 per month not to exceed $117,000 for monthly account management fees while the offering is live. There is also supplemental marketing expenses budgeted at $250,000 to be used on a case-by-case basis. The Broker will also receive up to 4.5% of the amount raised (“Broker Fee”) from the sale of Shares in this offering. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the fees due to Broker and its affiliates will not exceed $3,244,713 if we raise the maximum offering amount. Please see “Plan of Distribution” for additional information.
2 |
3 This is a “best efforts” offering. See “Plan of Distribution” for additional information. The total amount in this column assumes selling stockholder participation. If selling stockholders participate to the full 10.00% of a Maximum Offering, then the total proceeds to the Company from the Maximum Offering would be $62,887,787.
4 The Company will incur expenses relating to this offering, in addition to fees payable to the Broker, that are not reflected in the above. See “Plan of Distribution” for additional information.
5 Certain of our existing shareholders that made the election to participate, are participating as selling shareholders in this Offering at a rate of up to ten percent (10.00%) of the shares being offered in the Offering (excluding the bonus shares), meaning they will receive ten percent of any invested funds (not including investor processing fee) and the Company will not receive that portion of the funds or issue that portion of the Shares.
6 Each investor will be required to pay an Investor Processing Fee to the Company at the time of subscription to help offset transaction costs equal to 3.5% of the subscription price per share ($0.1225 per share). No Shares will be issued in consideration for the Investor Processing Fee. The Company, Broker and its affiliates will receive compensation on this fee, but not the Selling Stockholders. The Investor Processing Fee will be counted towards the maximum offering amount and the individual investor limitations for non-accredited investors. See “Plan of Distribution” for more details. We note that the Investor Processing Fee will only be based on the purchase price for shares in this Offering, and therefore will not be affected by any Bonus Shares investors receive in this Offering. This fee may be waived by the Company in its sole discretion.
7 Total proceeds raised in this Offering by the Company include up to $70,000,000 from the sale of Shares and $2,082,500 in Investor Processing Fees.
8 The total maximum offering proceeds that the Company may receive in this Offering is $62,887,787, calculated before payments due to Broker. The remainder of this total represents the maximum offering proceeds that the Selling Stockholders may receive ($5,950,000) and Broker (and affiliate) costs ($3,244,713).
9 Eligible purchasers of Class A Common Stock are limited to up to fifteen percent (15%) Bonus Shares for each Class A Common Stock purchased for $3.50 per share. Investors will be eligible for Bonus Shares regardless of whether shares are purchased from the Company or from Selling Stockholders, with each Bonus Share being issued by the Company. See “Plan of Distribution and Selling Securityholders” for further details, including the eligibility criteria to receive Bonus Shares in this Offering. We note that purchasing shares of Class A Common Stock in this offering is a requirement to receive Bonus Shares. Even if investors, existing stockholders of our Company, or AARE members meet the criteria set forth in “Plan of Distribution and Selling Stockholders”, such as signing up for and attending webinars, they will not receive any Bonus Shares unless they purchase shares of Class A Common Stock for cash in this Offering Circular.
10 Does not include effective discount that would result from the issuance of Bonus Shares. For details of the effective discount, see the “Plan of Distribution” for additional information.
3 |
THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION DOES NOT PASS UPON THE MERITS OR GIVE ITS APPROVAL OF ANY SECURITIES OFFERED OR THE TERMS OF THE OFFERING, NOR DOES IT PASS UPON THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF ANY OFFERING CIRCULAR OR OTHER SOLICITATION MATERIALS. THESE SECURITIES ARE OFFERED PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION WITH THE COMMISSION; HOWEVER, THE COMMISSION HAS NOT MADE AN INDEPENDENT DETERMINATION THAT THE SECURITIES OFFERED ARE EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.
We are using the Form 1-A Offering Circular format for the disclosure in this Offering Circular.
There is currently no trading market for our common stock. Our common stock is not currently listed on any national securities exchange, quotation system or the Nasdaq stock market and there is no market for our securities. There is no guarantee that an active trading market will develop in our securities.
These are speculative securities. Investing in our Common Stock involves significant risks. You should purchase these securities only if you can afford a complete loss of your investment. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 7.
We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, our securities only in jurisdictions where such offers and sales are permitted. You should rely only on the information contained in this Offering Circular. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with any information other than the information contained in this Offering Circular. The information contained in this Offering Circular is accurate only as of its date, regardless of the time of its delivery or of any sale or delivery of our securities. Neither the delivery of this Offering Circular nor any sale or delivery of our securities shall, under any circumstances, imply that there has been no change in our affairs since the date of this Offering Circular. This Offering Circular will be updated and made available for delivery to the extent required by federal securities laws.
Unless otherwise indicated, data contained in this Offering Circular concerning the business of the Company, including estimates and other statistical data, are based on information from various public sources. Although we believe that this data is generally reliable, such information is inherently imprecise, and our estimates and expectations based on these data involves a number of assumptions and limitations. As a result, you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such data, estimates or expectations.
In this Offering Circular, unless the context indicates otherwise, references to “we”, the “Company”, “our” and “us” refer to Andrew Arroyo Real Estate Inc., a Delaware corporation d/b/a AARE, the combined entity after the merger described herein that closed on July 31, 2021. References to the “board”, the “board of directors”, the “Board” or the “Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of Andrew Arroyo Real Estate Inc., a Delaware corporation d/b/a AARE.
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Some of the statements under “Summary”, “Risk Factors”, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, “Our Business” and elsewhere in this Offering Circular constitute forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements relate to expectations, beliefs, projections, future plans and strategies, anticipated events or trends and similar matters that are not historical facts. In some, but not all, cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “anticipate”, “assume”, “believe”, “could”, “estimate”, “expect”, “intend”, “goal”, “may”, “might”, “objective”, “plan”, “possible”, “potential”, “project”, “should”, “strategy”, “will” and “would” or the negatives of these terms or other comparable terminology.
4 |
Our forward-looking statements may include, without limitation, statements with respect to:
| 1. | Future services; |
| 2. | Future products; |
| 3. | The availability of, and terms and costs related to, future borrowing and financing; |
| 4. | Estimates of future sale; |
| 5. | Future transactions; |
| 6. | Estimates regarding the amount of funds we will need to fund our operations for specific periods; |
| 7. | Estimates regarding potential cost savings and productivity; and |
| 8. | Our listing, and the commencement of trading of our Common Stock, on the NASDAQ, OTC Markets or other exchanges and the timing thereof. |
The cautionary statements set forth in this Offering Circular, including those set forth in the “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere, identify important factors that you should consider in evaluating our forward-looking statements.
Although the forward-looking statements in this Offering Circular are based on our beliefs, assumptions and expectations, taking into account all information currently available to us, we cannot guarantee future transactions, results, performance, achievements or outcomes. No assurance can be made to any investor by anyone that the expectations reflected in our forward-looking statements will be attained or that deviations from them will not be material and adverse. We undertake no obligation, except as required by law, to re-issue this Offering Circular or otherwise make public statements updating our forward-looking statements. For the reasons set forth above, you should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements in this Offering Circular.
The Offering Circular Summary highlights information contained elsewhere and does not contain all the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our Common Stock, you should carefully read this entire Offering Circular, including our financial statements and related notes. You should consider among other information, the matters described under “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
5 |
| 6 |
| ||
| 7 |
| ||
| 45 |
| ||
| 46 |
| ||
| 53 |
| ||
| 55 |
| ||
| 59 |
| ||
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS |
| 59 |
| |
| 68 |
| ||
| 69 |
| ||
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF MANAGEMENT AND CERTAIN SECURITY HOLDERS |
| 71 |
| |
| 73 |
| ||
| 74 |
| ||
| F-1 |
|
6 |
Table of Contents |
ITEM 3 SUMMARY AND RISK FACTORS
This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this Offering Circular. This summary is not complete and does not contain all the information that you should consider before deciding whether to invest in our Common Stock. You should carefully read the entire Offering Circular, including the risks associated with an investment in our Company discussed in the “Risk Factors” section of this Offering Circular, before making an investment decision.
We do not incorporate the information on or accessible through our website into this Offering Circular, and you should not consider any information on, or that can be accessed through, our website as a part of this Offering Circular.
Company Information
Andrew Arroyo Real Estate Inc. (the “Company”, “AARE” or “We”) is a nationwide American real estate company providing a comprehensive range of services, including sales, leasing, financing, investing and property management for residential, commercial, and business opportunities. Founded by Andrew Michael Arroyo, who began his real estate career in 1999, AARE has a successful track record of thousands of real estate sales, exceeding $2.75 billion. Mr. Arroyo further expanded his expertise in 2009 by obtaining a Series 65 license and registering as a Registered Investment Advisor (RIA) in California. AARE was originally established as Andrew Arroyo Real Estate, Inc., a California corporation (AARE-CA), in 2004. On July 31, 2021, AARE-CA merged with and into Andrew Arroyo Real Estate, Inc., a Delaware corporation (AARE-DE), with AARE-DE as the surviving entity. This merger facilitated the company's re-incorporation from California to Delaware, a strategic move to prepare for nationwide expansion, capital fundraising, and a public offering. We operate under the trademark and d/b/a “AARE.” Currently, AARE is licensed and registered to conduct real estate services in 25 states and the District of Columbia, and loan origination services in 4 states. The company has approximately three hundred members (agents, brokers, loan officers, managers, and staff) dedicated to smooth operations.
AARE is a mission-driven organization rooted in clear values. Our mission is to demonstrate Generous Capitalism® in the public markets by growing profits and increasing shareholder value, while also contributing to those in need and fulfilling God's will through real estate. Our vision is to "bear fruit," an investment principle signifying positive results. Our objective is to establish a global real estate corporation based on our Generous Capitalism® business model. With a twenty-year history of successful operations and strategic growth, AARE is poised to become a pioneering faith-based, purpose-driven real estate company. Our plan is to develop a Real Estate Investment Trust (REIT) and eventually list on a major public stock exchange. This achievement would offer a unique investment opportunity for faith-driven individuals and institutions, while solidifying AARE's position as a leader in ethical and principled real estate development and investment. Our unwavering commitment to our mission and vision resonates with investors seeking both financial returns and meaningful impact, distinguishing AARE as a beacon of integrity and purpose within the real estate industry.
In 2024, we developed plans to grow our investment division. The Company has monitored the marketplace nationwide and found discounted properties from the peak prices of 2022-2023 primarily in the multifamily and office property types. To date, the Company has not entered any negotiations or agreements regarding any proposed transactions but has identified several properties in California, Nevada, Arizona, Texas, Tennessee, New Mexico and Florida that meet the “discounted from peak price” criteria that the Company believes will provide value. Based on what we view as a rare opportunity to purchase commercial real estate assets at a discount (given the current economic landscape), the Company is fully focused on developing its real estate investment division. The Company is currently raising funds to (1) directly acquire real estate investment properties, (2) invest with other syndicators and partnerships nationwide who finance or acquire real estate investment properties (herein referred to as “Partner Operators”), and (3) invest in other private or publicly traded real estate investment trusts. The Company plans to elect to become a real estate investment trust (REIT). If we are successful in the transition to becoming a REIT, then the current real estate services will continue in a taxable REIT subsidiary (“TRS”). New and existing shareholders will own shares in both the REIT and the TRS.
7 |
Table of Contents |
If the capital raised through this Offering is not able to be deployed immediately into commercial real estate investments, the Company will invest in short-term liquid money market accounts and short-term or long-term government treasuries, which may include exchange traded funds (ETF), to generate interest income that will be available for distribution to shareholders as a dividend in lieu of investment income from the real estate properties.
Real Estate Investment Trust (REIT) Qualification Information
Companies owning or financing real estate must meet a number of organizational, operational, distribution and compliance requirements to qualify as a REIT. There are rules that govern issues such as dividend distributions and the composition of a company's assets. A U.S. REIT must be formed in one of the 50 states or the District of Columbia as an entity taxable for federal purposes as a corporation. It must be governed by directors or trustees and its shares must be transferable. Beginning with its second taxable year, a REIT must meet two ownership tests: it must have at least 100 shareholders (the “100 Shareholder Test”) and five or fewer individuals cannot own more than 50% of the value of the REIT's stock during the last half of its taxable year (the “5/50 Test”). To ensure compliance with these tests, most REITs include percentage ownership limitations in their organizational documents. A REIT must satisfy two annual income tests and a number of quarterly asset tests to ensure the majority of the REIT's income and assets are derived from real estate sources. At least 75% of the REIT's annual gross income must be from real estate-related income such as rents from real property and interest on obligations secured by mortgages on real property. An additional 20% of the REIT's gross income must be from the above-listed sources or other forms of income such as dividends and interest from non-real estate sources (like bank deposit interest). No more than 5% of a REIT's income can be from non-qualifying sources, such as service fees or a non-real estate business. Quarterly, at least 75% of a REIT's assets must consist of real estate assets such as real property or loans secured by real property. A REIT cannot own, directly or indirectly, more than 10% of the voting securities of any corporation other than another REIT, a taxable REIT subsidiary (TRS) or a qualified REIT subsidiary (QRS). Nor can a REIT own stock in a corporation (other than a REIT, TRS or QRS) in which the value of the stock comprises more than 5% of a REIT's assets. Finally, the value of the stock of all of a REIT's TRSs cannot comprise more than 20% of the value of the REIT's assets. In order to qualify as a REIT, the REIT must distribute at least 90% of its taxable income. To the extent that the REIT retains income, it must pay taxes on such income just like any other corporation. Additionally, in order to qualify as a REIT, a company must make a REIT election by filing an income tax return on Form 1120-REIT. Since this form is not due until March, the REIT does not make its election until after the end of its first year (or part-year) as a REIT. Nevertheless, if it desires to qualify as a REIT for that year, it must meet the various REIT tests during that year (except for the 100 Shareholder Test and the 5/50 Test, both of which must be met beginning with the REIT's second taxable year). Finally, the REIT must mail annual letters to its shareholders requesting details of beneficial ownership of shares.
Market Opportunity
This investment opportunity focuses on commercial real estate with an emphasis on multifamily and the flexibility to invest in office, retail, industrial, self-storage, and specialty properties when market conditions are ripe. It aims to positively impact communities and deliver above-market-rate returns to purpose-driven investors. We believe the current real estate market presents a prime investment opportunity, especially in the multi-family property sector. Various economic factors have aligned to create an environment ripe for strategic acquisition at reduced prices. Key factors include valuation adjustments, loan maturities, institutional portfolio rebalancing, forecasted inventory, prudent underwriting, interest rate cycles, and market volatility advantages. According to a January 2024 report published by Freddie Mac, over the next 3 years, approximately 42% of commercial real estate loans are set to mature amidst substantial increases in interest rates and tightened underwriting standards. This presents a unique window for our Company to develop a real estate investment trust (REIT) and engage in advantageous acquisitions and community transformation.
8 |
Table of Contents |
Investment Philosophy
Our investment philosophy aims to achieve strong financial returns while positively impacting society. We plan to combine careful financial management with a dedication to social responsibility, targeting properties with potential for added value and thriving communities. This strategy aligns with our broader objectives of generating superior returns while contributing to our communities' well-being. Our core mission goes beyond financial stewardship to focus on tenant well-being and community enrichment. We partner with organizations like Apartment Life and Marketplace Chaplains to foster vibrant communities and directly support residents. Our initiatives aim to generate financial returns and create inclusive communities where every resident can thrive.
Competitive Advantages
We believe there are seven (7) primary competitive advantages that separate our investment operations from competitors:
| · | Proven Track Record: Our management’s success with previous syndications underscores our experience and capability. Our CEO, Andrew Arroyo, has successfully managed two private nonpublic syndication programs. In 2010-2014, Mr. Arroyo was the founder and managing member of San Diego Foreclosure Fund, LLC and from 2016-present day he continues to be the founder and managing member of the Neighborhood Investment Network, LLC. When San Diego Foreclosure Fund, LLC wound up operations in 2014, investors received their original capital back plus above market rate annualized returns. Neighborhood Investment Network, LLC is still operating and has not yet returned any of the initial capital investments, however, the unrealized gains in the equity have grown year over year and the current valuation of the unrealized gains is above market rate annualized returns. |
|
|
|
| · | Economic Resilience: Our experience with economic cycles and risk mitigation positions us to navigate market fluctuations effectively. |
|
|
|
| · | Acquisition Deal Flow: AARE's extensive network of brokers in multiple states gives us an edge in securing off-market deals. We engage directly with principals to access motivated sellers and discounted properties at competitive costs. |
|
|
|
| · | Conservative Leverage: To avoid over-leveraging risks, we use prudent financial strategies and typical loan-to-value ratios between 50% and 65%. |
|
|
|
| · | Renovation Expertise: We have extensive experience in value-adding renovations and enhancing property value. |
|
|
|
| · | Tax Efficiency: Our expertise encompasses 1031 exchanges, depreciation strategies, and cost segregation for accelerated depreciation benefits. |
|
|
|
| · | Vertical Integration: We benefit from operational excellence. Offering a suite of services through AARE ensures we capture the best opportunities and enhance asset value with exceptional efficiency. |
We believe there are seven (7) primary competitive advantages that separate our service operations from competitors:
| · | Culture: Our culture is a reflection of a healthy organization with clear values that include faith, relationships, accountability, integrity, truth, honesty, trust, standards of excellence, clear communication, work-life balance, morals, ethics, loyalty, gratefulness, success and rewards. We are considered a safe harbor by our members for individuals of all walks of life during a period of history that is polarizing on the social, economic and political spectrum. |
| · | Equity Compensation: We have introduced a unique equity compensation plan that gives us the ability to recruit, retain, motivate and inspire our members. We will be able to grow revenue with less capital investment required by using our stock for compensation. Providing our members with equity compensation is a unique differentiator from our peers. For real estate firms, equity compensation is extremely rare; nearly non-existent in the real estate industry. This gives our members ownership in the company and as stakeholders they have more incentive and motivation to grow the revenue and profits. This also reinforces our internal generosity practices within our Generous Capitalism® business model. |
|
|
|
| · | Multiple Revenue Streams: Residential, commercial, lending, business opportunities, syndication and property management services all under one umbrella. This provides multiple streams of income for our agents and loan officers as well as a complete “one-stop” real estate shop for our clients. |
9 |
Table of Contents |
| · | Generosity Based Business Model: Our culture is based on generosity and social responsibility during a generational change in workforce. We believe the next generation is demanding a new form of capitalism that illustrates healthy and sustainable business practices externally to the communities it serves in addition to creating jobs, profits and opportunities to its internal stakeholders. We have developed that exact business model and we call it “Generous Capitalism®”. |
|
|
|
| · | High Growth Potential: We participate in a market that we expect to experience significant growth throughout North America facilitated by a steady increase in new U.S. demand for housing/investments, and the fact we are able to provide real estate and lending services in multiple segments of our market including residential, commercial, property management, business opportunities, and syndication. We have a growing sales network. In the last three years, we have been licensed and expanded into 23 additional states and the District of Columbia in the U.S. and established our sales network throughout North America that is overseen by our team of managers and directors. |
|
|
|
| · | Experienced Executive Team: Our focused and experienced management team is dedicated to our operation and to implementing our business strategies. Each member of the executive team has been involved with the Company for several years and has been instrumental in developing our strategy. Our success strategy and execution that was implemented in California over the last 15 years in now being replicated in all major markets throughout the U.S. |
|
|
|
| · | Intellectual Property: Our media and training properties coupled with use of advanced technology leads to more market penetration and smoother operations as a company while the real estate industry as a whole transitions to the digital age. Our up-to-date media assets designed specifically for the real estate and lending market give us an edge over our competition. We believe the AARE media and training properties and brand name has a strong legacy dating from the launch of the California corporation in 2004, and we believe it has to this day retained a strong brand loyalty amongst clients, agents and loan officers. We are now licensed in 25 states in the U.S. and the District of Columbia and our media assets have been hand tailored to address our new digital age marketplace. Through our media properties, we have the ability to scale our communication and service offerings across the globe. We hold copyrights and trademarks that protect our intellectual property. |
Alongside our competitive advantages, we believe it is our core values and beliefs that make our real estate, lending and property management services extraordinary. In addition, our management steadfastly believes that charitable giving and sharing are a vital component of a successful business. To that end, up to twenty percent (20%) of our net profit goes to charity. Net profit for the corporation is defined as top line revenue minus the cost of sales minus all expenses before dividends (if any) are paid. Up to ten percent (10%) of our net profit is donated in the form of cash contributions to charitable organizations. In addition to our cash contributions, our annual goal is to give up to an additional ten percent (10%) in the form of client credits and in-kind contributions to charitable organizations. We believe that with success comes the responsibility to do what we can for those less fortunate. As a result, we give charitable contributions to faith-based and secular non-profit organizations that support a variety of social improvement projects. This includes missions and ministries with significant human impact that improve our local communities, the environment, and our social well-being while demonstrating a positive form of governance. We have no intention of deviating from this policy or reducing the amount we give to charity. The charitable giving policy has been written into our Bylaws. The amount of charitable giving could have a significant impact on our bottom line and affect shareholders’ earnings per share. Investors should not invest if they are not comfortable with our charitable contribution plans. For the years ending December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company donated $112,592 and $119,206 in cash respectively. These amounts are included as a component of general and administrative expenses in our statements of operations. The Company did not make any client credits or in-kind contributions during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2024.
10 |
Table of Contents |
Investment Management Company
In order to comply with state and federal investment advisor laws pertaining to fee-based investment advisory services, we have entered into an Investment Management Agreement, referenced within the Exhibits section of this Offering Circular, with Andrew Arroyo Investments, LLC, a registered investment advisor that is controlled by Andrew Arroyo, our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board (herein referred to as the “Investment Management Company”). Andrew Arroyo Investments, LLC shall serve as the Investment Management Company pursuant to the Investment Management Agreement, and in that capacity carry out all duties relating to the conduct of the investment advisory activities that are required of our Company (and the collection of Management and Performance Fees). The Investment Management Company is authorized to exercise those rights and powers set forth in the Investment Management Agreement necessary for it to provide discretionary investment advisory and portfolio management services to our Company and to arrange for the execution of the Company’s portfolio transactions. The Investment Management Company shall be required to devote to the conduct of the investment activities of the Company the time and attention that it reasonably determines, in its sole discretion, is necessary to conduct the investment activities of our Company. Notwithstanding anything in the Investment Management Agreement to the contrary, the Investment Management Company may, in its sole discretion, appoint additional or other persons or entities to provide investment advisory services to our Company. Although the officers, directors and appointed members of our Company may take part in the management or operation of the investments, the shareholders of our Company shall take no part in the investment management or operation of the investments of the Company and shall have no authority or right to act on behalf of or in the name of our Company in connection with any investment matter.
Fees & Expenses Related to the Management and Performance of Investment Properties and Partnership Interests
Asset Management Fee
Our Company has agreed to pay the Investment Management Company, monthly, an Asset Management Fee of 1.75% per annum of the assets under management (“AUM”) for any direct property investments owned by our Company and an Asset Management Fee of 1.25% for any partnership interest investments (with “Partner Operators”) owned by the Company. The reason for the difference in Management Fee for the partnership interest investments is because our Partner Operators will charge their own Management Fee that typically range from 1.50%-2.00%, with some exceptions. When that is the case, the Investment Management Company will negotiate the most favorable terms possible with the Partner Operator. When we invest with Partner Operators, our Company will pay two separate management fees. One Management Fee will be paid to our Partner Operators and the other will be paid to the Investment Management Company.
The AUM fee is based on the total invested capital account balance in investment properties and partnership interests (through our Partner Operators) as of the beginning of the relevant calendar month. The AUM fee will not be charged on any debt that is used to finance properties. If we are successful in the transition to become a REIT, the Investment Management Company, in its sole discretion at any time, may transition the Asset Management Fee to be based on the Net Asset Value (“NAV”), instead of AUM. The primary reason for this potential transition to base the Asset Management Fee on NAV is because NAV is a common valuation method with a REIT. The total invested capital account will be calculated by taking into account all subscriptions and contributions allocated for real estate investment through this Offering and follow on offerings, distributions, allocations of Net Profits and Net Losses, Performance Fees and other adjustments. Management Fees applicable to capital contributed on a date other than the first day of a month are prorated. Management Fees already paid but associated with a capital withdrawal or distribution before the end of a calendar month are not refunded from either the Investment Management Company or from our Company. Management Fees as to particular shareholders may vary by separate agreement with the Investment Management Company.
Performance Fee (Carried Interest) & Preferred Return (Hurdle Rate)
An annual Preferred Return (or “Hurdle Rate”) of 6.00% has been established between our Company and the Investment Management Company. This means that until the Hurdle Rate is achieved, no Performance Fee will be paid. After the Hurdle Rate is achieved, then the Investment Management Company will be paid a Performance Fee.
Our Company has agreed to pay the Investment Management Company, annually, a Performance Fee of 20.00% per annum of the net profits (Carried Interest) above the Preferred Return for any direct property investments owned by our Company and a Performance Fee of 15.00% above the Preferred Return for any partnership interest investments owned by our Company with our Partner Operators. The reason for the difference in Performance Fee for the partnership interest investments is because our Partner Operators will charge their own Performance Fee that typically ranges from 20.00%-30.00%, with some exceptions. When that is the case, the Investment Management Company will negotiate the most favorable terms possible with the Partner Operator. When we invest with Partner Operators, our Company will pay two Performance Fees. One Performance Fee will be paid to our Partner Operators and the other will be paid to the Investment Management Company.
11 |
Table of Contents |
Carried Interest is the remuneration the Investment Management Company receives for managing the investments and partnership interests (through our Partner Operators) after our Company has received its Preferred Return, which is calculated on an annual, non-compounding, cumulative basis based our Company’s capital investments. It is reward-based, reflects a percentage of the net profits of the Company, applied at the end of each Performance Period (calendar year), with a 100% “catch-up” (or “high water mark”) provision and is further explained under Allocation of Profits and Losses below. The Investment Management Company is not paid any Carried Interest in loss years, should any occur, and any years following a loss year in which the Members suffering the loss have not yet recouped that loss. See “High Water Mark Limitation” under Allocation of Profits and Losses below.
Calculation of AUM, Partnership Interest Investments, Performance Fee and Hurdle Rate
The following is intended to serve as a theoretical and simplified example regarding the calculation of assets under management (AUM), partnership interest investments, and Performance Fee and Hurdle Rate. The following calculations are for a theoretical company and is meant as an illustration only and not a limitation or otherwise and does not limit the otherwise applicable discretion of the Investment Management Company under the Investment Management Agreement in any fashion and should not be read as predictive results from actual investments.
Gross Return is defined as the entire return received by the Company before any Investment Management Company AUM Fees or Performances Fees are calculated and after all Partner Operator fees or expenses are calculated. Net Return is defined as the entire return received by the Company after all Investment Management Company AUM Fees and Performances Fees are calculated (including the Hurdle Rate) and after all Partner Operator fees or expenses are calculated. Surplus is defined as a positive balance in the Hurdle Rate calculation carryover balance. Deficit is defined as a negative balance in the Hurdle Rate calculation carryover balance.
Day 1: Assume that a theoretical company has $2 million to invest with an Investment Management Company and invests in two separate real estate property investments, A and B, each of which it invests $1 million. Investment A is a direct real estate property investment of the Company and Investment B is partnership interest investment in a Partner Operator. On Day 1, the current valuation of the Assets Under Management (AUM) is $2 million.
Day 365 of Year 1: Assume at the end of the first Performance Year that the Gross Return on Investments A and B are both coincidentally 10%, for a gain of $100,000 for each A and B. The AUM fee is 1.75% or $17,500 ($1,000,000 x 1.75% = $17,500) for Investment A and 1.25% or $12,500 ($1,000,000 x 1.25% = $12,500) for Investment B. The Hurdle Rate for both Investments A and B is 6% or $60,000 compounded annually. Based on the 10% annual gain and the Hurdle Rate provision, this year will qualify for a Performance Fee as the return is above the Hurdle Rate of 6%.After deducting the AUM from the Gross Returns, the Performance Fee for Investment A is 20%or $16,500 ($100,000 - $17,500 = $82,500 x 20% = $16,500) and the Performance Fee for Investment B is 15% or $13,125 ($100,000 - $12,500 = $87,500 x 15% = $13,125). The Net Return at Day 365 of Year 1 to the Company for Investment A is $66,000 ($100,000 Gross Return - $17,500 AUM Fee - $16,500 Performance Fee = $66,000 Net Return) and for Investment B is $74,375($100,000 Gross Return - $12,500 AUM Fee - $13,125 Performance Fee = $74,375 Net Return). The resulting capital balance of the Company’s investments at Day 365 of Year 1 is $1,066,000 for Investment A and $1,074,375 for Investment B bringing the total AUM to $2,140,375. Based on the Day 365 of Year 1 results for Investment A and B of a 10% return resulting in a Net Return of $66,000 and $74,375, respectively, the cumulative Surplus moving into Year 2 calculations in the Hurdle Rate carryover is positive $6,000 ($66,000 Gross Return after AUM - $60,000 Hurdle Rate = $6,000 Surplus) for Investment A and positive $14,375 ($74,375 Gross Return after AUM - $60,000 Hurdle Rate = $14,375 Surplus) for Investment B. The Hurdle Rate Surplus will carry over into Year 2 based on the carryover and catch-up provision of the Investment Management Agreement.
Day 365 of Year 2: Assume at the end of the second Performance Year that the Gross Return on Investments A and B are both coincidentally 5%, for a gain of $53,300 ($1,066,000 x 5% = $53,300) for Investment A and a gain of $53,719 ($1,074,375 x 5% = $53,719) for Investment B. The AUM fee is 1.75% or $18,655 ($1,066,000 x 1.75% = $18,655) for Investment A and 1.25% or $13,430 ($1,074,375 x 1.25% = $13,430) for Investment B. The compounded Hurdle Rate for Investment A is $63,960 ($1,066,000 x 6% = $63,960) and for Investment B is $64,463 ($1,074,375 x 6% = $64,463). Based on the 5% annual gain and the Hurdle Rate provision, this year will not qualify for a Performance Fee as the return is under the Hurdle Rate of 6%. After deducting the AUM from the Gross Returns, the Net Return at Day 365 of Year 2 to the Company for Investment A is $34,645 ($53,300 Gross Return - $18,655 AUM Fee - $0 Performance Fee = $34,645 Net Return) and for Investment B is $40,289 ($53,719 Gross Return - $13,430 AUM Fee - $0 Performance Fee = $40,289 Net Return).The resulting capital balance of the Company’s investments at Day 365 of Year 2 is $1,100,645 for Investment A and $1,114,664 for Investment B bringing the total AUM to $2,215,309. Based on the Day 365 of Year 2 results for Investment A and B of a 5% return resulting in a Net Return of $34,645 and $40,289, respectively, the cumulative Deficit moving into Year 3 calculations in the Hurdle Rate carryover is negative $23,315 ($34,645 Gross Return after AUM - $63,960 Hurdle Rate + $6,000 Year 1 Carryover Surplus = -$23,315 Deficit) for Investment A and negative $9,799($40,289 Gross Return after AUM - $64,463 Hurdle Rate + $14,375 Year 1 Carryover Surplus = -$9,799 Deficit) for Investment B. The Hurdle Rate Deficits will carry over into Year 3 based on the carryover and catch-up provision of the Investment Management Agreement.
12 |
Table of Contents |
Day 365 of Year 3: Assume at the end of the third Performance Year that the Gross Return on Investments A and B are both coincidentally 15%, for a gain of $165,097 ($1,100,645 x 15% = $165,097) for Investment A and a gain of $167,200 ($1,114,664 x 15% = $167,200) for Investment B. The AUM fee is 1.75% or $19,261 ($1,110,645 x 1.75% = $19,261) for Investment A and 1.25% or $13,933 ($1,114,664 x 1.25% = $13,933) for Investment B. The compounded Hurdle Rate for Investment A is $66,039($1,100,645 x 6% = $66,039) and for Investment B is $66,880 ($1,114,664 x 6% = $66,880). Based on the 15% annual gain and the Hurdle Rate provision, this year will qualify for a Performance Fee as the return is above the Hurdle Rate of 6%. After deducting the AUM from the Gross Returns, the Performance Fee for Investment A is 20% or $29,167 ($165,097 - $19,261 = $145,835 x 20% = $29,167) and the Performance Fee for Investment B is 15% or $22,990 ($167,200 - $13,933 = $153,266 x 15% = $22,990). The Net Return at Day 365 of Year 3 to the Company for Investment A is $116,668 ($165,097 Gross Return - $19,261 AUM Fee - $29,167 Performance Fee = $116,668 Net Return) and for Investment B is $130,276 ($167,200 Gross Return - $13,933 AUM Fee - $22,990 Performance Fee = $130,276 Net Return).The resulting capital balance of the Company’s investments at Day 365 of Year 3 is $1,217,313 for Investment A and $1,244,940 for Investment B bringing the total AUM to $2,462,254. Based on the Day 365 of Year 1 results for Investment A and B of a 15% return resulting in a Net Return of $116,668 and $130,276, respectively, the cumulative Surplus moving into Year 4 calculations in the Hurdle Rate carryover is positive $56,481 ($145,835 Gross Return after AUM - $66,039 Hurdle Rate - $23,315 Year 2 carryover Deficit = $56,482 Surplus) for Investment A and positive $76,587 ($153,266 Gross Return after AUM - $66,880 Hurdle Rate - $9,799 Year 2 carryover Deficit = $76,587 Surplus) for Investment B. The Hurdle Rate Surplus will carry over into Year 4 based on the carryover and catch-up provision of the Investment Management Agreement.
Acquisition Fee
The Investment Management Company will be paid an acquisition fee (“Acquisition Fee”) in connection with the direct acquisition of any real estate investment property. The Acquisition Fee shall not exceed 1.00% of the total purchase or selling price of the real estate investment property. There will not be an Acquisition Fee charged by the Investment Management Company when the Company invests in partnership interests with Partner Operators, however, the Partner Operator may charge their own acquisition fees to the Company. The Company and its sales representative may also be paid a selling broker or listing broker fee by other parties to a transaction of a purchase or a sale of a real estate investment property.
Finance Fee (Capital Transactions)
The Investment Management Company will be paid a finance fee (“Capital Transaction Fee”) in connection with the direct financing or refinancing of any real estate investment property. The Capital Transaction Fee shall not exceed 1.00% of the total capital financed for the real estate investment property. There will not be a Capital Transaction Fee charged by the Investment Management Company when the Company invests in partnership interests with Partner Operators, however, the Partner Operator may charge their own capital transaction fees to the Company. The Company and its loan representative may also be paid a loan origination fee in connection with the direct financing or refinancing of any real estate investment property
Property Management Fee
Initially, it is the intent of the Company to hire outside property managers that specialize in the type of assets we acquire for the day-to-day management of the assets, however, as the Company’s property management division grows, we intend to self-manage where it serves in the best interest of the shareholders. Typically, property management fees are negotiable and range from 2.50%-5.00% of the effective gross receipts received, depending on the size and complexity of the managed asset. Other typical fees, such as risk management, revenue management, technology and other similar fees, shall also be payable under the property management agreement. For real estate investments on which the Company’s property management serves as property manager, the Company shall earn a property management fee (“Property Management Fee”) payable at a market rate in the location of the property. As an illustration, for example purpose only, a common fee schedule for property management is as follows: properties valued from $1 to $5,000,000 = 5.00%; properties valued from $5,000,001 to $10,000,000 = 4.00%; properties valued from $10,000,001 and above are less than 4% and based on the size and complexity of the management services.
There will not be a Property Management Fee charged by the Investment Management Company when the Company invests in partnership interests with Partner Operators, however, the Partner Operator may charge their own property management fees to the Company.
13 |
Table of Contents |
Leasing Fees
Property managers of multifamily investments will typically charge a leasing fee on top of the property management fee. For certain asset types such as office, industrial and retail a leasing broker is traditionally hired. Initially, it is the intent of the Company to use leasing brokers that specialize in the type of assets we acquire for the leasing services, however, as the Company’s commercial leasing division grows, we intend to self-lease where it serves in the best interest of the shareholders. Typically, leasing fees are negotiable and range from 2.00%-6.50% of the total consideration of the lease term, which will vary based on whether it is a new, renewal, or expansion lease and whether there are outside brokers part of the transaction. These fees can change from region to region within the United States. Other typical fees, such as the asset manager or Investment Management Company receiving an override of 1.00% of the leasing fee are commonly negotiated. When this is the case, an override leasing fee shall be payable to the Investment Management Company. For real estate investments on which the Company’s representatives serves as the leasing broker, the Company shall earn a leasing fee (“Leasing Fee”) payable at a market rate in the location of the property.
There will not be a Leasing Fee charged by the Investment Management Company when the Company invests in partnership interests with Partner Operators, however, the Partner Operator may charge their own property leasing fees to the Company.
Construction Services Fee
Initially, it is the intent of the Company to hire outside construction project managers for the work performed on the assets, however, as the Company’s property management division grows, we intend to hire the “in-house” project managers where it serves in the best interest of the shareholders. Typically, construction service fees are negotiable and range from 2%-10% of the total cost of construction, depending on the size and complexity of the project. This may vary from region to region. On properties on which the Company’s project management serves as the construction manager, the Company shall be paid a Construction Services Fee for services provided in connection with the construction and renovation of our real estate investments payable at a market rate in the location of the real estate investment property. As an illustration, for example purposes, a fee schedule for construction project management in San Diego, California is as follows: total cost from $1 to $50,000 = 10.00%; total cost from $50,001 to $100,000 = 7.00%; total cost from $100,001 to $150,000 = 6.00%; total cost from $150,001 to $250,000 = 5.00%; total cost from $250,001 to $500,000 = 4.00%; total cost from $500,001 to 1,000,000 = 3.00%; and total cost more than $1,000,000 = 2.00%. There will not be a Construction Services Fee charged by the Investment Management Company when the Company invests in partnership interests with Partner Operators, however, the Partner Operator may charge their own construction services fees to the Company.
Resident Well Being & Care Expenses
Annually, we will invest up to 2.00% of the AUM (or NAV in the future) towards programs that ensure our resident’s well-being providing onsite care to the residents of our investment properties and the surrounding neighborhood. This will be accomplished through the Company hiring care program administrators as well as by collaborating with national, regional and local nonprofit organizations, who specialize in resident care, and other service providers as appropriate based upon the dynamics of each real estate investment. The resident well-being and care expenses shall be an amount reserved annually of up to two percent (2%) of the aggregate AUM (or NAV in the future) as of the date of calculation. The resident well-being and care expenses shall be calculated in the same manner as the Asset Management Fee is calculated. Multi-family properties that consist of 100 units or more will generally have community coordinators whose role is to create a healthy community at the apartment complex. Their role is to welcome new tenants and make them feel at home as well as to connect them to other tenants in the complex. They accomplish this by hosting community events each month on-site. Common examples include arranging a pizza party, a holiday themed get together, game night, bounce houses for children, or a BBQ. Their role is to also look for opportunities to help the on-site staff and the residents feel seen and loved. This can be expressed in a variety of ways, but common examples include delivering notes and small gifts of appreciation to tenants and going out of their way to help tenants when in need. Examples include fixing a flat tire, giving someone a ride, or simply listening when a tenant needs to talk. When welcomed and appropriate, the community coordinators will discuss matters of faith and share their perspective. This comes from a desire to seek holistic well-being for both our residents and staff. To some extent, the costs will vary based on the location, property, size and who the community coordinator is working for, and which Partner Operator is overseeing the project. Specific expenses relating to these costs include an administrative fee to the care provider (approximately $900/month), a discounted rental unit for the community coordinator, an event budget (approximately $2-$4 per unit), and in some instances a chaplain fee (approximately $4-$10 per person per month).
14 |
Table of Contents |
Operating Expenses Related to the Management of Investment Properties and Partnership Interests
Our Company pays for all direct costs, fees and expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Company in connection with its investment management and operation, which include, but are not be limited to: the Asset Management Fee, the costs associated with acquiring, disposing and remodeling the properties, insurance premiums for any insurance providing coverage to the investment activities of the Company, escrow fees, interest on borrowings, custodial fees, transfer taxes, fees and expenses for bookkeeping, accounting and auditing, consulting fees, legal fees (including fees paid to the Investment Management Company’s counsel for services benefitting the Company), expenses incurred for investment research and due diligence, reasonable costs and expenses incurred in identifying, evaluating, arranging, negotiating, structuring, trading, or settling any transaction contemplated for investment (regardless of whether such transaction contemplated for investment is subsequently consummated (e.g. “dead deal costs”), filing fees, all costs, fees and expenses of the Company relating to meetings, telephone expenses, travel and travel-related expenses incurred in connection with the Company’s investment activities (including attendance at professional and industry specific conferences by the Investment Management Company), costs of reporting to shareholders, costs of investment governance activities (such as obtaining shareholders consents if any), administrator fees, registrar fees, and all other reasonable expenses related to the Company’s management and operation and/or the purchase, sale or transmittal of its assets, all as the Investment Management Company determines in its discretion. The Company shall also pay all expenses incurred in connection with preparing, reproducing and disseminating offering materials and supplemental materials used in this offering prepared by the Investment Management Company.
The Investment Management Company may pay out of its own assets or revenues, fees to persons or entities (including related entities) that provide various investors relations and related services to them and/or our Company, including fees for identifying and introducing prospective investors. Except as restricted by any applicable regulations, the Investment Management Company may direct a portion of the Company’s portfolio transaction business to brokers, dealers, and other financial intermediaries who provide additional services to our Company or to other investments managed by the Investment Management Company or its affiliates, or who introduce prospective investment advisory clients to the Investment Management Company, or who pay finders’ fees or other compensation to related or third parties who do so.
The general overhead expenses of the Investment Management Company (such as rent, telephone lines, news and quotation equipment, electronic office equipment, account record keeping, on-line financial information, publication, consulting, marketing, data processing and salaries and equipment costs) are the responsibilities of the Investment Management Company.
Allocation of Profits and Losses
Profits and losses are provisionally allocated among the capital accounts of our Company and the Investment Management Company at the end of each month based on the proportional amounts in the capital accounts of our Company (“Company’s Percentage Interest”) and the Investment Management Company (“Investment Management Company’s Percentage Interest”) at the end of each such period determined in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles ("U.S. GAAP"). At the end of the year, after our Company has received the Preferred Return, a percentage of net profits (the “Carried Interest”) in the Company’s capital account (realized and unrealized) is moved from the Company’s capital accounts to the Investment Management Company (typically into the Investment Management Company’s capital account or otherwise as the Investment Management Company may direct), as payment for its profitable management for the Company, and the final year-end capital balances are reached.
Company Percentage Interests “Base Amounts”, used to determine expenses, are determined each time capital contributions or subscriptions to this Offering or follow on offerings are made to or withdrawn from the Company both before and immediately after the addition or disbursement of capital is made.
The profits or losses of the Company for a particular period are determined on a tax basis. That is, generally, all items of expense, credit, recapture (if applicable) and deduction (such as depreciation and amortization) are combined and applied to the income generated by the Company. Specifically, the types of income generated by tax category can include, among others, rental income and losses, ordinary gains, short-term and long-term capital gains, and interest income if funds are held in a money market account for a period of time.
Carried Interest is the only performance remuneration the Investment Management Company receives for managing our Company’s investments besides the Management Fee. It is reward-based, reflects a percentage of the net profits of the Company, and is applied at the end of each Performance Period (calendar year).
If an error in the calculation of the Carried Interest is made, the amount in excess of the stated percentage will be returned to each shareholder ratably. In loss years, should any occur, and any years following a loss year in which the High-Water Mark Limitation has not been reached, the Investment Management Company will not receive any Carried Interest.
15 |
Table of Contents |
High-Water Mark Limitation—Once paid, the Carried Interest is not reduced by losses in future periods, but also cannot be paid in a future year until all prior net losses allocated to each share are recouped. At the time a net loss is incurred and annually thereafter a “High-Water Mark” is calculated representing the amount of prior period net losses that must be recouped before a Carried Interest allocation can be made again. The calculation of this High-Water Mark Limitation takes into account any distributions to or withdrawals, with the amount of such prior net losses being reduced in proportion to the distribution or withdrawal.
Net Profits and Net Losses means the amounts determined as follows:
Net Profits for any Fiscal Period means (i) the sum of ((A) the Earnings Per Share of our Company at the close of business on the last day of the Fiscal Period, increased by (B) any Distributions or Dividends or withdrawals made with respect to such Fiscal Period), minus (ii) the sum of ((A) the Earnings Per Share of our Company as of the close of business on the last day of the previous Fiscal Period, or in the case of the first Fiscal Period of the Fund, the Earnings Per Share of our Company on the date the first investment contribution is made; plus (B) any additional Capital Contributions made during such Fiscal Period). Net Profits for any Performance Year shall be determined in the same manner as set forth in the previous sentence except that the term “Performance Year” shall be substituted for “Fiscal Period” wherever that term appears.
Net Losses for any Fiscal Period means (i) the sum of ((A) the Losses Per Share of our Company at the close of business on the last day of the previous Fiscal Period or in the case of the first Fiscal Period of our Company, the Losses Per Share of our Company on the date the first contribution is made; plus (B) any additional Capital Contributions made during such Fiscal Period), minus (ii) the sum of ((A) the Losses Per Share of our Company as of the close of business on the last day of such Fiscal Period, increased by (B) any Distributions or Dividends or withdrawals made with respect to such Fiscal Period). Net Losses for any Performance Year shall be determined in the same manner as set forth in the previous sentence except that the term “Performance Year” shall be substituted for “Fiscal Period” wherever that term appears.
Example of Performance Allocation
The following is intended to serve as a theoretical and simplified example regarding Performance Allocation calculation for a theoretical company and is meant as an illustration and not a limitation or otherwise and does not limit the otherwise applicable discretion of the Investment Management Company under the Investment Management Agreement in any fashion. The example below does not illustrate the deduction for the Management Fee, which is deducted from Net Profits prior to determining the amount of the Performance Allocation and for the sake of simplicity, uses proportional allocations as an exercise of the Investment Management Company’s discretion, which may not be the allocation method chosen by the Investment Management Company.
Day 1: Assume that a theoretical company has two shareholders A and B, each of whom invested $1 million at inception of the company. On Day 1, the current valuation of the net assets of the company (the NAV) is $2 million.
Day 365: Assume at the end of the first Performance Year the NAV of the company has dropped to $1.5 million. The Net Loss of $500,000, the difference between the beginning NAV of $2 million and the ending NAV of $1.5 million, is allocated $250,000 to each of A and B, resulting in ending Capital Accounts of $750,000 each. A and B each have an Unrecovered Loss of $250,000 with respect to their Allocation Layer. Another way to describe this is that each of A and B has a High Water Mark of $1 million.
Day 1 of Year 2: Investor A invests an additional $1 million, increasing A’s Capital Account to $1.75 million. The additional investment creates a second Allocation Layer. A’s Percentage Interest as of the commencement of Year 2 is 70 percent ($1.75 million Capital Account over $2.5 million sum of all Capital Accounts). A’s Allocation Layer Percentage in the first Allocation Layer is 42.86 percent ($750,000/$1.75 million) and in the second Allocation Layer is 57.14 percent ($1 million/$1.75 million). B’s Percentage Interest as of the commencement of Year 2 is 30 percent ($750,000 Capital Account over $2.5 million sum of all Capital Accounts).
16 |
Table of Contents |
Day 365 of Year 2: Assume that the NAV of the Company is $3 million. Because no new investors are admitted and no new investments are made during Year 2, the ending Percentage Interests of the two shareholders are the same as their beginning Percentage Interests. Net Profit is $500,000, the difference between the ending NAV of $3 million and the beginning NAV of $2.5 million.
The Preliminary Amount allocated to B’s Capital Account is $150,000 (30 percent of the $500,000 Net Profit). No Performance Allocation applies to B’s Capital Account because Net Profits allocated to B are less than B’s Unrecovered Loss. Accordingly, the entire Preliminary Amount of $150,000 of Net Profits is allocated to B.
B’s ending Capital Account is $900,000 ($750,000 plus $150,000) and B has an Unrecovered Loss of $100,000 (Unrecovered Loss from Year 1 of $250,000 reduced by $150,000 allocation of Net Profits in Year 2).
The Preliminary Amount allocated to A’s Capital Account is $350,000 (70 percent of the $500,000 Net Profit). The $350,000 Preliminary Amount is allocated to A’s Allocation Layers as follows: $150,000 to A’s first Allocation Layer ($350,000 times $750,000/$1.75 million) and $200,000 to A’s second Allocation Layer ($350,000 times $1 million/$1.75 million).
A has an Unrecovered Loss of $250,000 in his first Allocation Layer. The $150,000 of Net Profits from Year 2 reduces the Unrecovered Loss to $100,000 ($250,000 - $150,000) (the same as B). There is no Performance Allocation with respect to A’s first Allocation Layer because the amount of Net Profits allocated to the first Allocation Layer is less than the existing Unrecovered Loss. Therefore, $150,000 is finally allocated to A’s first Allocation Layer and A’s Unrecovered Loss for that Layer is $100,000.
A has no Unrecovered Loss in the second Allocation Layer, because A’s second Allocation Layer has not previously been allocated Net Losses. The Performance Allocation attributable to A’s second Allocation Layer is $40,000 (20 percent of $200,000 Net Profits allocated to the second Allocation Layer). Therefore, $160,000 of the Preliminary Amount is finally allocated to A’s second Allocation Layer and $40,000 is allocated to the Capital Account of the Investment Management Company.
A’s ending Capital Account is $2.06 million ($1.75 million beginning Capital Account plus $310,000 Net Profits). The Capital Account attributable to the first Allocation Layer is $900,000 ($750,000 plus $150,000 allocated to the first Allocation Layer) and the Capital Account attributable to the second Allocation Layer is $1.16 million ($1 million plus $160,000 allocated to the second Allocation Layer). The Allocation Layer Percentage for the first Layer is 43.69 percent ($900,000/$2.06 million) and for the second Layer is ($1.16 million/$2.06 million) 56.31percent.
The Percentage Interests of the two shareholders at the beginning of Year 3 are as follows: A’s Percentage Interest is 68.67 percent ($2.06 million/ $3 million), B’s Percentage Interest is 30 percent ($900,000/$3 million) and the Investment Management Company’s Percentage Interest is 1.33 percent ($40,000/$3 million).
Day 365 of Year 3: Assume the NAV of the Company is $3.5 million. Net Profit is $500,000 ($3.5 million ending NAV less $3,000,000 beginning NAV). No new shareholders are admitted, and no shareholder makes an additional Capital Contribution. For these computation purposes, Capital Account balances are computed without regard to profit identified during the Year.
17 |
Table of Contents |
The Preliminary Amount allocated to B is (($900,000/$3 million) * $500,000) and B’s ending Capital Account is $1.05 million. The allocation of Net Profits to B reduces B’s existing Unrecovered Loss of $100,000 to zero. The $50,000 of Net Profits in excess of B’s Unrecovered Loss is subject to a Performance Allocation of $10,000 (20 percent of $50,000). Thus, $140,000 is finally allocated to B’s Capital Account and $10,000 is allocated to the Capital Account of the Investment Management Company.
The Preliminary Amount allocated to A is $343,333.33 ($2.060 million $3 million * $500,000). Of this amount, $150,000 is allocated to the first Allocation Layer ($900,000/$2.06 million * $343,333.33). The allocation of Net Profits to A’s first Allocation Layer reduces A’s existing Unrecovered Loss of $100,000 to zero. The $50,000 of Net Profits in excess of A’s Unrecovered Loss is subject to a Performance Allocation of $10,000 (20 percent of $50,000). Thus, $140,000 is finally allocated to A’s first Allocation Layer and $10,000 is allocated to the Capital Account of the Investment Management Company.
The Preliminary Amount allocated to A’s second Allocation Layer is $193,333.33 (($1.16 million/$2.06 million) * $343,333.33). Because A has no Unrecovered Loss with respect to the second Allocation Layer, the Net Profits are subject to a Performance Allocation on this Allocation Layer equal to $38,666.66 (20 percent of $193,333.33). Therefore, $154,666.67 is finally allocated to A’s second Allocation Layer and $38,666.66 is allocated to the Investment Management Company. Because A has no remaining Unrecovered Losses, it will no longer be necessary to maintain the two separate Allocation Layers and the amounts in the first and second Allocation Layers will be combined. If A makes an additional Capital Contribution, a new Allocation Layer will be created.
The Investment Management Company is allocated Net Profits of ($40,000/3 million) * 500,000 = $6,666.67. The Investment Management Company’s Net Profits are not subject to a Performance Allocation.
Total Performance Allocations for Year 3 are $58,666.66.
A’s Capital Account is $2,354,666.67 ($2.06 million plus $140,000 plus $154,666.67).
B’s Capital Account is $1,040,000 ($900,000 plus $140,000).
The Investment Management Company’s Capital Account is $105,333.33 ($40,000 plus $6,666.67 plus $58,666.66).
Valuation of Properties and Partnership Interests
Unless the Investment Management Company shall on reasonable grounds determine otherwise, the value of Properties shall be determined by:
(a) Current market value as determined by competitive market analysis;
(b) Any Properties without recently sold comparables will be valued at the mean between the last comparable sales and the estimated current value;
(c) All other real estate properties and partnership interests shall be assigned the value that the Investment Management Company, in good faith, determines to reflect the fair value thereof.
The Investment Management Company may use methods of valuing Properties and partnership interests other than those set forth herein if it believes the alternative method is a more accurate indicator of the fair value of such Properties. All values assigned to properties or partnership interests by the Investment Management Company shall be final and conclusive as to our Company and all the shareholders.
Portfolio Composition
The portfolio composition will vary by property type and will primarily include apartment buildings, retail shopping centers, office, industrial, self-storage, and specialty properties. In the future, depending on market opportunities, our Company may invest in development projects including single family homes, low- and high-rise condos, and manufactured homes. Targeting a mix of investment properties will allow the Company to generate returns through a variety of strategies, while mitigating risk through purchasing properties well below their intrinsic value. This approach will have the potential to generate returns that adequately compensate the Company for the risk assumed.
18 |
Table of Contents |
The Investment Management Company will apply no arbitrary criteria with respect to the size or type of real estate properties in which it will invest. The Company's portfolio will consist primarily of residential and commercial real estate. The Company may also invest its capital in other "special situation" investments. There will be no arbitrary or ideal "mix" of such investments, as the Investment Management Company will endeavor to allocate the Company's capital among those opportunities believed to offer the most attractive risk adjusted potential returns, while always being responsive to changing market conditions.
As the Company's objective is to achieve a high absolute return rather than a relative return, the Company may also invest in treasury securities and other cash equivalents when opportunities for "real estate returns" appear to be limited. The Investment Management Company is authorized to invest in any situation if it believes that the profit opportunity is commensurate with the apparent risk presented by the investment, and from time to time the Investment Management Company may make investments involving greater risk than the risks perceived with respect to its primary investment thrust.
Portfolio Turnover
As the Company is a value-add investor, its portfolio turnover can be significant and its transaction costs (i.e., escrow fees, renovations, brokerage commissions, other costs to sell) as a percentage of its capital can be correspondingly significant.
Leverage
Although leverage can be an important vehicle for maximizing returns, the Company intends to operate with conservative debt and leverage. In select circumstances, the Company may use leverage in its investment program, as deemed appropriate by the Investment Management Company and subject to applicable regulations. Should leverage be considered for a project, the Investment Management Company will evaluate the appropriate amount of debt based on market conditions, feasibility of the project, and determine the risk on a project-by-project basis. While the amount of leverage will vary, it will generally be limited to 50%-65% loan to value measured at the time of investment. The debt will be primarily comprised of a first lien residential or commercial mortgage.
Summary Offering Information
Shares offered in the Offering |
| Up to 20,000,000 of Class A Common Stock, composed of 15,300,000 shares offered by the Company, 1,700,000 shares offered by the Selling Stockholders and a maximum of 3,000,000 shares to be issued as “Bonus Shares” for no additional cash consideration to eligible investors in this offering based on certain criteria. |
|
|
|
Common Shares outstanding before the offering |
| 0 Class A Common Shares as of the date hereof. 7,143,928 Class B Shares as of the date hereof. 0 Class C Common Shares as of the date hereof. |
|
|
|
Common Shares outstanding after the offering (if Maximum Offering sold) |
| 20,000,000 Class A Common Shares (includes Bonus Shares) 7,143,928 Class B Common Shares 0 Class C Common Shares |
|
|
|
Price per Share |
| $3.50 per Share. |
|
|
|
Use of Proceeds |
| If we sell all the Shares and complete the Maximum Offering, our proceeds will be $62,887,787. We intend to use these proceeds primarily for:
- Investing in income producing commercial real estate assets - Preparation/election to be taxed as a real estate investment trust (REIT) - Converting service operations to a taxable REIT subsidiary (“TRS”) - Operating expenses and working capital to expand our services division See “Use of Proceeds” in this Offering Circular. |
|
|
|
Offering Amount |
| $72,082,500 |
|
|
|
Risk Factors |
| The Class A Common Shares offered hereby involves a high degree of risk and should not be purchased by investors who cannot afford the loss of their entire investment. See “Risk Factors”. |
We are offering, through this Offering Circular, a limited number of shares of our non-voting Class A Common Stock to investors as described herein. We are offering 20,000,000 of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0005 per share, composed of 17,000,000 shares to be offered (by the Company and Selling Stockholders) directly and a maximum of 3,000,000 shares to be issued as “Bonus Shares” for no additional cash consideration to eligible investors in this offering based on certain criteria, for total consideration of up to $72,082,500,
We are authorized to issue 85,000,000 shares, collectively, of Class A, B and C common stock, par value $0.0005, and 15,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0005. We currently have 0 shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding, 7,143,928 shares of Class B Common Stock and 0 shares of Class C Common Stock outstanding, and 4,000,000 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock outstanding. See “Securities Being Offered”. Our Class A Common Stock, Class C Common Stock, or Preferred Stock are not being offered in this Offering.
If required by the IRS rules or corporate laws regarding the multiple share classes of a REIT, the Convertible Series A Preferred Stock outstanding, which are all currently owned by Andrew Michael Arroyo can be converted to shares of our Class C Common Stock.
We are authorized to issue additional classes of Common Stock from time to time pursuant to other offering materials containing financial terms and conditions that may differ from those set forth herein. As of the date set forth hereof, we are offering Common Stock in one (1) class, which is non-voting Class A Common Stock. Our investment objective and strategy with regard to the Common Stock are set forth below, and investors are directed to such materials. We may, from time to time, refine or change our strategy without prior notice to, or approval by, the shareholders.
19 |
Table of Contents |
Risk Factors
An investment in our Securities involves a high degree of risk and many uncertainties. You should carefully consider the specific factors listed below, together with the cautionary statement that follows this section and the other information included in this Offering Circular before purchasing our Securities in this Offering. If one or more of the possibilities described as risks below actually occur, our operating results and financial condition would likely suffer and the trading price, if any, of our Securities could fall, causing you to lose some or all of your investment. The following is a description of what we consider the key challenges and material risks to our business and an investment in our Securities.
Although some of the risk factors summarized below may apply to many start-up companies, we have included them because an emerging growth company such as our Company is inherently subject to these risks, and other risks, which could cause actual results to differ materially from those projected in this Offering. Additionally, early-stage companies are inherently riskier than more developed companies. You should consider general risks as well as specific risks when deciding whether to invest. Investors should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all the other information in this Offering Circular, before deciding whether to invest in the Securities of our company.
INVESTMENT IN OUR COMMON STOCK IS HIGHLY SPECULATIVE AND INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK. OUR COMMON STOCK SHOULD NOT BE PURCHASED BY ANY PERSON WHO CANNOT AFFORD THE LOSS OF THEIR ENTIRE INVESTMENT. YOU SHOULD CAREFULLY CONSIDER THE RISKS DESCRIBED BELOW, AS WELL AS SPECIFIC RISKS IN THE OFFERING MATERIALS, WHEN EVALUATING WHETHER TO MAKE AN INVESTMENT. THE RISKS DESCRIBED BELOW ARE NOT THE ONLY RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH AN INVESTMENT. YOU SHOULD ALSO CONSULT WITH YOUR OWN LEGAL, TAX AND FINANCIAL ADVISORS ABOUT AN INVESTMENT IN THE SECURITIES. IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING RISKS ACTUALLY OCCUR, THE FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATION COULD BE MATERIALLY AND ADVERSELY AFFECTED AND YOU COULD LOSE ALL OR PART OF YOUR INVESTMENT.
General Risk Factors
Using a credit card to purchase shares may impact the return on your investment as well as subject you to other risks inherent in this form of payment.
Investors in this offering may at some point have the option of paying for their investment with a credit card, which is not usual in the traditional investment markets. Transaction fees charged by your credit card company or cryptocurrency exchange service and interest charged on unpaid card balances (which can reach over 25% in some states) add to the effective purchase price of the shares you buy. The cost of using a credit card may also increase if you do not make the minimum monthly card payments and incur late fees. Using a credit card is a relatively new form of payment for securities and will subject you to other risks inherent in this form of payment, including that, if you fail to make credit card payments (e.g. minimum monthly payments), you risk damaging your credit score and payment by credit card may be more susceptible to abuse than other forms of payment. Moreover, where a third-party payment processor is used, your recovery options in the case of disputes may be limited. The increased costs due to transaction fees and interest may reduce the return on your investment.
The SEC’s Office of Investor Education and Advocacy issued an Investor Alert dated February 14, 2018 entitled Credit Cards and Investments – A Risky Combination, which explains these and other risks you may want to consider before using a credit card to pay for your investment.
We have a limited operating history and historical financial information upon which you may evaluate our performance.
We were recently incorporated in Delaware in June 2020. In July 2021, we entered into a merger transaction with AARE-CA under which AARE-CA merged into our company and we assumed AARE-CA’s operations.
Accordingly, the Delaware Corporation has only a limited history upon which an evaluation of its prospects and future performance can be made. Past performance of any Director, Officer or Key Employee or the success of the President in any similar venture is no assurance of future success.
Our proposed operations are subject to all business risks associated with growing enterprises. The likelihood of our success must be considered in light of the problems, expenses, difficulties, complications, and delays frequently encountered in connection with the expansion of a business, operation in a competitive industry, and the continued development of advertising, promotions and a corresponding customer base. There is a possibility that we could sustain losses in the future or fail to even operate profitably.
We have a limited operating history nationwide and limited capital.
We have a limited operating history nationwide upon which investors may base an evaluation of its performance; therefore, we are still subject to all of the risks incident to the creation and development of a new business on a nationwide scale.
We have limited assets, limited operating history, and limited operating revenue (outside of California) to date. We are still working on developing our investment managers, and it will be some time before we are in a position to begin producing significant revenue or paying dividends. Thus, our proposed business is subject to all the risks inherent in new business ventures. The likelihood of success must be considered in light of the expenses, complications, and delays frequently encountered with the start-up of new businesses and the competitive environment in which start-up companies operate.
20 |
Table of Contents |
Our business is subject to general economic conditions.
Our financial success is sensitive to adverse changes in general economic conditions in the United States, such as recession, inflation, unemployment, and interest rates, and overseas, such as currency fluctuations. Such changing conditions could reduce demand in the marketplace for our services. Management believes that the impending growth of the markets we service will insulate us from excessive reduced demand. Nevertheless, we have no control over these changes.
Adverse changes in global and domestic economic conditions or a worsening of the United States economy could materially adversely affect us. Our sales and performance depend significantly on consumer confidence and discretionary spending, which are still under pressure from United States and global economic conditions. A worsening of the economy and decrease in consumer spending may adversely impact our sales, ability to market our services, build customer loyalty, or otherwise implement our business strategy and further diversify the geographical concentration of our operations.
Although we have generated significant revenues in the past several years, the current nationwide expansion plan will require financial resources. Without significant revenues to match the significant ongoing capital costs of the expansion, we will not realize its plans on the projected timetable in order to reach sustainable or profitable operations. Any material deviation from our timetable could require that we seek additional capital. Additional funding may not be available at reasonable cost and it may materially dilute the investment of investors in this Offering.
Our growth and profitability are dependent on a number of factors.
Our growth and profitability are dependent on a number of factors, and our historical growth may not be indicative of our future growth.
Our historic results since the implementation of our new expansion strategy in 2021 should not be considered as indicative of our future performance. We may not be successful in executing our growth strategy, and even if we achieve our strategic plan, we may not be able to sustain profitability. In future periods, our revenue could continue to decline or grow more slowly than we expect. We also may incur significant losses in the future for a number of reasons, including the following risks and the other risks described in this Offering Circular, and we may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other unknown factors.
We may fail to manage our growth effectively.
We plan to expand our investment operations by hiring investment managers to oversee our investment portfolio. The anticipated growth could place a significant strain on our management and operational and financial resources. Effective management of the anticipated growth shall require expanding our management and financial controls, hiring additional qualified personnel as required and developing additional expertise by existing management personnel. However, we may not be able to effectively implement these or other measures designed to increase our capability to manage such anticipated growth or to do so in a timely and cost-effective manner. Moreover, management of growth is especially challenging for a company with a short operating history (outside of California) and limited financial resources, and the failure to effectively manage growth could have a material adverse effect on our operations.
We are highly dependent on key personnel and management.
In its current stage of growth, our business will be significantly dependent on our current management team, particularly our CEO, and the Directors of our various departments. The loss of any one of these individuals could have a material adverse effect on us and our operations. We currently maintain a key-executive life insurance policy insuring the life of two of our key executives, and we intend to apply for greater coverage on the existing life insurance policies as well as additional key-executive life insurance policies upon completion of funding.
21 |
Table of Contents |
Our business depends on attracting and retaining qualified management personnel and agents.
The unanticipated departure of any key member of our management team could have an adverse effect on our business. Given our relative size and the breadth of our operations, there are a limited number of qualified management personnel to assume the responsibilities of management-level employees should there be management turnover. Our success depends to a significant extent upon a number of key employees, including members of senior management. The loss of the services of one or more of these key employees could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and prospects. In addition, because of the required licensing and specialized nature of our business, our future performance depends on the continued service of, and our ability to attract and retain, qualified management, producing real estate agents, and commercial and technical personnel. Competition for such personnel is intense, and we may be unable to continue to attract or retain such personnel to support our growth and operational initiatives and replace executives or real estate agents who quit, retire or resign. Failure to retain our leadership team and attract and retain other important management and technical personnel could place a constraint on our growth and operational initiatives, which could have a material adverse effect on our revenues, results of operations and product development efforts, and eventually result in a decrease in profitability.
Our charitable giving policy is unique.
Giving and sharing are more than buzzwords at AARE. To that end, up to twenty percent (20%) of our net profit goes to charity. Net profit for the corporation is defined as top line revenue minus the cost of sales minus all expenses before dividends (if any) are paid. Up to ten percent (10%) of our net profit is donated in the form of cash contributions to charitable organizations. In addition to our cash contributions, our annual goal is to give up to an additional ten percent (10%) in the form of client credits and in-kind contributions to charitable organizations. We believe that with success comes the responsibility to do what we can for those less fortunate. As a result, we give charitable contributions to faith-based and secular non-profit organizations that support a variety of social improvement projects. This includes missions and ministries with significant human impact that improve our local communities, the environment, and our social well-being while demonstrating a positive form of governance. We have no intention of deviating from this policy or reducing the amount we give to charity. The charitable giving policy has been written into our Bylaws. The amount of charitable giving could have a significant impact on our bottom line and affect shareholders’ earnings per share. Investors should not invest if they are not comfortable with our charitable contribution plans. For the years ending December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company donated $112,592 and $119,206 in cash respectively. These amounts are included as a component of general and administrative expenses in our statements of operations. The Company did not make any stock grants, client credits or in-kind contributions during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2024.
We may face scrutiny or disaffiliation/abandonment by our members or clients if there is a change in our faith-based values and culture.
Our core values include relationships, faith, accountability, integrity, natural and spiritual gifts, truth, honesty, trust, standards of excellence, generous giving, education, understanding, clear communication, work-life balance, morals, ethics, loyalty, gratefulness, success, and rewards. Our mission as an organization is to fulfill God's will through the business of real estate. Our vision is to bear much fruit which means to yield positive results. We honor God within our real estate agency by nurturing a culture where giving and serving others’ needs before our own is a priority. We obey Him by growing our business based on His moral, ethical and biblical principles. While operating within the legal requirements of the law, and including people of all faiths and walks of life, our business model and culture has been developed based on biblical principles. A shift or adherence to a different set of core values within the organization could impact the retention of our current members and could have a material adverse effect on the Company's operations.
We may face limitations on our ability to integrate acquired businesses.
From time to time, we may engage in acquisitions involving risks, including the possible failure to successfully integrate and realize the expected benefits of these acquisitions. We anticipate making acquisitions in the future, and our ability to realize the anticipated benefits of these transactions, including the expected combination benefits, will depend largely on our ability to integrate acquired businesses.
22 |
Table of Contents |
The risks associated with future acquisitions may include:
| 1. | The business culture of the acquired business may not match well with our culture; |
| 2. | Technological and product synergies, economies of scale and cost reductions may not occur as expected; |
| 3. | We may acquire or assume unexpected liabilities; |
| 4. | Faulty assumptions may be made regarding the integration process; |
| 5. | Unforeseen difficulties may arise in integrating operations and systems; |
| 6. | We may fail to retain, motivate and integrate key management and other employees of the acquired business; |
| 7. | Higher than expected finance costs may arise due to unforeseen changes in tax, trade, environmental, labor, safety, payroll or pension policies in any jurisdiction in which the acquired business conducts its operations; and |
| 8. | We may experience problems in retaining customers of the acquired business. |
The successful integration of any newly acquired business would also require us to implement effective internal control processes in the acquired business. We cannot ensure newly acquired companies will operate profitably, that the intended beneficial effect from these acquisitions will be realized or that we will not encounter difficulties in implementing effective internal control processes in these acquired businesses, particularly when the acquired business operates in foreign jurisdictions and/or was privately owned.
If we cannot raise sufficient funds, we will not succeed or will require significant additional capital infusions.
We are offering non-voting Class A Common Stock in the amount of up to $72,082,500 in this offering but may sell much less than the maximum offering. Even if the maximum amount is raised, we may need additional funds in the future in order to grow and/or achieve sustainable profitability, and if we cannot raise those funds for any reason, including reasons outside our control, such as another significant downturn in the economy, our business may not survive. If we do not sell all of the non-voting Class A Common Stock we are offering, we will have to find other sources of funding in order to develop our business.
Additionally, in order to expand, we are likely to raise funds again in the future, either by offerings of securities or through borrowing from banks or other sources. The terms of future capital infusions may include covenants that give creditors rights over our financial resources or sales of equity securities that will dilute the holders of our Common Stock.
Terms of subsequent financings may adversely impact your investment.
We may need to engage in common equity, debt, or preferred stock financing in the future. Additionally, interest on any debt securities could increase costs and negatively impact operating results. Preferred Stock could be issued in different series from time to time with such designations, rights, preferences, and limitations as needed to raise capital. The terms of Preferred Stock could be more advantageous to those investors than to the holders of Common Stock. In addition, if we need to raise more equity capital from the sale of Common Stock, institutional or other investors may negotiate terms at least as, and possibly more, favorable than the terms of prior investors. Shares of Common Stock that we sell could be sold into any market that develops, which could adversely affect the market price of our Common Stock.
Risks of borrowing may negatively impact our business.
We may have to seek loans from financial institutions. Typical loan agreements might contain restrictive covenants, which may impair our operating flexibility. A default under any loan agreement could result in a charging order that would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.
23 |
Table of Contents |
Some of our key personnel allocate their time to other interests, which may reduce the time spent on our business and operations.
Our future success depends on the efforts of key personnel and consultants, especially our CEO. The loss of services of any key personnel or consultants may have an adverse effect on us. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in attracting and retaining other personnel or consultants we require to develop and conduct our proposed operations. In addition, our CEO, Andrew Michael Arroyo, does not work exclusively for us and divides his time among us and his other interests. If circumstances arise in which Mr. Arroyo is required to spend substantially more time attending to matters unrelated to our operations, it could adversely affect our business.
We are subject to substantial regulation, which is evolving, and unfavorable changes or failure by us to comply with these regulations could substantially harm our business and operating results.
Licensed real estate companies and their associate licensees are subject to substantial regulation under international, federal, state, and local laws. We, and our associate licensees, need to comply with many governmental standards and regulations relating to licensing laws and state administrative codes, among others. In addition, we need to comply with state laws that regulate the buying, selling, investing and managing of real property. Staying compliant with all of these requirements may adversely affect our business and financial condition. Also, we are subject to laws and regulations applicable to real estate services internationally. For example, in the event we begin operating internationally, we will be required to meet country-specific licensing standards that are often materially different from U.S. requirements, thus resulting in the need for additional investment and systems to ensure regulatory compliance. These processes would necessitate that foreign regulatory officials review and certify us prior to providing services and market entry. In addition, we must comply with regulations applicable to real estate services after we enter the market, including foreign reporting requirements and foreign management systems. We may incur significant costs in complying with these regulations and may be required to incur additional costs to comply with any changes to such regulations. Currently, we do not conduct business outside of the United States.
We may need to defend ourselves against patent or trademark infringement claims, which may be time-consuming and would cause us to incur substantial costs.
Companies, organizations or individuals, including our competitors, may hold or obtain patents, trademarks or other proprietary rights that would prevent, limit or interfere with our ability to buy, sell, manage or market real estate properties, which could make it more difficult for us to operate our business. From time to time, we may receive communications from holders of patents or trademarks regarding their proprietary rights. Companies holding patents or other intellectual property rights may bring suits alleging infringement of such rights or otherwise assert their rights and urge us to take licenses. In addition, if we are determined to have infringed upon a third party's intellectual property rights, we may be required to do one or more of the following:
| · | Cease selling, incorporating certain components into, or offering goods or services that incorporate or use the challenged intellectual property; |
| · | Pay substantial damages; |
| · | Seek a license from the holder of the infringed intellectual property right, which license may not be available on reasonable terms or at all; |
| · | Redesign our service offerings or certain components; and |
| · | Establish and maintain alternative branding for our products and services. |
We may also need to file lawsuits to protect our intellectual property rights from infringement from third parties, which lawsuits could be expensive and time consuming and distract management’s attention from our core operations.
If we are unable to adequately control the costs associated with operating our business, including our costs of sales, our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects will suffer.
If we are unable to maintain a sufficiently low level of costs and maintain a sufficiently low level of costs for marketing, selling and managing properties relative to the income earned, our operating results, gross margins, business and prospects could be materially and adversely impacted. We have made, and will be required to continue to make, significant investments into the technological systems that allow us to efficiently service our real estate investments and manage properties. There can be no assurances that our costs of producing and delivering positive real estate investment returns will be less than the income we generate from our real estate investments or that we will ever achieve a positive net investment returns.
24 |
Table of Contents |
If we are unable to address the requirements of our future investors, our business will be materially and adversely affected.
In order to sustain our business we must be able to adequately address the requirements of our investors. If we are unable to do this, our business will be materially and adversely affected. In addition, we anticipate the level and quality of the returns we provide our investors will have a direct impact on the success of our future business and referrals. If we are unable to satisfactorily provide returns to our investors, our ability to generate investor loyalty, grow our business, and invest and manage additional properties could be impaired.
We may become subject to liability claims, which could harm our financial condition and liquidity if we are not able to successfully defend or insure against such claims.
The risk of professional liability claims, product recalls, and associated adverse publicity is inherent in the real estate business. We may become subject to liability claims, which could harm our business, prospects, operating results and financial condition. The real estate industry experiences significant liability claims, and we face inherent risk of exposure to claims in the event our employees, officers or real estate associates do not perform as expected per our policy manual. A successful liability claim against us could require us to pay a substantial monetary award. In addition, a liability claim could generate substantial negative publicity about our business, which would have material adverse effect on our brand, business, prospects and operating results. Any lawsuit, regardless of its merit, may have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business and financial condition. To help mitigate the financial risks, we carry professional Errors & Omissions liability insurance, which offers financial protection up to $1,000,000 per claim.
We may not be able to properly manage our planned expansion.
We plan on expanding our business through the development of a real estate investment trust (REIT). Any expansion of operations we may undertake will entail risks. Such actions may involve specific operational activities, which may negatively impact our profitability. Consequently, shareholders must assume the risk that (i) such expansion may ultimately involve expenditures of funds beyond the resources available to us at that time, and (ii) management of such expanded operations may divert management’s attention and resources away from its existing operations, and all of those factors may have a material adverse effect on our present and prospective business activities.
Developing new products, services and technologies entails significant risks and uncertainties.
We regularly research and develop new technology and communication systems. Delays or cost overruns in the development of these systems and/or failure of the product or service to meet our performance estimates may be caused by, among other things, unanticipated technological hurdles, difficulties in programming, changes to design and regulatory hurdles. Any of these events could materially and adversely affect our operating performance and results of operations.
We may not be successful in developing a larger investor base.
While we believe we can further develop our existing investor base and develop a new investor base through the marketing and promotion of our investment opportunities, our inability to further develop such a customer base could have a material adversely affect us. Although we believe that our real estate investments offer advantages over competitive companies, our services may not attain a degree of market acceptance on a sustained basis or generate revenues sufficient for sustained profitable operations.
25 |
Table of Contents |
Changes in consumer behavior could reduce profitability.
Our customers could change their behavior and purchase patterns in unpredictable ways. Our success therefore depends on our ability to successfully predict and adapt to changing consumer behavior outside, as well as inside, the United States. Moreover, we must often invest substantial amounts in research and development before we learn the extent to which products and services will earn consumer acceptance. If our products and services do not achieve sufficient consumer acceptance, our revenue may decline and adversely affect the profitability of the business.
Because we face intense competition, we may not be able to operate profitably in our markets.
Competition in the real estate industry is significant. Nationwide, there are more than 1 million real estate agents, more than 300,000 loan officers, and more than 100,000 real estate brokerage firms and several publicly traded real estate investment trusts (REIT). While significant competition does exist, our management believes that our products and services are demographically well positioned, top quality and unique in nature, while offering greater value. The expertise of management combined with training, culture and the innovative nature of its marketing approach set us apart from its competitors. However, there is the possibility that new competitors could seize upon our business model and produce competing products or services with similar focus. Likewise, these new competitors could be better capitalized than we are, which could give them a significant advantage over us. There is the possibility that the competitors could capture significant market share of our intended market.
Trends in consumer preferences and spending can change quickly and be sporadic.
Our operating results may fluctuate significantly from period to period as a result of a variety of factors, including purchasing patterns of investors, competitive pricing, debt service and principal reduction payments, and general economic conditions. We may not be successful in marketing any of its services nationwide or the revenues from such services may not be significant. Consequently, our revenues may vary by quarter, and our operating results may experience fluctuations that will impede appreciation and slow our growth.
We may suffer potential fluctuations in quarterly revenue.
Significant annual and quarterly fluctuations in our revenue may be caused by, among other factors, the volume of revenues generated by us, the timing of new product or service announcements and releases by us and our competitors in the marketplace, and general economic conditions. Our level of revenues and profits, in any particular fiscal period, may be significantly higher or lower than in other fiscal periods, including comparable fiscal periods. Our expense levels are based, in part, on its expectations as to future revenues.
As a result, if future revenues are below expectations, net income or loss may be disproportionately affected by a reduction in revenues, as any corresponding reduction in expenses may not be proportionate to the reduction in revenues. As a result, we believe that period-to-period comparisons of its results of operations may not necessarily be meaningful and should not be relied upon as indications of future performance.
We may face unanticipated obstacles to execution of our business plan.
Our business plans may change significantly. Many of our potential business endeavors are capital intensive and may be subject to statutory or regulatory requirements. Management believes that our chosen activities and strategies are achievable in light of current economic and legal conditions with the skills, background, and knowledge of our principals and advisors. Management reserves the right to make significant modifications to our stated strategies depending on future events. We may not be successful in our the execution of our business plan.
Management maintains wide discretion as to the use of proceeds from this Offering.
We plan to use the net proceeds from this Offering for the purposes described under Item 4 “Use of Proceeds.” However, we reserve the right to use the funds obtained from this Offering for other similar purposes not presently contemplated, which our management deems to be in the best interests of our company and its shareholders in order to address changed circumstances or opportunities. As a result of the foregoing, our success will be substantially dependent upon the discretion and judgment of Management with respect to application and allocation of the net proceeds of this Offering. Investors for the Securities offered hereby will be entrusting their funds to our Management, upon whose judgment and discretion the investors must depend.
26 |
Table of Contents |
We currently do not pay a dividend. We will pay dividends if we are qualified as a real estate investment trust (REIT).
We currently retain our earnings to fund operations and expand our business. A Shareholder is not currently entitled to receive profits proportionate to the amount of shares of Common Stock held by that Shareholder. Our Board of Directors is vested with the power to declare a dividend to distribute profits based upon our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements and other circumstances. If we are qualified as a real estate investment trust, our Board of Directors will distribute profits and declare dividends per the IRS guidelines.
Financial projections may be wrong.
Certain financial projections concerning the future performance of the properties are based on assumptions of an arbitrary nature and may prove to be materially incorrect. No assurance is given that actual results will correspond with the results contemplated by these projections. It is possible that returns may be lower than projected, or that there may be no returns at all.
These and all other financial projections, and any other statements previously provided to purchasers of stock relating to the Company or its prospective business operations that are not historical facts, are forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Sentences or phrases that use such words as “believes,” “anticipates,” “plans,” “may,” “hopes,” “can,” “will,” “expects,” “is designed to,” “with the intent,” “potential” and others indicate forward-looking statements, but their absence does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking.
We may be unable to adequately protect our proprietary rights.
In certain cases, we may rely on trade secrets to protect intellectual property, proprietary technology and processes, which we have acquired, developed or may develop in the future. There is a risk that secrecy obligations may not be honored or that others will not independently develop similar or superior products or technology. The protection of intellectual property and/or proprietary technology through claims of trade secret status has been the subject of increasing claims and litigation by various companies both in order to protect proprietary rights as well as for competitive reasons even where proprietary claims are unsubstantiated. The prosecution of proprietary claims or the defense of such claims is costly and uncertain given the uncertainty and rapid development of the principles of law pertaining to this area. We, in common with other firms, may also be subject to claims by other parties with regard to the use of intellectual property, technology information and data, which may be deemed proprietary to others.
We have certain legal and regulatory compliance related to the sale of securities and related to this Offering that we must follow.
Failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations could harm our business and financial results. We intend to develop and implement policies and procedures designed to comply with all applicable federal and state laws, accounting and reporting requirements, tax rules and other regulations and requirements, including but not limited to those imposed by the SEC.
In addition to potential damage to our reputation and brand, failure to comply with the various laws and regulations, as well as changes in laws and regulations or the manner in which they are interpreted or applied, may result in civil and criminal liability, damages, fines and penalties, increased cost of regulatory compliance, and restatements of our financial statements. Future laws or regulations, or the cost of complying with such laws, regulations or requirements, could also adversely affect our business and results of operations.
This Offering Circular contains forward-looking statements that are based on our current expectations, estimates and projections but are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks and uncertainties.
Management has prepared projections regarding our anticipated financial performance. These projections are hypothetical and based upon our presumed financial performance, the addition of a sophisticated and well-funded marketing plan and other factors influencing our business. The projections are based on Management’s best estimate of our probable results of operations, based on present circumstances, and have not been reviewed by our independent accountants or auditors. These projections are based on several assumptions, set forth therein, which Management believes are reasonable. Some assumptions, upon which the projections are based, however, invariably will not materialize because of the inevitable occurrence of unanticipated events and circumstances beyond Management’s control. Therefore, actual results of operations will vary from the projections, and such variances may be material. Assumptions regarding future changes in sales and revenues are necessarily speculative in nature. In addition, projections do not and cannot take into account such factors as general economic conditions, unforeseen regulatory changes, the entry into our market of additional competitors, the terms and conditions of future capitalization, and other risks inherent to our business. While Management believes that the projections accurately reflect possible future results of our operations, those results cannot be guaranteed.
27 |
Table of Contents |
Technology risks
Rapid technological changes may adversely affect our business.
Our ability to remain competitive may depend in part upon its ability to develop new and enhanced new products, services or distribution, and to introduce these products or services in a timely and cost-effective manner. In addition, product and service introductions or enhancements by our competitors, or the use of other technologies could cause a decline in sales or loss of market acceptance of our existing products and services.
Our success in developing, introducing, selling and supporting new and enhanced products or services depends upon a variety of factors, including timely and efficient completion of service and product design and development, as well as timely and efficient implementation of product and service offerings. Because new product and service commitments may be made well in advance of sales, new product or service decisions must anticipate changes in the industries served. We may not be successful in selecting, developing, and marketing new products and services or in enhancing its existing products or services. Failure to do so successfully may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We are dependent on computer infrastructure.
We rely on Internet and computer technology to maintain its records and to market and sell our products and services. Therefore, an Internet or major computer server failure would adversely affect our performance. We presently have limited redundancy systems, rely on third party backup facilities, and only have a limited disaster recovery plan. Despite the implementation of network security measures by us, our servers may be vulnerable to computer viruses, physical or electronic break-ins and similar disruptive problems, which could lead to interruptions, delays or stoppages in service to users of our services and products, which could cause a material adverse effect on our business, operations and financial condition.
Our website faces inside and outside security risks.
If the security measures we use to protect the personal information of our website users, employees, real estate agents and clients, such as credit card numbers, are ineffective, it could result in a reduction in revenues from decreased customer confidence, an increase in operating expenses, as well as possible liability and compliance costs.
Any breach in our website security, whether intentional or unintentional, could cause our users to lose their confidence in our website and as a result stop using our service and websites. This would result in reduced revenues and increased operating expenses, which would impair us from achieving profitability. Additionally, breaches of our users' personal information could expose us to possible liability as any involved user or users may choose to sue us. Breaches resulting in disclosure of users' personal information may also result in regulatory fines for noncompliance with online privacy rules and regulations.
We believe that as a result of advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography and other developments, a compromise or breach of our security precautions may occur. A compromise in the proposed security for our computer systems could severely harm our business because a party who is able to circumvent our proposed security measures could misappropriate proprietary information, including customer credit card information, or other sensitive data that would cause interruptions in the operation of our services and websites. We may be required to spend significant funds and other resources to protect against the threat of security breaches or to alleviate problems caused by these breaches. However, protection may not be available at a reasonable price or at all. Concerns regarding the security of e-commerce and the privacy of users may also inhibit the growth of the Internet as a means of conducting commercial transactions in general. Our users may have these concerns as well, and this may result in a reduction in revenues and increase in our operating expenses, which would prevent us from achieving profitability. We rely on encryption and authentication technology licensed from third parties whose area of expertise is to provide secure transmission of confidential information.
28 |
Table of Contents |
We are dependent on the functionality of our websites.
If the software for our various websites contains undetected errors, we could lose the confidence of users, resulting in loss of customers and a reduction of revenue. Our online systems, including but not limited to its websites, software applications and online sales for services and products, could contain undetected errors or "bugs" that could adversely affect their performance. We regularly update and enhance all sales, websites and other online systems, as well as introduce new versions of our software products and applications. The occurrence of errors in any of these may cause us to lose market share, damage our reputation and brand name, and reduce our revenues.
Risks related to the offering
There is no current market for our shares.
There is no established public trading market for the resale of our Common Stock; however, we have plans to apply for or otherwise seek trading or quotation of our Common Stock on an over-the-counter market. You should be prepared to hold this investment indefinitely. There is no established market for these securities and there may never be one. As a result, if you decide to sell these securities in the future, you may not be able to find a buyer. Investors should assume that they may not be able to liquidate their investment for some time or be able to pledge their shares of Common Stock as collateral.
Our securities have limited transferability and liquidity.
To satisfy the requirements of certain exemptions from registration under the Securities Act, and to conform with applicable state securities laws, each Investor must acquire his/her/its Securities for investment purposes only and not with a view toward distribution. Consequently, certain conditions of the Securities Act may need to be satisfied prior to any sale, transfer, or other disposition of the Securities. Some of these conditions may include a minimum holding period; availability of certain reports, including financial statements from us; limitations on the percentage of Securities sold; and the manner in which they are sold. We can prohibit any sale, transfer or disposition unless it receives an opinion of counsel provided at the holder’s expense, in a form satisfactory to us, stating that the proposed sale, transfer or other disposition will not result in a violation of applicable federal or state securities laws and regulations. No public market exists for the securities at the moment, and no market is expected to develop until we list the securities on an exchange. Consequently, owners of the Securities may have to hold their investment indefinitely and may not be able to liquidate their investments in our securities or pledge them as collateral for a loan in the event of an emergency.
As stated above, there is no formal marketplace for the resale of our Securities. Shares of our Securities may be traded to the extent any demand and/or trading platform(s) exists. However, there is no guarantee there will be demand for the Securities, or a trading platform that allows you to sell them. We have plans to apply for and seek trading/quotation of our Securities on an over-the-counter (OTC) market. It is hard to predict if we will ever be able to obtain a quotation over-the-counter, or “up list” to the NASDAQ or similar stock exchange, although that will be the goal. Investors should assume that they may not be able to liquidate their investment for some time, if at all.
Investors in our Securities should view the investment as a long term investment.
An investment in the Securities may be long term and illiquid. As discussed herein, the offer and sale of the Securities will not be registered under the Securities Act or any foreign or state securities laws by reason of exemptions from such registration, which depends in part on the investment intent of the investors. Accordingly, purchasers of our Securities must be willing and able to bear the economic risk of their investment for an indefinite period of time. It is likely that investors will not be able to liquidate their investment in the event of an emergency, unless we are listed on an exchange at that time where shares can be openly traded.
29 |
Table of Contents |
Our management has arbitrarily determined the offering price for the Securities sold hereunder.
The offering price of the Securities has been arbitrarily established by our management, considering such matters as the state of our business development, the general condition of the industry in which we operate, the amount of funds sought from this Offering, and the number of shares the Board of Directors is willing to issue in order to raise such funds. Accordingly, there is no relationship between the price of the Offering and our assets, earnings or book value, the market value of our Securities, or any other recognized criteria of value. As such, the price does not necessarily indicate the current value of our Securities and should not be regarded as an indication of any future market price of our stock.
There is not a firm underwritten commitment for this Offering.
The Securities are offered on a “best efforts” basis by the Company without compensation. We may, in the future, engage the services of certain Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) registered broker-dealers to market the Securities on a “best efforts” basis that enter into Participating Broker-Dealer Agreements with us; however, we have not entered into any agreement with any FINRA registered broker-dealer. Accordingly, there is no assurance that we, or any FINRA broker-dealer, will sell the maximum securities offered or any lesser amount.
Investing in our company is highly speculative; you could lose your entire investment.
Purchasing the offered Securities is highly speculative and involves significant risk. The offered Securities should not be purchased by any person who cannot afford to lose their entire investment. Our business objectives are also speculative, and it is possible that we would be unable to accomplish them. Our shareholders may be unable to realize a substantial or any return on their purchase of the offered Securities and may lose their entire investment. For this reason, each prospective purchaser of the offered Securities should read this Offering Circular and all of its exhibits carefully and consult with their attorney, business and/or investment advisor.
Investing in our company may result in an immediate loss because investors will pay more for our Securities than what the pro rata portion of the assets are worth.
The Offering price and other terms and conditions regarding our Securities have been arbitrarily determined and do not bear any relationship to assets, earnings, book value or any other objective criteria of value. No investment banker, appraiser or other independent third party has been consulted concerning the Offering price for the Securities or the fairness of the Offering price used for the Securities.
The arbitrary Offering price of $3.50 per Share as determined herein is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our Common Stock. Our assets do not substantiate a share price of $3.50 per Share. This premium in share price applies to the terms of this Offering. The Offering price will not change for the duration of the Offering even if we obtain a listing on any exchange or become quoted on the OTC Markets.
Although we have a separate account with the Broker for subscriptions from investors, if we file for or are forced into bankruptcy protection, investors will lose their entire investment.
Invested funds for this Offering, up to $72,082,500, will be placed in a separate account with the Broker until the funds are distributed to the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Broker, and if we file for bankruptcy protection or a petition for involuntary bankruptcy is filed by creditors against us, your funds will become part of the bankruptcy estate and administered according to the bankruptcy laws. As such, you will lose your investment and your funds will be used to pay creditors.
30 |
Table of Contents |
In the event that our Securities are traded, they may trade for less than $5.00 per share and thus will be considered a penny stock. Trading penny stocks has many restrictions, and these restrictions could severely affect the price and liquidity of our shares.
In the event that our Securities are traded, and our stock trades below $5.00 per share, our stock would be known as a “penny stock”, which is subject to various regulations involving disclosures to be given to you prior to the purchase of any penny stock. The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission has adopted regulations that generally define a “penny stock” to be any equity security that has a market price of less than $5.00 per share, subject to certain exceptions. Depending on market fluctuations, our Common Stock could be considered to be a “penny stock”. A penny stock is subject to rules that impose additional sales practice requirements on broker/dealers who sell these securities to persons other than established customers and Accredited Investors. For transactions covered by these rules, the broker/dealer must make a special suitability determination for the purchase of these securities. In addition, he must receive the purchaser’s written consent to the transaction prior to the purchase. He must also provide certain written disclosures to the purchaser. Consequently, the “penny stock” rules may restrict the ability of broker/dealers to sell our securities and may negatively affect the ability of holders of shares of our Common Stock to resell them. These disclosures require you to acknowledge that you understand the risks associated with buying penny stocks and that you can absorb the loss of your entire investment. Penny stocks are low priced securities that do not have a very high trading volume. Consequently, the price of the stock is often volatile and you may not be able to buy or sell the stock when you want to.
Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) sales practice requirements may also limit your ability to buy and sell our Securities, which could depress the price of our shares.
FINRA rules require broker-dealers to have reasonable grounds for believing that an investment is suitable for a customer before recommending that investment to the customer. Prior to recommending speculative low-priced securities to their non-institutional customers, broker-dealers must make reasonable efforts to obtain information about the customer’s financial status, tax status and investment objectives, among other things. Under interpretations of these rules, FINRA believes that there is a high probability such speculative low-priced securities will not be suitable for at least some customers. Thus, FINRA requirements make it more difficult for broker-dealers to recommend that their customers buy our Securities, which may limit your ability to buy and sell our Securities or have an adverse effect on the market for our Securities, and thereby depress our Security’s price.
You may face significant restriction on the resale of your shares because of state “Blue Sky” laws.
Each state has its own securities laws, often called “Blue Sky” laws, which (1) limit sales of securities to a state’s residents unless the securities are registered in that state or qualify for an exemption from registration, and (2) govern the reporting requirements for broker-dealers doing business directly or indirectly in the state. Before a security is sold in a state, there must be a registration in place to cover the transaction, or it must be exempt from registration. The applicable broker-dealer must also be registered in that state.
We do not know whether our Securities will be registered or exempt from registration under the laws of any state. A determination regarding registration will be made by those broker-dealers, if any, who agree to serve as market makers for our Securities. We have not yet applied to have our Securities registered in any state and will not do so until we receive expressions of interest from investors resident in specific states after they have viewed this Offering Circular. We will initially focus our Offering in the State of California and will rely on exemptions found under California Law. There may be significant state Blue Sky law restrictions on the ability of investors to sell, and on purchasers to buy, our Securities. You should therefore consider the resale market for our Securities to be limited, as you may be unable to resell your Securities without the significant expense of state registration or qualification.
When signing our subscription agreement, you are agreeing to governing law, jurisdiction and waiver of jury trial provisions.
In order to invest in this Offering, you must sign our subscription agreement. By agreeing to our subscription agreement, your investment may be impacted due to the governing law, jurisdiction and waiver of jury trial provisions. These provisions may or may not be enforceable under federal and state law based on the nature of the claim and the state in which you live. These provisions only apply to claims related to this Offering. To the extent the provisions apply to federal securities law claims; by agreeing to the provision, investors will not be deemed to have waived the Company´s compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. Purchasers of interests in a secondary transaction or market through a separate purchase agreement would not be subject to these provisions.
We may need additional financing in the future, which may be difficult to obtain or be on terms unfavorable to us.
Assuming all Common Shares are sold in this Offering, we believe that the net proceeds from this Offering, together with its projected cash flow from operations, shall be sufficient to fund the operations of the Company as currently conducted for up to twenty four (24) months. Such belief, however, cannot give rise to an assumption that our cost estimates are accurate or that unforeseen events would not occur that would require us to seek additional funding to meet our operational needs. In addition, we may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations to implement our business objectives. As a result, we may require substantial additional financing in order to implement our business objectives.
We may not be able to obtain additional funding when needed. If obtained such funding may only be available on terms not acceptable to us. In the event that our operations do not generate sufficient cash flow, or we cannot acquire additional funds if and when needed, we may be forced to curtail or cease its activities, which would likely result in the loss to investors of all or a substantial portion of their investments.
31 |
Table of Contents |
We must be able to attract and retain qualified personnel in order for our business to be successful.
Our ability to realize our objectives shall be dependent on our ability to attract and retain additional, qualified personnel. Competition for such personnel can be intense, and our results may adversely affect our ability to attract and/or retain qualified personnel. Our management team has entered into employment agreements that include non-compete and confidentiality requirements. However, such agreements may not fully protect us from competitive injury if any of these individuals leave us.
We are an emerging growth company.
We are an emerging growth company as defined in the JOBS Act. The reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our Securities less attractive to investors. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we intend to take advantage of some of the exemptions from the reporting requirements applicable to other public companies. It is possible that investors will find our Securities less attractive as a result of our reliance on these exemptions. If so, there may be a less active trading market for our Securities and our stock price may be more volatile.
If we are required to register any Shares under the Exchange Act, it would result in significant expense and reporting requirements that would place a burden on the Company.
Subject to certain exceptions, Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act requires an issuer with more than $10 million in total assets to register a class of its equity securities with the Commission under the Exchange Act if the securities of such class are held of record at the end of its fiscal year by more than 2,000 persons or 500 persons who are not “accredited investors.” To the extent the Section 12(g) assets and holders limits are exceeded, we intend to rely upon a conditional exemption from registration under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act contained in Rule 12g5-1(a)(7) under the Exchange Act (the “Reg. A+ Exemption”), which exemption generally requires that the issuer (i) be current in its Form 1-K, 1-SA and 1-U filings as of its most recently completed fiscal year end; (ii) engage a transfer agent that is registered under Section 17A(c) of the Exchange Act to perform transfer agent functions; and (iii) have a public float of less than $75 million as of the last business day of its most recently completed semi-annual period or, in the event the result of such public float calculation is zero, have annual revenues of less than $50 million as of its most recently completed fiscal year. If the number of record holders of any Series of Interests exceeds either of the limits set forth in Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act and we fail to qualify for the Reg. A+ Exemption, we would be required to register such Series with the Commission under the Exchange Act. If we are required to register any Series of Interests under the Exchange Act, it would result in significant expense and reporting requirements that would place a financial burden on the Company and a time burden on our management.
The multi-class structure of our common stock will have the effect of concentrating voting control with our Founder, which will limit your ability to influence the outcome of important decisions.
Our Class A common stock has 0 votes per share; our Class B common stock has 1 vote per share, and our Class C common stock has 10 votes per share. Our Founder, Andrew Michael Arroyo, currently beneficially owns approximately 80% of our outstanding Class B common stock and 100% of our outstanding preferred stock. If the Maximum Offering is sold to investors, Mr. Arroyo will beneficially own approximately 15% of our total outstanding Common Stock and control more than 90% of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock, immediately following this offering. As a result, Mr. Arroyo will have the ability to control the outcome of matters requiring common stockholder approval, including the election of certain directors and approval of certain significant corporate transactions such as the approval of mergers or other business combination transactions. Because the interests of Mr. Arroyo may not always coincide with those of our other stockholders, such stockholder may influence or cause us to take actions with which our other stockholders disagree. This concentration of voting control will limit the ability of other stockholders to influence corporate matters and may cause us to make strategic decisions that could involve risks to you or that may not be aligned with your interests. As a board member, Mr. Arroyo owes a fiduciary duty to our stockholders and are legally obligated to act in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believes to be in the best interests of our stockholders. As a stockholder, Mr. Arroyo is entitled to vote his shares in his own interests, which may not always be in the interests of our stockholders generally. Our Founder’s control may adversely affect the market price of our Class B common stock.
32 |
Table of Contents |
Our potential issuance of Bonus Shares may result in a discounted offering price being paid by certain investors in this Offering.
Certain investors may be entitled to Bonus Shares in this Offering, which results in an effective discount on any shares purchased. These shares will immediately dilute the value of your shares. Therefore, the value of shares of investors who pay the full price in this Offering will be diluted by investments made by investors entitled to these shares, who will effectively pay less per share. Investors may also suffer immediate dilution if they qualify for a lesser amount of Bonus Shares than other investors, who will effectively pay less per share.
There is fixed number of Bonus Shares, and therefore certain investors may not receive Bonus Shares even if they meet the criteria to receive Bonus Shares.
We have authorized up to 3,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued as Bonus Shares to investors in this Offering. The Company will not issue more Bonus Shares than this amount. It is possible that, prior to the Company raising the maximum offering amount in this offering of $72,082,500 it will have issued all 3,000,000 Bonus Shares. If that occurs, investors in this offering that meet the eligibility requirements to receive Bonus Shares will not receive them.
Our management team has limited experience managing a publicly reporting company.
Most members of our management team have limited experience managing a publicly reporting company, interacting with public investors, and complying with the increasingly complex laws pertaining to Regulation A reporting companies. Our management team may not successfully or efficiently manage our transition to being a publicly reporting company that is subject to significant regulatory oversight and reporting obligations under the federal securities laws and the continuous scrutiny of securities analysts and investors. These new obligations and constituents will require significant attention from our senior management and could divert their attention away from the day-to-day management of our business, which could harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
There are deficiencies with our internal controls that require improvements.
There are deficiencies with our internal controls that require improvements. As a Regulation A Tier 2 issuer, we will not need to provide a report on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting, and we will be exempt from the auditor attestation requirements concerning any such report so long as we are a Regulation A Tier 2 issuer. In connection with the preparation of the audited consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, we identified material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting. Specifically, these weaknesses related to having an insufficient number of personnel with an appropriate degree of technical accounting and internal controls knowledge, experience and training to appropriately analyze, record and disclose accounting matters commensurate with its accounting and reporting requirements, which resulted in an inability to consistently establish appropriate authorities and responsibilities in pursuit of our financial reporting objectives. Any new controls that we develop may be inadequate because of changes in conditions in our business. Further, additional weaknesses in our internal controls may be discovered in the future. Any failure to develop or maintain effective controls, or any difficulties encountered in their implementation or improvement, could adversely affect our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations, and may result in a restatement of our financial statements for prior periods. In order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and our internal control over financial reporting, we have expended, and anticipate that we will continue to expend, significant resources, including accounting-related costs, and provide significant management oversight. Any failure to implement and maintain effective internal controls also could adversely affect the results of periodic management evaluations. Ineffective disclosure controls and procedures and a lack of internal control over financial reporting could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial and other information.
The Investor Processing Fee may not count toward your cost basis for tax purposes.
The IRS and/or another relevant tax authority may consider the price of the Share before including the Investor Processing Fee as the cost basis for determining any gain or loss at a realization event. You should discuss with your tax advisor the appropriate way to determine the relevant tax obligation.
Additional Current Economic, Industry and Regulatory Risks
Recent litigation and potential regulation could impact the real estate commissions earned by real estate agents.
In October 2023, a federal jury in Kansas City, Missouri found the National Association of Realtors (NAR) and some of the largest real estate brokers in the country liable for colluding to inflate real estate commissions. The jury ordered the NAR and real estate franchises HomeServices of America and Keller Williams to pay $1.78 billion in damages to the sellers of more than 260,000 homes in Missouri, Kansas and Illinois — the plaintiffs in the case. The defendants have announced they plan to appeal the decision. The case is among several pending lawsuits in U.S. courts confronting "buyer-broker commissions," or the amount of commissions that people selling their homes must agree to pay in order for their home to be included on a "multiple listing service" showing properties for sale in regions around the country. Two other defendants, Re/Max and Anywhere Real Estate, recently resolved claims in similar cases in Illinois and Missouri federal courts. Anywhere Real Estate planned to pay $83.5 million, according to a post at National Association of Realtors. Re/Max said in a regulatory filing it would pay $55 million. Both settlements are pending court approval. When the lawsuit was originally filed in 2019 it included Anywhere Real Estate and Re/Max as defendants, but they agreed to scale back their relationship with the NAR and pay a total of approximately $139 million in damages as part of a settlement. The judge overseeing the case still has to issue a final judgement in the case, which could alter or even ban the cooperative compensation ruling nationally. Depending on the judgment, it could mean that home sellers will not be responsible for paying the commissions of both the listing and buying brokers. The Department of Justice (DOJ) has been actively involved in these litigations, settlements, and pursued their own investigations into a potential antitrust violation of NAR and other related parties.
Changes in NAR’s current policies or federally mandated regulation by the DOJ could potentially reduce our commissions on residential transactions, which would constrain our growth and operational initiatives and could have a material adverse effect on our revenues, results of operations and product development efforts.
This lawsuit applies to residential real estate agent commissions and can potentially have significant impact on the current real estate brokerage operations of the Company. At this time, these lawsuits do not have any impact on the commercial real estate industry or the real estate investment industry. Therefore, in management’s opinion, these lawsuits will have no impact on the Company’s ability to fully develop its investment division and a real estate investment trust (REIT).
33 |
Table of Contents |
Significant rise in interest rates.
Over the last 24 months, interest rates have risen at a rapid pace which has resulted in a devaluation of many commercial properties and investment buyers being priced out of the marketplace. Recently, the Federal Reserve has started to cut interest rates and announced it will cut rates further in the next year. However, in the event interest rates continue to rise or remain at elevated levels for an extended period of time, our proposed real estate investments and resulting income may decline, which would adversely affect the bottom line of our business.
Significant rise in cost of real estate properties.
Over the last few years, the sale price for residential properties in many markets we currently serve has risen dramatically which has resulted in pricing many buyers out of the marketplace. The opposite is happening in commercial real estate, prices are going down. In the event residential and commercial property prices continue to rise or remain at elevated levels for an extended period of time, our resulting revenue may decline and adversely affect the bottom line of our business.
Limited inventory.
Over the last few years, the inventory of properties available to purchase for investment has declined in many markets we serve which has resulted in limited inventory in the marketplace. In the event inventory remains at limited levels for an extended period of time, our proposed real estate investments may be delayed and resulting revenue may decline and adversely affect the bottom line of our business. If the capital raised through this Offering is not able to be deployed immediately after its raised, the Company will invest in short term liquid money market accounts and short-term government treasuries to generate interest income that will be available for distribution to shareholders as a dividend in lieu of investment income from the real estate properties.
Additional Risks Related to REITs
Risks Related to Our Business and Properties
If we successfully transition to a REIT, the limits on the percentage of shares of our common stock that any person may own may discourage a takeover or business combination that could otherwise benefit our stockholders.
If we are successful in our goal of transitioning to a REIT, our new Certificate of Incorporation, with certain exceptions, will authorize our Board to take such actions as are necessary and desirable to preserve our qualification as a REIT. An important qualification to preserve is that no five shareholders can own more than 50% of the Company. Currently, our founder Andrew Michael Arroyo owns approximately 80% of the outstanding common shares and 100% of the preferred shares. As of the date of this offering, once approximately 15,000,000 shares of the total capital stock are issued and outstanding his ownership percentage will fall below the 50% threshold. If the offering is fully subscribed his ownership will fall below 30% ownership. Besides Mr. Arroyo, and unless exempted by our Board, no other person may own more than 9.8% in value of our outstanding capital stock or more than 9.8% in value or number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of our outstanding common stock. A person that did not acquire more than 9.8% of our shares may become subject to our charter restrictions if redemptions by other stockholders cause such person’s holdings to exceed 9.8% of our outstanding shares. Our 9.8% ownership limitation may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of us, including an extraordinary transaction (such as a merger, tender offer or sale of all or substantially all of our assets) that might provide a premium price for our stockholders.
Our Certificate of Incorporation will permit our board of directors to issue stock with terms that may subordinate the rights of the holders of our common stock or discourage a third party from acquiring us in a manner that could result in a premium price to our stockholders.
Our Board may classify or reclassify any unissued common stock or preferred stock into other classes or series of stock and establish the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends and other distributions, qualifications and terms or conditions of redemption of any such stock without stockholder approval. Thus, our Board could authorize the issuance of preferred stock with terms and conditions that could have priority as to distributions and amounts payable upon liquidation over the rights of the holders of our common stock. Such preferred stock could also have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of us, including an extraordinary transaction (such as a merger, tender offer or sale of all or substantially all of our assets) that might otherwise provide a premium price to holders of our common stock.
34 |
Table of Contents |
If we become a REIT, we have limited operating history operating certain types of commercial real estate and we may not be able to successfully operate our business or generate sufficient operating cash flows to make or sustain distributions to our shareholders.
We have recently expanded our business services beyond residential, commercial and property management services to include real estate investment services and intend to commence operations as a REIT if we are successful in raising the maximum in this offering. Our expansion to commercial real estate investment services will begin as soon as we are able to raise sufficient funds to acquire suitable properties or invest with our partner operators, which could occur prior to the time we qualify as a REIT. During our expansion to commercial real estate investment services, and if we are successful in becoming a REIT, our ability to make or sustain distributions to our shareholders will depend on many factors, including our availability to identify attractive acquisition opportunities that satisfy our investment strategy, our success in consummating acquisitions on favorable terms, the level and volatility of interest rates, readily accessible short-term and long-term financing on favorable terms, and conditions in the financial markets, the real estate market and the economy. We will face competition in acquiring attractive commercial properties. The value of the commercial properties that we acquire may decline substantially after we purchase them. We may not be able to successfully operate our business or implement our operating policies and investment strategy successfully. Furthermore, we may not be able to generate sufficient operating cash flow to pay our operating expenses and make distributions to our shareholders.
As a company with an expanded business focus, we are subject to the risks of any newly established business enterprise, including risks that we will be unable to attract and retain qualified personnel, create effective operating and financial controls and systems or effectively manage our anticipated growth, any of which could have a harmful effect on our business and our operating results.
We may change our investment objectives without seeking stockholder approval.
We may change our investment objectives without shareholder notice or consent. Although our Board of Directors has fiduciary duties to our stockholders and intends only to change our investment objectives when our Board determines that a change is in the best interests of our stockholders, a change in our investment objectives could reduce our payment of cash distributions to our stockholders or cause a decline in the value of our investments.
We have identified the type of commercial real estate we plan to acquire and several potential acquisitions but do not have any specific commercial properties under contract and you will be unable to evaluate the allocation of net proceeds of this offering or the economic merits of our investments prior to making your investment decision.
We currently do not own any properties and have no agreements to acquire any properties. Since we can only provide examples of the type of properties we are seeking to acquire and have not yet put any specific commercial properties under contract or committed the net proceeds of this offering to any specific commercial property investment, you will be unable to evaluate the allocation of the net proceeds or the economic merits of our acquisitions before making an investment decision to purchase our common shares. As a result, we will have broad authority to invest the net proceeds in any real estate investments that we may identify in the future and we may use those proceeds to make investments with which you may not agree. In addition, our investment policies may be amended or revised from time to time at the discretion of our Board, without a vote of our shareholders. These factors will increase the uncertainty, and thus the risk, of investing in our common shares. Our failure to apply the net proceeds effectively or find suitable commercial properties to acquire in a timely manner or on acceptable terms could result in returns that are substantially below expectations or result in losses. Prior to the full investment of the net offering proceeds in commercial properties, we intend to invest the net proceeds in interest-bearing short-term, investment grade securities or money-market accounts which are consistent with our intention to qualify as a REIT. These investments are expected to provide a lower net return than we will seek to achieve from our investments in commercial properties. We may not be able to identify commercial investments that meet our investment criteria, we may not be successful in completing any investment we identify and our investments may not produce acceptable, or any, returns. We may be unable to invest the proceeds on acceptable terms, or at all.
35 |
Table of Contents |
There may be conflicts of interest faced by one of our officers and directors, who is also a managing member in Andrew Arroyo Investments, LLC and Neighborhood Investment Network, LLC, which may compete with us for his business time and for business opportunities to acquire properties that may arise.
Mr. Arroyo, one of our officers and directors, is also a managing member of Andrew Arroyo Investments, LLC, which is an established business that operates as a registered investment advisor. We may compete for Mr. Arroyo’s time in the future. At this time, Andrew Arroyo Investments, LLC does not have any clients and the sole function of the entity is to provide investment advisor services to our Company. In the future, this may change. Mr. Arroyo, one of our officers and directors, is also a managing member of Neighborhood Investment Network, LLC, which is a real estate syndication that Mr. Arroyo set up to teach the members of the Company how to operate a real estate investment fund beginning in 2016. Mr. Arroyo, one of our officers and directors, is also an officer of AMA Media, Inc. which is a media company that owns original works of arts and licensing rights. Moreover, he has obligations toward Andrew Arroyo Investments, LLC, AMA Media, Inc. and Neighborhood Investment Network, LLC, for his business time and existing fiduciary duties to those entities. Thus, if Mr. Arroyo does not devote sufficient time to us, or we are unable to obtain business opportunities to acquire properties sufficient for us to generate revenues, then our business may not succeed.
We and our third party vendors will rely on information technology networks and systems in providing services to us, and any material failure, inadequacy, interruption or security failure of that technology could harm our business.
We and our third party vendors will rely on information technology networks and systems, including the Internet, to process, transmit and store electronic information and to manage or support a variety of our business processes, including financial transactions and maintenance of records, which may include confidential information of tenants, lease data and information regarding our stockholders. We and our third party vendors will rely on commercially available systems, software, tools and monitoring to provide security for processing, transmitting and storing confidential information. Security breaches, including physical or electronic break-ins, computer viruses, attacks by hackers and similar breaches or cyber-attacks, can create system disruptions, shutdowns or unauthorized disclosure of confidential information. In addition, any breach in the data security measures employed by the third party vendors upon which we rely, could also result in the improper disclosure of personally identifiable information. Any failure to maintain proper function, security and availability of information systems could interrupt our operations, damage our reputation, subject us to liability claims or regulatory penalties and could materially and adversely affect us.
Our operating results will be affected by economic and regulatory changes that have an adverse impact on the real estate market in general, and we cannot assure you that we will be profitable or that we will realize growth in the value of our real estate properties.
Our operating results are subject to risks generally incident to the ownership of real estate, including:
| · | ability to acquire properties: |
|
|
|
| · | changes in general economic or local conditions; |
|
|
|
| · | changes in supply of or demand for similar or competing properties in an area; |
|
|
|
| · | changes in interest rates and availability of permanent mortgage funds that may render the sale of a property difficult or unattractive; |
|
|
|
| · | changes in tax, real estate, environmental and zoning laws; and |
|
|
|
| · | periods of high interest rates and tight money supply. |
These and other reasons may prevent us from being profitable or from realizing growth or maintaining the value of our real estate properties.
36 |
Table of Contents |
We do not currently own any properties to lease. Without funds from this offering, we will face difficulty acquiring any properties to lease to generate lease revenue. Some of our future properties may depend upon a single tenant for all or a majority of its rental income, and our financial condition and ability to make distributions may be adversely affected by the bankruptcy or insolvency, a downturn in the business, or a lease termination of a single tenant.
We do not yet own any properties which we can lease to any tenants and need to raise funds to acquire such properties. We expect that some of our properties will be occupied by only one tenant or will derive a majority of their rental income from one tenant and, therefore, the success of those properties will be materially dependent on the financial stability of such tenants. Lease payment defaults by tenants could cause us to reduce the amount of distributions we pay. A default of a tenant on its lease payments to us would cause us to lose the revenue from the property and force us to find an alternative source of revenue to meet any mortgage payment and prevent a foreclosure if the property is subject to a mortgage. In the event of a default, we may experience delays in enforcing our rights as landlord and may incur substantial costs in protecting our investment and re-letting the property. If a lease is terminated, there is no assurance that we will be able to lease the property for the rent previously received or sell the property without incurring a loss. A default by a tenant, the failure of a guarantor to fulfill its obligations or other premature termination of a lease, or a tenant’s election not to extend a lease upon its expiration, could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and our ability to pay distributions.
Our brokerage, lending and property management operations, whether or not they are put into a taxable REIT subsidiary (“TRS”), may be subject to conflicts of interest arising out of our working with the brokerage or the TRS entity, as the company will be partially-owned and managed by one or more of our officers and directors and one or more of our shareholders.
We may purchase, finance or lease properties where the Company’s brokerage division or another of its affiliates, identifies, leases or finances properties for the Company or represents the seller of a property we purchase. A conflict of interest may exist in such an acquisition since the Company’s brokerage division or TRS may be entitled to a real estate brokerage commission or other fees in connection to such a transaction. Any of our agreements and arrangements with the Company’s brokerage division or TRS and its affiliates, including those relating to compensation, are not the result of arm’s length negotiations.
There may be conflicts of interest if we engage the services of any investment or property manager since that investment or property manager may be partially-owned and managed by one or more of our officers and directors and one or more of our shareholders. Furthermore, we may have to compete for the business time of this investment or property manager to be devoted to our activities.
We plan to engage the services of multiple investment and property managers nationwide to invest in and manage the eventual properties that we plan to acquire or own partial interest. These entities may be controlled by one or more of our officers and directors and one or more of our shareholders. However, we do not yet have an agreement in place with these investment and property managers. While we hope to obtain the services of these investment and property managers on terms similar to that provided to the Company by its internal staff and contractors, it may be that the terms of our eventual service agreement would not be as favorable to us as anticipated, and thus we may not be able to operate our business on the terms or in the manner we expect. As we expand our operations, use of an investment or property manager may become key to our planned level of business operations, and without this service, our business may not succeed.
If a major tenant declares bankruptcy, we may be unable to collect balances due under relevant leases, which could have a harmful effect on our financial condition and ability to pay distributions to you.
Our success will depend on the financial ability of our eventual tenants to remain current with their leases with us. We may experience concentration in one or more tenants if the future leases we have with those tenants represent a significant percentage of our operations. Any of our future tenants, or any guarantor of one of our future tenant’s lease obligations, could be subject to a bankruptcy proceeding pursuant to Title 11 of the bankruptcy laws of the United States. Such a bankruptcy filing would bar us from attempting to collect pre-bankruptcy debts from the bankrupt tenant or its properties unless we receive an enabling order from the bankruptcy court. Post-bankruptcy debts would be paid currently. If we assume a lease, all pre-bankruptcy balances owing under it must be paid in full. If a lease is rejected by a tenant in bankruptcy, we would have a general unsecured claim for damages. This claim could be paid only in the event funds were available, and then only in the same percentage as that realized on other unsecured claims.
37 |
Table of Contents |
The bankruptcy of a future tenant or lease guarantor could delay our efforts to collect past due balances under the relevant lease, and could ultimately preclude full collection of these sums. Such an event also could cause a decrease or cessation of current rental payments, reducing our operating cash flows and the amount available for distributions to you. In the event a future tenant or lease guarantor declares bankruptcy, the tenant or its director may not assume our lease or its guaranty. If a given lease or guaranty is not assumed, our operating cash flows and the amounts available for distributions to you may be adversely affected. The bankruptcy of a major tenant could have a harmful effect on our ability to pay distributions to you.
A high concentration of our properties in a particular geographic area, or with tenants in a similar industry, would magnify the effects of downturns in that geographic area or industry.
Though we do not currently own any properties, we plan to focus our acquisition efforts on certain geographic areas. In the event that we have a concentration of properties in any particular geographic area, any adverse situation that disproportionately affects that geographic area would have a magnified adverse effect on our portfolio. Similarly, if tenants of our properties become concentrated in a certain industry or industries, any adverse effect to that industry or those industries generally would have a disproportionately adverse effect on our portfolio.
If a sale-leaseback transaction is re-characterized in a tenant’s bankruptcy proceeding, our financial condition could be adversely affected.
We may enter into sale-leaseback transactions, whereby we would purchase a property and then lease the same property back to the person from whom we purchased it. In the event of the bankruptcy of a tenant, a transaction structured as a sale-leaseback may be re-characterized as either a financing or a joint venture, either of which outcomes could adversely affect our business. If the sale-leaseback were re-characterized as a financing, we might not be considered the owner of the property, and as a result would have the status of a creditor in relation to the tenant. In that event, we would no longer have the right to sell or encumber our ownership interest in the property. Instead, we would have a claim against the tenant for the amounts owed under the lease, with the claim arguably secured by the property. The tenant/debtor might have the ability to propose a plan restructuring the term, interest rate and amortization schedule of its outstanding balance. If confirmed by the bankruptcy court, we could be bound by the new terms, and prevented from foreclosing our lien on the property. If the sale-leaseback were re-characterized as a joint venture, our lessee and we could be treated as co-venturers with regard to the property. As a result, we could be held liable, under some circumstances, for debts incurred by the lessee relating to the property. Either of these outcomes could adversely affect our cash flow and the amount available for distributions to you.
We may obtain only limited warranties when we purchase a property and would have only limited recourse in the event our due diligence did not identify any issues that lower the value of our property.
The seller of a property often sells such property in its “as is” condition on a “where is” basis and “with all faults,” without any warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular use or purpose. In addition, purchase agreements may contain only limited warranties, representations and indemnifications that will only survive for a limited period after the closing. Thus, the purchase of properties with limited warranties increases the risk that we may lose some or all of our invested capital in the property as well as the loss of rental income from that property.
We may be unable to secure funds for future tenant improvements or capital needs, which could adversely impact our ability to pay cash distributions to our stockholders and the value of an investment in our shares.
When tenants do not renew their leases or otherwise vacate their space, it is usual that, in order to attract replacement tenants, we will be required to expend substantial funds for tenant improvements and tenant refurbishments to the vacated space. In addition, although we expect that our leases with tenants will require tenants to pay routine property maintenance costs, we will likely be responsible for any major structural repairs, such as repairs to the foundation, exterior walls and rooftops. We will use substantially all of this offering’s gross proceeds to buy real estate and pay various fees and expenses. We intend to reserve a portion of the gross proceeds from this offering for future capital needs. Accordingly, if we need additional capital in the future to improve or maintain our properties or for any other reason, we will have to obtain financing from other sources, such as cash flow from operations, borrowings, property sales or future equity offerings. These sources of funding may not be available on attractive terms or at all. If we cannot procure additional funding for capital improvements, our investments may generate lower cash flows or decline in value, or both.
38 |
Table of Contents |
Our inability to sell a property when we desire to do so could adversely impact our ability to pay cash distributions to you and the value of your investment in our shares.
The real estate market is affected by many factors, such as general economic conditions, availability of financing, interest rates, supply and demand, and other factors that are beyond our control. We cannot predict whether we will be able to sell any property for the price or on the terms set by us, or whether any price or other terms offered by a prospective purchaser would be acceptable to us. We may be required to expend funds to correct defects or to make improvements before a property can be sold. We may not have adequate funds available to correct such defects or to make such improvements. Moreover, in acquiring a property, we may agree to restrictions that prohibit the sale of that property for a period of time or impose other restrictions, such as a limitation on the amount of debt that can be placed or repaid on that property. We cannot predict the length of time needed to find a willing purchaser and to close the sale of a property. Our inability to sell a property when we desire to do so may cause us to reduce our selling price for the property. Any delay in our receipt of proceeds, or diminishment of proceeds, from the sale of a property could adversely impact our ability to pay distributions to you.
We may not be able to sell our properties at a price equal to, or greater than, the price for which we purchased such property, which may lead to a decrease in the value of our assets.
Some of our leases may not contain rental increases over time, or the rental increases may be less than the fair market rate at a future point in time. In such event, the value of the leased property to a potential purchaser may not increase over time, which may restrict our ability to sell that property, or if we are able to sell that property, may result in a sale price less than the price that we paid to purchase the property.
We may acquire or finance properties or invest with Partner Operators with lock-out provisions, which may prohibit us from selling a property, or may require us to maintain specified debt levels for a period of years on some properties.
Lock-out provisions could materially restrict us from selling or otherwise disposing of or refinancing properties. These provisions would affect our ability to turn our investments into cash and thus affect cash available for distributions to you. Lock-out provisions may prohibit us from reducing the outstanding indebtedness with respect to any properties, refinancing such indebtedness on a non-recourse basis at maturity, or increasing the amount of indebtedness with respect to such properties. Lock-out provisions could impair our ability to take other actions during the lock-out period that could be in the best interests of our stockholders and, therefore, may have an adverse impact on the value of the shares, relative to the value that would result if the lock-out provisions did not exist. In particular, lock-out provisions could preclude us from participating in major transactions that could result in a disposition of our assets or a change in control even though that disposition or change in control might be in the best interests of our stockholders.
Rising expenses could reduce cash flow and funds available for future acquisitions.
Any properties that we buy in the future will be, subject to operating risks common to real estate in general, any or all of which may negatively affect us. If any property is not fully occupied or if rents are being paid in an amount that is insufficient to cover operating expenses, we could be required to expend funds with respect to that property for operating expenses. The properties will be subject to increases in tax rates, utility costs, operating expenses, insurance costs, repairs and maintenance and administrative expenses. Different property types carry different degrees of exposure to operating costs. For instance, industrial properties are typically leased on a triple net (NNN) basis, which puts the burden of the expenses on the tenant, whereas multifamily apartment properties are typically leased on a modified gross basis, which puts the burden of the expenses on the property owner. While we expect that many of our properties will be leased on a net-lease basis or will require the tenants to pay all or at least a small portion of such expenses, renewals of leases or future leases may not be negotiated on that basis, in which event we may have to pay those costs. If we are unable to lease properties on a net-lease basis or on a basis requiring the tenants to pay all or at least a small portion of such expenses, or if tenants fail to pay required tax, utility and other impositions, we could be required to pay those costs which could adversely affect funds available for future acquisitions or cash available for distributions.
39 |
Table of Contents |
Adverse economic conditions will negatively affect our returns and profitability.
Our operating results may be affected by the following market and economic challenges, which may result from a continued or exacerbated general economic slowdown experienced by the nation as a whole or by the local economics where our properties may be located:
| · | poor economic conditions may result in tenant defaults under leases; |
|
|
|
| · | re-leasing may require concessions or reduced rental rates under the new leases; and |
|
|
|
| · | increased insurance premiums may reduce funds available for distribution or, to the extent such increases are passed through to tenants, may lead to tenant defaults. Increased insurance premiums may make it difficult to increase rents to tenants on turnover, which may adversely affect our ability to increase our returns. |
The length and severity of any economic downturn cannot be predicted. Our operations could be negatively affected to the extent that an economic downturn is prolonged or becomes more severe.
Challenging economic conditions could adversely affect vacancy rates, which could have an adverse impact on our ability to make distributions and the value of an investment in our shares.
Challenging economic conditions, the availability and cost of credit, turmoil in the mortgage market, and declining real estate markets have contributed to increased vacancy rates in the commercial real estate sector. If we experience vacancy rates that are higher than historical vacancy rates, we may have to offer lower rental rates and greater tenant improvements or concessions than expected. Increased vacancies may have a greater impact on us, as compared to REITs with other investment strategies, as our investment approach relies on long-term leases in order to provide a relatively stable stream of income for our stockholders. As a result, increased vacancy rates could have the following negative effects on us:
| · | the values of our potential investments in commercial properties could decrease below the amount paid for such investments; |
|
|
|
| · | revenues from such properties could decrease due to low or no rental income during vacant periods, lower future rental rates and/or increased tenant improvement expenses or concessions; and/or |
|
|
|
| · | revenues from such properties that secure loans could decrease, making it more difficult for us to meet our payment obligations. All of these factors could impair our ability to make distributions and decrease the value of an investment in our shares. |
Global market and economic conditions may materially and adversely affect us and our tenants.
In the United States, market and economic conditions have from time to time been challenging, such as periods of high interest rates, increased unemployment, large-scale business failures and tight credit markets. Our results of operations may be sensitive to changes in the overall economic conditions that impact our tenants’ financial condition and leasing practices. Adverse economic conditions such as high unemployment levels, interest rates, tax rates and fuel and energy costs may have an impact on the results of operations and financial conditions of our tenants. During periods of economic slowdown, rising interest rates and declining demand for real estate may result in a general decline in rents or an increased incidence of lease defaults. Volatility in the United States and global markets makes it difficult to determine the breadth and duration of the impact of future economic and financial market crises and the ways in which our tenants and our business may be affected. A lack of demand for rental space could adversely affect our ability to gain new tenants, which may affect our growth and profitability. Accordingly, the reoccurrence of any worsening of financial conditions could materially and adversely affect us.
40 |
Table of Contents |
If we suffer losses that are not covered by insurance or that are in excess of insurance coverage, we could lose invested capital and anticipated profits.
Generally, each of our tenants will be responsible for insuring its goods and premises and, in some circumstances, may be required to reimburse us for a share of the cost of acquiring comprehensive insurance for the property, including casualty, liability, fire and extended coverage customarily obtained for similar properties in amounts that our advisor determines are sufficient to cover reasonably foreseeable losses. Tenants of single-user properties leased on a net-lease basis typically are required to pay all insurance costs associated with those properties. Tenants of multi-tenant properties leased on a modified gross basis are not typically responsible for any insurance beyond the interior of their premises. Material losses may occur in excess of insurance proceeds with respect to any property, as insurance may not be sufficient to fund the losses. However, there are types of losses, generally of a catastrophic nature, such as losses due to wars, acts of terrorism, earthquakes, floods, hurricanes, pollution or environmental matters, which are either uninsurable or not economically insurable, or may be insured subject to limitations, such as large deductibles or co-payments. Insurance risks associated with potential terrorism acts could sharply increase the premiums we pay for coverage against property and casualty claims. Additionally, mortgage lenders in some cases have begun to insist that commercial property owners purchase specific coverage against terrorism as a condition for providing mortgage loans. It is uncertain whether such insurance policies will be available, or available at reasonable cost, which could inhibit our ability to finance or refinance our potential properties. In these instances, we may be required to provide other financial support, either through financial assurances or self-insurance, to cover potential losses. We may not have adequate, or any, coverage for such losses. The Terrorism Risk Insurance Program Reauthorization Act of 2019 is designed for a sharing of terrorism losses between insurance companies and the federal government, and expires on December 31, 2027. There is no assurance that Congress will extend the insurance beyond 2027. We cannot be certain how this act will impact us or what additional cost to us, if any, could result. If such an event damaged or destroyed one or more of our properties, we could lose both our invested capital and anticipated profits from such property.
Real estate related taxes may increase and if these increases are not passed on to tenants, our income will be reduced.
Some local real property tax assessors may seek to reassess some of our properties as a result of our acquisition of the property. Generally, from time to time, our property taxes may increase as property values or assessment rates change or for other reasons deemed relevant by the assessors. An increase in the assessed valuation of a property for real estate tax purposes will result in an increase in the related real estate taxes on that property. Although some tenant leases may permit us to pass through such tax increases to the tenants for payment, there is no assurance that renewal leases or future leases will be negotiated on the same basis. Some lease types do not allow the pass through of any taxes to the tenants. Increases not passed through to tenants will adversely affect our income, cash available for distributions, and the amount of distributions to you.
CC&Rs may restrict our ability to operate a property.
Some of our properties may be contiguous to other parcels of real property, comprising part of the same commercial center. In connection with such properties, there are significant covenants, conditions and restrictions, known as “CC&Rs,” restricting the operation of such properties and any improvements on such properties, and related to granting easements on such properties. Moreover, the operation and management of the contiguous properties may impact such properties. Compliance with CC&Rs may adversely affect our operating costs and reduce the amount of funds that we have available to pay distributions.
41 |
Table of Contents |
Our operating results may be negatively affected by potential development and construction delays and resultant increased costs and risks.
While we do not currently intend to do so, we may use proceeds from this offering to acquire and develop properties upon which we will construct improvements. We will be subject to uncertainties associated with re-zoning for development, environmental concerns of governmental entities and/or community groups, and our builder’s ability to build in conformity with plans, specifications, budgeted costs, and timetables. If a builder fails to perform, we may resort to legal action to rescind the purchase or the construction contract or to compel performance. A builder’s performance may also be affected or delayed by conditions beyond the builder’s control. Delays in completion of construction could also give tenants the right to terminate preconstruction leases. We may incur additional risks when we make periodic progress payments or other advances to builders before they complete construction. These and other such factors can result in increased costs of a project or loss of our investment. In addition, we will be subject to normal lease-up risks relating to newly constructed projects. We also must rely on rental income and expense projections and estimates of the fair market value of property upon completion of construction when agreeing upon a price at the time we acquire the property. If our projections are inaccurate, we may pay too much for a property, and our return on our investment could suffer.
While we do not currently intend to do so, we may invest in unimproved real property. Returns from development of unimproved properties are also subject to risks associated with re-zoning the land for development and environmental concerns of governmental entities and/or community groups. Although we intend to limit any investment in unimproved property to property we intend to develop, your investment nevertheless is subject to the risks associated with investments in unimproved real property.
Competition with third parties in acquiring properties and other investments may reduce our profitability and the return on your investment.
We compete with many other entities engaged in real estate investment activities, including individuals, corporations, bank and insurance company investment accounts, REITs, real estate limited partnerships, and other entities engaged in real estate investment activities, many of which have greater resources than we do. Larger REITs may enjoy significant competitive advantages that result from, among other things, a lower cost of capital and enhanced operating efficiencies. In addition, the number of entities and the amount of funds competing for suitable investments may increase. Any such increase would result in increased demand for these assets and therefore possibly increased prices paid for them. If we pay higher prices for properties and other investments, our profitability may be reduced and you may experience a lower return on your investment.
Our properties may face competition that could affect tenants’ ability to pay rent and the amount of rent paid to us may affect the cash available for distributions, the amount of distributions and the value of our shares.
We expect that our properties will typically be located in developed areas. Therefore, there are and will be numerous other properties within the market area of each of our properties that will compete with us for tenants. The number of competitive properties could have a material effect on our ability to rent space at our properties and the amount of rents charged. We could be adversely affected if additional competitive properties are built in locations competitive with our properties, causing increased competition for customer traffic and creditworthy tenants. This could result in decreased cash flow from tenants and may require us to make capital improvements to properties that we would not have otherwise made, thus affecting cash available for distributions, and the amount available for distributions to you.
Delays in acquisitions of properties may have an adverse effect on your investment.
There may be a substantial period of time before the proceeds of this offering are invested. Delays we encounter in the selection, acquisition and/or development of properties could adversely affect your returns. Where properties are acquired prior to the start of construction or during the early stages of construction, it will typically take several months to complete construction and rent available space. Therefore, you could suffer delays in the payment of cash distributions attributable to those particular properties.
42 |
Table of Contents |
Costs of complying with governmental laws and regulations, including those relating to environmental matters, may adversely affect our income and the cash available for any distributions.
All real property and the operations conducted on real property are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to environmental protection and human health and safety. These laws and regulations generally govern wastewater discharges, air emissions, the operation and removal of underground and above-ground storage tanks, the use, storage, treatment, transportation and disposal of solid and hazardous materials, and the remediation of contamination associated with disposals. Environmental laws and regulations may impose joint and several liability on tenants, owners or operators for the costs to investigate or remediate contaminated properties, regardless of fault or whether the acts causing the contamination were legal. This liability could be substantial. In addition, the presence of hazardous substances, or the failure to properly remediate these substances, may adversely affect our ability to sell, rent or pledge such property as collateral for future borrowings.
Some of these laws and regulations have been amended so as to require compliance with new or more stringent standards as of future dates. Compliance with new or more stringent laws or regulations or stricter interpretation of existing laws may require material expenditures by us. Future laws, ordinances or regulations may impose material environmental liability.
Additionally, several conditions, such as our tenants’ operations, the existing condition of land when we buy it, operations in the vicinity of our properties, such as the presence of underground storage tanks, or activities of unrelated third parties, may affect our properties. In addition, there are various local, state and federal fire, health, life-safety and similar regulations with which we may be required to comply, and that may subject us to liability in the form of fines or damages for noncompliance. Any material expenditures, fines, or damages we must pay will reduce our ability to make distributions and may reduce the value of your investment.
State and federal laws in this area are constantly evolving, and we intend to monitor these laws and take commercially reasonable steps to protect ourselves from the impact of these laws, including obtaining environmental assessments of most properties that we acquire; however, we will not obtain an independent third-party environmental assessment for every property we acquire. In addition, any such assessment that we do obtain may not reveal all environmental liabilities or that a prior owner of a property did not create a material environmental condition not known to us. The cost of defending against claims of liability, of compliance with environmental regulatory requirements, of remediating any contaminated property, or of paying personal injury claims would materially adversely affect our business, assets or results of operations and, consequently, amounts available for distribution to you.
Our recovery of an investment in a mortgage, bridge or mezzanine loans that has defaulted may be limited.
There is no guarantee that the mortgage, loan or deed of trust securing an investment will, following a default, permit us to recover the original investment and interest that would have been received absent a default. The security provided by a mortgage, deed of trust or loan is directly related to the difference between the amount owed and the appraised market value of the property. Although we intend to rely on a current real estate appraisal when we make the investment, the value of the property is affected by factors outside our control, including general fluctuations in the real estate market, rezoning, neighborhood changes, highway relocations and failure by the borrower to maintain the property. In addition, we may incur the costs of litigation in our efforts to enforce our rights under defaulted loans.
Inflation and changes in interest rates may materially and adversely affect us and our tenants.
A rise in inflation may result in a rate of inflation greater than the increases in rent that we anticipate may be provided by many of our leases. Increased costs may have an adverse impact on our tenants if increases in their operating expenses exceed increases in revenue, which may adversely affect the tenants’ ability to pay rent owed to us.
In addition, to the extent that we incur variable rate debt, increases in interest rates would increase our interest costs, which could reduce our cash flows and our ability to pay distributions to you. Furthermore, if we need to repay existing debt during periods of rising interest rates, we could be required to liquidate one or more of our investments in properties at times that may not permit realization of the maximum return on such investments.
43 |
Table of Contents |
Our costs associated with complying with the Americans with Disabilities Act may affect cash available for distributions and the value of our shares.
Our properties will be subject to the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (Disabilities Act). Under the Disabilities Act, all places of public accommodation are required to comply with federal requirements related to access and use by disabled persons. The Disabilities Act has separate compliance requirements for “public accommodations” and “commercial facilities” that generally require that buildings and services, including restaurants and retail stores, be made accessible and available to people with disabilities. The Disabilities Act’s requirements could require removal of access barriers and could result in the imposition of injunctive relief, monetary penalties, or, in some cases, an award of damages. We will attempt to acquire properties that comply with the Disabilities Act or place the burden on the seller or other third party, such as a tenant, to ensure compliance with the Disabilities Act. However, we cannot assure you that we will be able to acquire properties or allocate responsibilities in this manner. If we cannot, our funds used for Disabilities Act compliance may affect cash available for distributions and the amount of distributions to you.
We are considered to be a “blind pool,” as we have not identified any of the properties we intend to purchase as of the date of this prospectus. For this and other reasons, an investment in our shares is speculative.
Since we have not identified any of the properties we intend to purchase with future offering proceeds as of the date of this prospectus, this offering is considered a “blind pool.” You will not be able to evaluate the economic merit of our investments until after such investments have been made. As a result, an investment in our shares is speculative.
Properties that have vacancies for a significant period of time could be difficult to sell, which could diminish the return on your investment.
A property may incur vacancies either by the continued default of a tenant under its lease, the expiration of a tenant lease or early termination of a lease by a tenant. If vacancies continue for a long period of time, we may suffer reduced revenues resulting in less cash available to be distributed to you. In addition, because a property’s market value depends principally upon the value of the property’s leases, the resale value of a property with prolonged vacancies could decline, which could further reduce your return.
Our real estate investments may include special use single-tenant properties that may be difficult to sell or re-lease upon lease terminations.
We intend to possibly invest in single-tenant, income-producing commercial retail, office and industrial and specialty properties, a number of which may include special use single-tenant properties. If the leases on these properties are terminated or not renewed, we may have difficulty re-leasing or selling these properties to new tenants due to the lack of efficient alternate uses for such properties. Therefore, we may be required to expend substantial funds to renovate and/or adapt any such property for a revenue-generating alternate use or make rent concessions in order to lease the property to another tenant or sell the property. These and other limitations may adversely affect the cash flows from, or lead to a decline in value of, these special use single-tenant properties.
We are exposed to risks related to increases in market lease rates and inflation, as income from long-term leases will be the primary source of our cash flow from operations.
We are exposed to risks related to increases in market lease rates and inflation, as income from long-term leases will be the primary source of our cash flow from operations. Leases of long-term duration or which include renewal options that specify a maximum rate increase may result in below-market lease rates over time if we do not accurately estimate inflation or market lease rates. Provisions of our leases designed to mitigate the risk of inflation and unexpected increases in market lease rates, such as periodic rental increases, may not adequately protect us from the impact of inflation or unexpected increases in market lease rates. If we are subject to below-market lease rates on a significant number of our properties pursuant to long-term leases, our cash flow from operations and financial position may be adversely affected.
44 |
Table of Contents |
Increased operating expenses could reduce cash flow from operations and funds available to acquire investments or make distributions, and ultimately, impact the value of our shares.
We anticipate that the properties we acquire will be subject to operating risks common to real estate in general, any or all of which may negatively affect us. If any property is not fully occupied or if rents are being paid in an amount that is insufficient to cover operating expenses, we could be required to expend funds with respect to that property for operating expenses. The properties will be subject to increases in tax rates, utility costs, insurance costs, repairs and maintenance costs, administrative costs and other operating expenses. Some of our leases may not require the tenants to pay all or a portion of these expenses, in which event we may have to pay these costs. If we are unable to lease properties on terms that require the tenants to pay all or some of the properties’ operating expenses, if our tenants fail to pay these expenses as required or if expenses we are required to pay exceed our expectations, we could have less funds available for future acquisitions or cash available for distributions to you.
The failure of any bank in which we deposit our funds could reduce the amount of cash we have available to pay distributions and make additional investments.
The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation only insures amounts up to $250,000 per depositor per insured bank. We likely will have cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash deposited in certain financial institutions in excess of federally insured levels. If any of the banking institutions in which we deposit funds ultimately fails, we may lose our deposits over $250,000. The loss of our deposits could reduce the amount of cash we have available to distribute or invest and could result in a decline in the value of your investment.
We have not issued any Class A common stock and, therefore, investors are not expected to experience immediate dilution. All investors purchasing Shares from the Company in this offering will experience dilution from future issuances of Class A common stock or any other capital stock of the Company, including conversion of our derivative securities at a price per share less than the offering price of Shares in this offering.
An early-stage company typically sells its Securities (or grants options over its shares) to its founder(s) at a very low cash cost because they are, in effect, putting their “sweat equity” into the company. When the company seeks cash from outside investors, the new investors typically pay a much larger sum for their securities than the founders or earlier investors, which means that the cash value of the new investors’ stake is diluted because each security of the same type is worth the same amount, and the new investor has paid more for the security than earlier investors did for theirs.
The Company (and selling shareholders) are offering for sale to new investors up to 20,000,000 of Class A Common Stock, composed of 17,000,000 shares to be offered directly for cash consideration and a maximum of 3,000,000 shares to be issued as “Bonus Shares” for no additional cash consideration to eligible investors in this offering based on certain criteria, for up to $72,082,500.00 total consideration. The price of the shares is $3.50 per share. The following table sets forth on a pro forma basis at June 30, 2025, the differences between existing Class B Common stockholders and new Class A Common stock investors with respect to the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us, and the paid per Share and assuming the Maximum Offering is sold). Dilution represents the difference between the offering price and the net tangible book value per security immediately after completion of the Offering. Net tangible book value is the amount that results from subtracting total liabilities and intangible assets from total assets. Dilution arises mainly as a result of the company’s arbitrary determination of the offering price of the securities being offered. Dilution of the value of the Securities you purchase is also a result of the lower book value of the Securities held by our existing stockholders.
|
| Shares Purchased |
|
| Total Consideration |
|
| Average Price |
| |||||||||||
|
| Number |
|
| Percent |
|
| Amount |
|
| Percent |
|
| Per Share |
| |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||
Existing Class B Common & Series A Convertible Preferred Shareholders |
|
| 11,143,928 | (1) |
|
| 37.85 | % |
| $ | 2,251,470 |
|
|
| 3.29 | % |
| $ | 0.2020 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
New Investors of Class A Common Shareholders |
|
| 20,000,000 | (2) |
|
| 62.15 | % |
| $ | 72,082,500 |
|
|
| 96.71 | % |
| $ | 3.6041 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling Shareholders |
|
| (1,700,000 | )(3) |
|
| - | % |
| $ | (5,950,000 | ) |
|
| - |
|
|
| - |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
| 29,443,928 |
|
|
| 100.00 | % |
| $ | 68,383,970 |
|
|
| 100 | % |
| $ | 2.3225 |
|
(1) Includes 4,000,000 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock.
(2) 20,000,000 of Class A Common Stock is composed of 15,300,000 shares offered directly for cash consideration by the Company, 1,700,000 shares offered directly by the Selling Stockholder for cash consideration, and a maximum of 3,000,000 shares to be issued as “Bonus Shares” for no additional cash consideration to eligible investors in this offering based on certain criteria, for total consideration up to $72,082,500.
(3) If the maximum amount of this Offering is raised 1,700,000 shares of Class B Common Stock will have been converted of Class A Common Stock and sold by the selling shareholders in the offering.
45 |
Table of Contents |
If you purchase Shares in this offering, your ownership interest in our Common Stock will be diluted immediately. The difference between the public offering price per share of common stock and the net tangible book value per share of common stock after this offering constitutes the dilution to investors in this offering. Net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing the net tangible book value (total assets less intangible assets and total liabilities) by the number of outstanding shares of common stock.
As of June 30, 2025, we had a net tangible book value of $133,624 or $0.0120 per share of issued and outstanding common stock. After giving effect to the sale of the Shares proposed to be offered by the Company (and the selling stockholders) of Class A Common Stock, composed of 17,000,000 shares to be offered for cash consideration and a maximum of 3,000,000 shares to be issued as “Bonus Shares” for no additional cash consideration to eligible investors in this offering based on certain criteria, the net tangible book value at that date would have been $68,517,594 or $2.3271 per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of approximately $2.3151 per share to existing shareholders and an immediate dilution of approximately $1.3074 per share to new investors.
The following table illustrates such per share dilution:
Proposed public offering price (per share) |
| $ | 3.6225 |
|
Net tangible book value per share (June 30, 2025) |
| $ | 0.0120 |
|
Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to proceeds from the maximum offering |
| $ | 2.3151 |
|
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after the offering |
| $ | 2.3271 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dilution to new investors |
| $ | 1.3074 |
|
Future dilution
Another important way of looking at dilution is that dilution can happen due to future actions by the company the investor invested in. This means that an investor's stake in a company could be diluted due to the company issuing additional securities, whether as part of a capital-raising event or issued as compensation to the company's members, employees or marketing partners. As a result, when a company issues more securities, the percentage of the company that investors own will go down, even though the value of the company may go up. This means investors will own a smaller piece of a larger company.
This increase in number of securities outstanding could result from a security offering in any form. If the company decides to issue more securities, an investor could experience value dilution with each security being worth less than before, and control dilution with the total percentage an investor owns being less than before. There may also be earnings dilution, with a reduction in the amount earned per security, which typically occurs when a company offers dividends.
It is important that investors realize how the value of those securities can decrease by actions taken by the company. Dilution can make drastic changes to the value of each security, ownership percentage, voting control, and earnings per security.
ITEM 5 PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION AND SELLING SECURITY HOLDERS
The Company and Selling Stockholders are directly offering up to 20,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock (which includes up to 3,000,000 additional shares of Class A Common Stock for Bonus Shares). No additional consideration will be received by the Company or the Selling Stockholders for the issuance of Bonus Shares and the Company will absorb the cost of the issuance of the Bonus Shares.
DealMaker Securities, LLC, a broker-dealer registered with the Commission and a member of FINRA, has been engaged to provide operational processing, compliance, and administration of the Company’s best efforts offering. Although this role differs from that of a traditional underwriter in that the Broker does not purchase any securities from the Company with a view to sell such for the Company as part of the distribution of the security, the Broker is a statutory underwriter under Section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act of 1933. Affiliates of Broker have also been engaged to provide technology services and marketing advisory services, specifically Novation Solutions Inc. O/A DealMaker and DealMaker Reach, LLC.
46 |
Table of Contents |
The issuance of Bonus Shares for no cash consideration will occur on https://invest.aare.com and will not be distributed by DealMaker. The aggregate compensation payable to the Broker and its affiliates is described below.
The Company and Selling Stockholders are offering up to 20,000,000 Shares of our Class A common stock at $3.50 per Share. The Company (not the Selling Stockholders) will also receive an Investor Processing Fee of $0.1225 per Share (approximately 3.5%), effectively increasing the price per Share to $3.6225 for potential gross offering proceeds of $72,082,500. The minimum amount of Shares that may be purchased by any investor is $1,001(286 shares), making the total minimum investment with the Investor Processing Fee included $1,036.04.
There is no minimum offering amount and no provision to escrow or return investor funds if any minimum number of shares is not sold. All investor funds will be held in a segregated Company account until the investor’s subscription is accepted by the Company, at which time such funds will become available for the Company’s use. We will conduct separate closings, which closings may be conducted on a rolling basis. Closings will occur promptly after receiving investor funds, but no less frequently than every 30 days.
The sale of Shares will commence within two calendar days from when the Offering Circular, as amended, is qualified by the SEC. The offering will terminate on the earliest to occur of (i) the date subscriptions for the maximum offering amount have been accepted, (ii) the date which is three years from the date our Offering Statement, as amended, is initially qualified by the Commission, or (iii) any earlier date on which we elect to terminate the offering.
The Offering will terminate at the earliest of: (1) the date at which the maximum offering amount has been sold, (2) the date which is three years from this offering being qualified by the Commission, and (3) the date at which the offering is earlier terminated by us at our sole discretion.
Bonus Shares for Certain Investors (Up to 15%)
Certain investors in this Offering are eligible to receive bonus shares of Class A Common Stock, which effectively gives them a discount on their investment. Those investors will receive, as part of their investment, additional shares for their shares purchased (“Bonus Shares”). The amount of Bonus Shares investors in this offering are eligible to receive and the criteria for receiving such Bonus Shares is as follows:
(i) “Reserved” Shares. Prior to the qualification by the SEC of the Company’s offering, the Company will offer investors the opportunity to “reserve” shares through a reservation process on the DealMaker subscription processing platform. On our campaign page, the investor may select the “Reserve My Shares” button, which will bring the investor to a new page where the investor will indicate the amount of shares (and amount of money) he or she would like to reserve in the Company. The reservation is finalized by clicking the “Reserve My Shares” button. Investors who reserve shares in this manner will receive an additional 5% Bonus. Shares on their actual investment once this offering is qualified by the SEC (rounded down to the nearest whole share). For example, if an investor reserves 2,000 shares, and subsequently confirms this reservation and purchases the 2,000 shares, such investor will receive an additional 100 shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock, for a total of 2,100 shares. The 5% is stackable with the volume bonus tiers outlined in section (iv). “Reserving” shares is simply an indication of interest. There is no binding commitment for investors that reserve shares in this manner to ultimately invest and purchase the shares reserved of the Company, or to purchase any shares of the Company whatsoever.
(ii) Existing Investors – AARE. Individuals or entities that are existing investors of the Company will be eligible to receive a certain amount of Bonus Shares based on how much they invest in this offering per the chart below.
(iii) Webinar Attendees. Individuals or entities that attend one of the Company’s pre-announced investment webinars will be eligible to receive 5% Bonus Shares if they invest in the Offering. The investor is eligible if they sign up for the webinar and invest with the same email address and if attend the webinar for more than thirty minutes. The webinars will take place every two weeks (14 days) while this Offering is open and taking investments.
(iv) Volume Based Investment Amount. Investors will be eligible to receive one of the below bonuses based on the amount of their investment in this offering. The below table indicates the % of bonus shares eligible by tier:
Investment Amount $ |
| Original Share Price |
|
| Discount |
|
| Effective Price |
|
| Bonus % |
| ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||||
$2,500-$9,999 |
|
| 3.6225 |
|
|
| 0.1811 |
|
|
| 3.4414 |
|
|
| 5 | % |
$10,000-$19,999 |
|
| 3.6225 |
|
|
| 0.3623 |
|
|
| 3.2602 |
|
|
| 10 | % |
$20,000-Above |
|
| 3.6225 |
|
|
| 0.5434 |
|
|
| 3.0791 |
|
|
| 15 | % |
47 |
Table of Contents |
For example, if an investor invests $10,500, the investor will receive 3,000 shares of Class A Common Stock and will receive an additional 300 Bonus Shares of Class A Common Stock, for a total of 3,300 shares. All bonus shares are rounded down to the nearest whole share.
Bonus Share Limits: Maximum Bonus Shares for All Perks Combined (15%)
Investors in this Offering are eligible to receive any of the Bonus Shares above based on the criteria above in any combination. The Bonus Shares from the perks listed above are stackable and will be added to the bonus share percentage received from other perks listed above. Collectively, 15% of bonus shares is the highest percentage bonus available to an investor, when you include all the bonus shares available combining any of the perks together. This means that investors can only ever receive, cumulatively among cash investment Bonus Shares equal to 15% of the number of shares they have purchased (i.e. one hundred and fifteen (115%) the amount of shares purchased for cash).
Bonus Share Cap: Maximum 3,000,000 Bonus Shares
The maximum number of Bonus Shares that will be issued in this Offering is 3,000,000, and under no circumstances will the Company issue more than 3,000,000 Bonus Shares. As such, it is possible that, prior to the Company raising the maximum offering amount in this offering of $72,082,500, it will have issued all 3,000,000 Bonus Shares. At such time as all 3,000,000 Bonus Shares have been issued, any new investors in this offering that meet the eligibility requirements to receive Bonus Shares will not receive them.
Non-Equity Perks
Certain investors in this Offering are eligible to receive non-equity perks, which effectively provide a value-added benefit for utilizing the company’s real estate services and receiving free educational material and free consultations. These non-equity perks include, but are not limited to, real estate sales commission rebates and credits, early access to AARE listings and investment opportunities, discounted services, free consultation on real estate investing, property management, financing, business sales or buying, selling or leasing residential or commercial property including preparation for sale, and free educational content through books, webinars, seminars and live events.
The Company will grant investors non-equity perks based on how much they invest as follows:
Investment Amount $ |
| Seminar/ Retreat Name |
| Class # Level |
|
| Cost to Company |
|
| Approx. Market Value | |||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||
$5,000-$9,999 |
| Beginner Real Estate Investing |
|
| 101 |
|
| $ | 100 |
|
| Up to $1,000 | |
$10,000-$19,999 |
| Intermediate Real Estate Investing |
|
| 201 |
|
| $ | 100 |
|
| Up to $2,500 | |
$20,000-Above |
| Advanced Real Estate Investing |
|
| 301 |
|
| $ | 100 |
|
| Up to $5,000 |
The webinars, seminars and live events will cover a number of topics we believe our investors and customers would find beneficial. Topics include how attendees can get access to real estate services, financial, tax and legal services and general financial education content related to real estate. For the real estate and financial services offered, the Company may enter into agreements with the customer or investor to be hired for real estate services. If permitted by law, the Company may enter into arrangements by which the Company is paid by the other companies featured in the webinar when a customer is introduced to the service or product provider. These relationships are disclosed to the customers during the seminar.
48 |
Table of Contents |
The following includes additional details of each webinar, seminar and live event level:
| Educational Content |
|
| Webinar Name |
| Session Length |
| Offer 1 |
| Offer 2 |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
| Get started investing in real estate |
| Beginner Real Estate Investing |
| 15 minutes |
| Real Estate Services |
| Financial Services |
| |
|
| Finance and property management |
|
| Intermediate Real Estate Investing |
| 30 minutes |
| Real Estate Services |
| Financial Services |
|
|
| Cash flow, 1031 and tax efficiency |
|
| Advanced Real Estate Investing |
| 45 minutes |
| Real Estate Services |
| Financial Services |
|
|
| Develop a real estate syndication |
|
| Masterclass with the CEO |
| 60 minutes |
| Real Estate Services |
| Financial Services |
|
Each seminar will be pre-recorded and will be led by the Company’s CEO, Andrew Michael Arroyo, or another leader within the Company and may include special guests from time to time. Investors will be emailed access links to the seminars within 1 month of their investment being confirmed by the Company. The above perks are non-transferable. The Company reserves the right to change the content of each seminar if management believes it is in the best interests of the Company. The market value does not represent the cost to the Company and instead represents what someone may expect to pay for similar information and content if obtained in the open market. Non-equity perks are cumulative, meaning that if someone invests $20,000 or more in the Offering, they will earn all of the above perks.
The Company will grant all investors who become a new client* of the Company the following rebates or credits for utilizing the Company’s services when conducting real estate sales transactions based on the sales price of the residential or commercial property:
Real Estate Transaction: Sales Price Range |
| Investment Amount |
| Credit or Rebate % |
|
| Cost to Company |
| Approx. Market Value | ||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||
$1,000,000-Above |
| All Investors Qualify |
|
| 15 | % |
| $4,500 and above |
| $4,500 and above | |
$500,000-$999,999 |
| All Investors Qualify |
|
| 10 | % |
| Up to $4,500 |
| Up to $4,500 | |
$0-$499,000 |
| All Investors Qualify |
|
| 5 | % |
| Up to $750 |
| Up to $750 |
*Offer applies to new clients of AARE without a pre-existing relationship with an AARE member. Contact our main office directly at 888-322-4368 or email us at invest@aare.com for details. For investors with a pre-existing relationship with an AARE member, contact your agent directly to see if that particular member is willing to offer or negotiate a similar credit or rebate. Additionally, for each investment in this Offering over $2,500, the Company will donate a $50 cash or gift card to a homeless individual, family or veteran or a non-profit that supports people in need though the Company’s current charity partner, Eye of a Needle Foundation. This perk comes with no equity value and the maximum cash cost to the Company for each gift card is approximately $50. The Company books all costs from its giveaway and donation programs, including this one, as a part of operational marketing expenses and not an offering expense. This perk is limited to one per single investor.
Other Terms
Agreements with DealMaker Securities, LLC and affiliates
DealMaker Securities, LLC (the “Broker”) and its affiliates a broker-dealer registered with the Commission and a member of FINRA, have been engaged to provide operational processing, compliance, and administration of the Company’s best efforts offering as well as a technology platform for the Offering, and marketing creation and support.
49 |
Table of Contents |
Administrative and Compliance Related Functions
DealMaker Securities, LLC will provide administrative and compliance related functions in connection with this Offering, including:
| · | Reviewing investor information, including identity verification, performing Anti-Money Laundering (“AML”) and other compliance background checks, and providing the Company with information on an investor in order for the Company to determine whether to accept such investor into the offering; |
|
|
|
| · | If necessary, discussions with us regarding additional information or clarification on a Company-invited investor; |
|
|
|
| · | Coordinating with third party agents and vendors in connection with performance of services; |
|
|
|
| · | Reviewing each investor’s subscription agreement to confirm such investor’s participation in the Offering and provide a recommendation to us whether or not to accept the subscription agreement for the investor’s participation; |
|
|
|
| · | Contacting and/or notifying us, if needed, to gather additional information or clarification on an investor; |
|
|
|
| · | Providing a dedicated account manager; |
|
|
|
| · | Providing ongoing advice to us on compliance of marketing material and other communications with the public, including with respect to applicable legal standards and requirements; |
|
|
|
| · | Reviewing and performing due diligence on the Company and the Company’s management and principals and consulting with the Company regarding same; |
|
|
|
| · | Consulting with the Company on best business practices regarding this raise in light of current market conditions and prior self-directed capital raises; |
|
|
|
| · | Providing white-labeled platform customization to capture investor acquisition through the Broker’s platform’s analytic and communication tools; |
|
|
|
| · | Consulting with the Company on question customization for investor questionnaire; |
|
|
|
| · | Consulting with the Company on selection of webhosting services; |
|
|
|
| · | Consulting with the Company on completing template for the Offering campaign page; |
|
|
|
| · | Advising us on compliance of marketing materials and other communications with the public with applicable legal standards and requirements; |
|
|
|
| · | Providing advice to the Company on preparation and completion of this Offering Circular; |
|
|
|
| · | Advising the Company on how to configure our website for the Offering working with prospective investors; |
|
|
|
| · | Providing extensive review, training and advice to the Company and Company personnel on how to configure and use the electronic platform for the offering powered by Novation Solutions Inc. O/A DealMaker , an affiliate of the Broker; |
|
|
|
| · | Assisting the Company in the preparation of state, Commission and FINRA filings related to the Offering; and |
|
|
|
| · | Working with Company personnel and counsel in providing information to the extent necessary. |
Such services shall not include providing any investment advice or any investment recommendations to any investor.
50 |
Table of Contents |
For these services, we have agreed to pay Broker:
| · | A one-time $27,500 advance against accountable expenses for the provision of compliance services and pre-offering analysis; |
|
|
|
| · | A 4.5% commission for investors sold in the Offering. |
That maximum compensation to be paid to Broker is $2,798,712.50.
Technology Services
The Company has also engaged Novation Solutions Inc. O/A DealMaker, an affiliate of Broker, to create and maintain the online subscription processing platform for the Offering.
After the qualification by the Commission of the Offering Statement of which this Offering Circular is a part, this Offering will be conducted using the online subscription processing platform of DealMaker through our website at https://invest.aare.com, whereby investors will receive, review, execute and deliver subscription agreements electronically as well as make payment of the purchase price through a third party processor by ACH debit transfer or wire transfer or credit card to an account we designate. There is no escrow established for this Offering. We will hold closings upon the receipt of investors’ subscriptions and our acceptance of such subscriptions. For these services, we have agreed to pay DealMaker:
| · | A one-time $10,000 payment and monthly payments of $2,000 for three months (total of $6,000) for accountable expenses for the provision of services and pre-offering analysis in advance of the commencement of the Offering. |
|
|
|
| · | A $2,000 monthly hosting, maintenance, marketing, and advisory fee, to a maximum of $18,000. |
The total compensation to be paid to DealMaker for these services is $34,000.
Marketing and Advisory Services
The Company has also engaged DealMaker Reach, LLC (“Reach”), an affiliate of Broker, for certain marketing advisory and consulting services. Reach will consult and advise on the design and messaging on creative assets, website design and implementation, paid media and email campaigns, advise on optimizing the Company’s campaign page to track investor progress, and advise on strategic planning, implementation, and execution of Company’s capital raise marketing budget.
For these services, we have agreed to pay Reach:
| · | A one-time $30,000 payment and monthly payments of $11,000 for three months (total of $33,000) for accountable expenses for services with respect to the self- directed online roadshow prior to the commencement of the Offering. |
|
|
|
| · | After the commencement of the Offering, a $11,000 monthly marketing fee, to a maximum of $99,000; and |
|
|
|
| · | Up to $250,000 in fees for supplementary marketing services and media management, as we may authorize on a case-by-case basis during the offering. |
The total compensation to be paid to Reach for these services is $412,000.
All Broker and affiliate compensation remitted for the Administrative and Compliance, the Technology Services, and the Marketing and Advisory services described above will, in aggregate, not exceed $3,244,712.50.
Investor Processing Fee
Investors will be required to pay an Investor Processing Fee to the Company at the time of the subscription to help offset transaction costs equal to $0.1225 per Share (approximately 3.5% of the subscription price per Share). Since this fee is paid by the investor at the processing of the aggregate cost of the subscription, this fee is subject to the 4.5% commission charged by DealMaker Securities. The additional commission associated with the collection of this fee is included in the maximum compensation set forth above.
Broker has not investigated the desirability or advisability of investment in the interests, nor approved, endorsed or passed upon the merits of purchasing the interests. Broker will not, under any circumstance recommend our Company’s securities or provide investment advice to any prospective investor Broker is not distributing any offering circulars or making any oral representations concerning this offering circular or this offering, except as presented on the investment website for this Offering (https://invest.aare.com), which is maintained by the Company. Based upon Broker’s anticipated limited role in this offering, it has not and will not conduct extensive due diligence of this offering and no investor should rely on the involvement of Broker in this offering as any basis for a belief that it has done extensive due diligence. Broker does not expressly or impliedly affirm the completeness or accuracy of the offering statement and/or offering circular presented to investors by our Company. All inquiries regarding this offering should be made directly to our Company.
51 |
Table of Contents |
We will use the website, https://invest.aare.com, to provide notification of the offering. Persons who desire information will be directed to https://invest.aare.com.
Our Offering Circular will be furnished to prospective investors in this offering via download 24 hours a day, 7 days a week on the https://invest.aare.com website.
We are offering our securities in all states.
Investors’ Tender of Funds
After the Offering Statement has been qualified by the Securities and Exchange Commission, we will accept tenders of funds to purchase the shares. The funds tendered by potential investors will be held in a payment processing account that aggregates the investor proceeds, and will be transferred to us once the investment has been approved. Those funds will be distributed to the Company and the Selling Shareholder pursuant to the terms of this Offering. All investments may close on a “rolling” basis (so not all investors will receive their shares on the same date). A closing will occur each time we accept funds). Upon closing, funds tendered by investors will be made available to us for our use.
Process of Subscribing
Prospective investors who submit non-binding indications of interest during the “test the waters” period will receive an automated message from us indicating that the offering is open for investment once the Form 1-A has been qualified by the SEC. You will be required to complete a Subscription Agreement in order to invest. The Subscription Agreement can be completed on https://invest.aare.com via an electronic signature service. The Subscription Agreement includes a representation by the investor to the effect that, if you are not an “Accredited Investor” as defined under securities law, you are investing an amount that does not exceed the greater of 10% of your annual income or 10% of your net worth (excluding your principal residence). The Subscription Agreement must be delivered to us, and you may transfer funds for the subscribed amount in accordance with the instructions stated in the Subscription Agreement. We may reject any investments in the Offering in our sole discretion. For any non-qualified investors, or those investments we reject, the investor’s funds will be returned within thirty (30) after we received the initial completed investment funds and documents.
Any investor that will be receiving Bonus Shares will also be required to subscribe to the offering via the Company’s website integrating DealMaker’s technology or via a separate electronic document signature technology employed by the Company. All investors that receive Bonus Shares will be required to agree to the terms of the offering, Subscription Agreement, and any other relevant exhibit attached thereto.
Selling Stockholders
The Selling Stockholders set forth below will sell up to a maximum of 1,700,000 shares of Class A Common Stock.
The following table sets forth the names of the Selling Stockholders, the number of shares of capital stock (on an as-converted basis to Common Stock basis) beneficially owned prior to this offering, the number of shares being offered in this offering and the number of shares of Capital Stock to be beneficially owned after this offering, assuming that all of the Selling Stockholders shares are sold in the offering.
Certain of our existing shareholders are participating as selling shareholders in this Offering at a rate of up to ten percent (10.00%) of the shares being offered in the Offering (excluding the bonus shares), meaning they will receive ten percent of any invested funds (not including investor processing fee) and the Company will not receive that portion of the funds or issue that portion of the Shares. Shares sold by Selling Stockholders to investors in this Offering to new investors will be done on a pro-rata basis.
Subscriptions for the Class A Common Stock will be applied between the Selling Stockholders on a pro rata basis, which means that at each closing in which Selling Stockholders are participating, a shareholder will be able to sell its “Pro Rata Portion” of the shares that the shareholder is offering (as set forth in the table below) of the number of securities being issued to investors. For example, if the Company holds a closing for $1 million in gross proceeds, the Company will issue shares and receive gross proceeds of $900,000 (prior to Broker Fee and not including the Investor Processing Fee) while each of the selling shareholders will receive their Pro Rata Portion of the remaining $100,000 in gross proceeds and will transfer their shares to investors in this Offering. Selling shareholders will not offer fractional shares and the shares represented by a shareholder’s Pro Rata Portion will be determined by rounding down to the nearest whole share. At no point will the selling securityholder shares be greater than 30% of the value of the Class A Common Stock issued in this Offering.
52 |
Table of Contents |
The Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate Incorporation allows for the optional conversion of any outstanding class of capital stock into Class A Common Stock at the sole discretion of the shareholder. As a part of this Offering, all shareholders listed in the below table have granted a power of attorney to the Company to convert their stock to Class A Common Stock if and when they sell some or all of their stock as a part of this Offering.
Selling Shareholder |
| Class of Stock Owned(1) |
| Amount of Class B Stock Owned Prior to Offering (On An As-Converted Basis) |
|
| Amount Offered (Reflected in Shares of Class A Common Stock) |
|
| Amount Owned After Offering (Assuming Sale of All Amount Offered) |
|
| Selling Security Holders Pro Rate Portion |
| ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||||
Andre Lister |
| Class B Common Stock |
|
| 2,800 |
|
|
| 2,400 |
|
|
| 400 |
|
|
| 0.14 | % |
Andrew Arroyo |
| Class B Common Stock |
|
| 5,550,240 |
|
|
| 1,528,489 |
|
|
| 4,021,845 |
|
|
| 89.91 | % |
Andrew Parker |
| Class B Common Stock |
|
| 7,326 |
|
|
| 7,326 |
|
| -0- |
|
|
| 0.43 | % | |
Barbara Andrews |
| Class B Common Stock |
|
| 5,040 |
|
|
| 960 |
|
|
| 4,080 |
|
|
| 0.06 | % |
Barkdull Trust |
| Class B Common Stock |
|
| 4,000 |
|
|
| 2,000 |
|
|
| 2,000 |
|
|
| 0.12 | % |
David Malme |
| Class B Common Stock |
|
| 2,000 |
|
|
| 1,000 |
|
|
| 500 |
|
|
| 0.06 | % |
DDCT, LLC |
| Class B Common Stock |
|
| 4,000 |
|
|
| 4,000 |
|
| -0- |
|
|
| 0.24 | % | |
Fernanda Rabasa |
| Class B Common Stock |
|
| 2,000 |
|
|
| 2,000 |
|
| -0- |
|
|
| 0.12 | % | |
Helen Madrid |
| Class B Common Stock |
|
| 4,000 |
|
|
| 4,000 |
|
| -0- |
|
|
| 0.24 | % | |
Gary Giffin |
| Class B Common Stock |
|
| 4,000 |
|
|
| 2,000 |
|
|
| 2,000 |
|
|
| 0.12 | % |
George Ndegwa |
| Class B Common Stock |
|
| 8,000 |
|
|
| 8,000 |
|
| -0- |
|
|
| 0.47 | % | |
Grace Veatch |
| Class B Common Stock |
|
| 6,000 |
|
|
| 3,000 |
|
|
| 3,000 |
|
|
| 0.18 | % |
Janice Fitzpatrick |
| Class B Common Stock |
|
| 4,000 |
|
|
| 4,000 |
|
| -0- |
|
|
| 0.24 | % | |
Jason Fox |
| Class B Common Stock |
|
| 8,000 |
|
|
| 8,000 |
|
| -0- |
|
|
| 0.47 | % | |
Jeff Weber |
| Class B Common Stock |
|
| 16,008 |
|
|
| 3,425 |
|
|
| 12,583 |
|
|
| 0.20 | % |
Jill Grossman-Belisle |
| Class B Common Stock |
|
| 4,000 |
|
|
| 4,000 |
|
| -0- |
|
|
| 0.24 | % | |
John Clatworthy |
| Class B Common Stock |
|
| 4,000 |
|
|
| 4,000 |
|
| -0- |
|
|
| 0.24 | % | |
Jennifer Smith |
| Class B Common Stock |
|
| 4,000 |
|
|
| 4,000 |
|
| -0- |
|
|
| 0.24 | % | |
Katheryn Roberts |
| Class B Common Stock |
|
| 3,468 |
|
|
| 1,400 |
|
|
| 2,068 |
|
|
| 0.08 | % |
Kit Chan |
| Class B Common Stock |
|
| 4,000 |
|
|
| 4,000 |
|
| -0- |
|
|
| 0.24 | % | |
Kurtis Young |
| Class B Common Stock |
|
| 10,000 |
|
|
| 10,000 |
|
| -0- |
|
|
| 0.59 | % | |
LaTanya Gardiner |
| Class B Common Stock |
|
| 4,000 |
|
|
| 2,000 |
|
|
| 2,000 |
|
|
| 0.12 | % |
Noelle Wylie |
| Class B Common Stock |
|
| 2,000 |
|
|
| 2,000 |
|
| -0- |
|
|
| 0.12 | % | |
Advanta IRA FBO Pasquale Russo |
| Class B Common Stock |
|
| 80,000 |
|
|
| 80,000 |
|
| -0- |
|
|
| 4.71 | % | |
Tate Chen |
| Class B Common Stock |
|
| 4,000 |
|
|
| 4,000 |
|
| -0- |
|
|
| 0.24 | % | |
Vinh Diep |
| Class B Common Stock |
|
| 4,000 |
|
|
| 4,000 |
|
| -0- |
|
|
| 0.24 | % | |
|
| Total |
|
| 5,750,882 |
|
|
| 1,700,000 |
|
|
| 4,050,476 |
|
|
| 100.00 | % |
(1) These shares will be converted to Class A Common Stock immediately prior to being sold in the Offering.
Certain existing shareholders are selling security holders in this Offering. Regulation A+ provides companies with liquidity for their stockholders by allowing issuers to include shares held by “selling security holders” in the offering. This enables investors access to liquidity through secondary sales as a part of a qualified Regulation A+ offering. In an issuer’s first Regulation A+ offering and for the 12-month period after its first offering, sales by security holders are limited to no more than 30 percent (30%) of the aggregate offering price of the security. In this Offering, existing shareholders are participating at the 10.00% level. As a result, 10.00% of the funds received in this Offering (not including the Investor Processing Fee) will be paid to the Selling Stockholders in exchange for the Securities those shareholders are selling to investors, which is 10.00% of the Shares sold in the Offering.
ITEM 6 USE OF PROCEEDS TO ISSUER
We intend to use the net proceeds from the sale of the Class A Common Stock for achieving our mission as described in our Business Plan herein and as outlined in the following table. Our management shall have broad discretion to determine how such proceeds shall be used.
We may use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire complementary products, technologies, or businesses in the event such an opportunity arises; however, at present, we don’t have any commitments or agreements with respect to any acquisitions.
Although we do not currently plan to change the allocation of the Use of Proceeds as described herein, we reserve the right to change the Use of Proceeds as our management and/or Board of Directors believes warranted.
53 |
Table of Contents |
If we raise the Maximum Offering hereunder, our net proceeds rounded to the nearest thousand (after our estimated offering expenses, broker-dealer fees and commissions of approximately $3,244,713, and including Investor Processing Fee proceeds) are expected to be approximately $62,887,787, if you include the $5,950,000 to our Selling Shareholders, and $68,857,787 if you exclude the amounts to our Selling Shareholders. We currently plan to use the net proceeds from this Offering as follows:
Shares Offered (% Sold) |
| Shares Sold (100%) |
|
| Shares Sold (75%) |
|
| Shares Sold (50%) |
|
| Shares Sold (25%) |
| ||||
Gross Offering Proceeds(1) |
| $ | 72,082,500 |
|
| $ | 54,061,875 |
|
| $ | 36,041,250 |
|
| $ | 18,020,625 |
|
Bonus Shares Value |
|
| 10,500,000 |
|
|
| 7,875,000 |
|
|
| 5,250,000 |
|
|
| 2,625,000 |
|
Approximate Offering Expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commissions and expenses(2) |
|
| 3,244,713 |
|
|
| 2,551,909 |
|
|
| 1,859,106 |
|
|
| 1,166,303 |
|
Accounting Costs |
|
| 100,000 |
|
|
| 100,000 |
|
|
| 100,000 |
|
|
| 100,000 |
|
Legal Costs |
|
| 50,000 |
|
|
| 50,000 |
|
|
| 50,000 |
|
|
| 50,000 |
|
Marketing Costs(3) |
|
| 6,850,000 |
|
|
| 5,100,000 |
|
|
| 3,350,000 |
|
|
| 1,600,000 |
|
Total Offering Expenses |
|
| 10,244,713 |
|
|
| 7,801,909 |
|
|
| 5,359,106 |
|
|
| 2,916,303 |
|
Total Net Offering Proceeds |
| $ | 51,337,787 |
|
| $ | 38,384,966 |
|
| $ | 25,432,144 |
|
| $ | 12,479,322 |
|
Principal Uses of Net Proceeds(1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquire Commercial Real Estate Assets and Invest in Partnerships |
| $ | 42,500,000 |
|
| $ | 31,875,000 |
|
| $ | 21,250,000 |
|
| $ | 10,425,000 |
|
Working Capital(4) |
|
| 2,887,787 |
|
|
| 2,047,466 |
|
|
| 1,207,144 |
|
|
| 566,822 |
|
Selling Shareholders (10% of Proceeds) |
|
| 5,950,000 |
|
|
| 4,462,500 |
|
|
| 2,975,000 |
|
|
| 1,487,500 |
|
Total Principal Uses of Net Proceeds |
| $ | 51,337,787 |
|
| $ | 38,384,966 |
|
| $ | 25,432,144 |
|
| $ | 12,479,322 |
|
Amount Unallocated |
| $ | 0 |
|
| $ | 0 |
|
| $ | 0 |
|
| $ | 0 |
|
| (1) | These amounts are estimated. The expected use of net proceeds from this Offering represents our intentions based upon our current plans and business conditions, which could change in the future as our plans and business conditions evolve and change. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures, specifically with respect to nationwide growth, may vary significantly depending on numerous factors. The precise amounts that we will devote to each of the foregoing items, and the timing of expenditures, will vary depending on numerous factors. As a result, our management will retain broad discretion over the allocation of the net proceeds from this offering. |
|
|
|
| (2) | DealMaker Securities LLC, referred to herein as the Broker, is engaged for administrative and compliance related services in connection with this Offering, but not for underwriting or placement agent services. Once the Commission has qualified the Offering Statement and this offering commences, the Broker will receive a cash commission equal to 4.5% of the amount raised in the offering. Additionally, the Broker and its affiliates will receive certain other fees (see “Plan of Distribution”). Our Company also expects to incur other expenses relating to this offering, including, but not limited to, legal, accounting, compliance, travel, marketing, technology, printing and other miscellaneous fees. Any monies budgeted for but not spent on offering expenses will be reallocated pro rata among the other categories in the above table. The Broker and its affiliates will receive a maximum cash compensation equal to $3,244,713 in total. |
|
|
|
| (3) | The Company has engaged DealMaker Reach, an affiliate of the Broker, for certain marketing advisory and consulting services. DealMaker Reach will consult and advise on paid media, partnership, email campaigns, and other marketing spend. The category of offering expenses related to marketing includes the expenses related to the paid media, partnerships, email campaigns, and other marketing spend associated with this Offering. |
|
|
|
| (4) | Working capital includes such things as investment in technology, marketing, payroll, ongoing legal and accounting, sales development, operations, repayment for Company financing arrangements as they come due, legal and accounting fees related to this offering, ongoing fees related to this offering, insurance costs, renovation and furnishing of properties to be sold to customers, and other typical operating costs. Proceeds from the sales of properties acquired through these raise proceeds may be put into operations or redeployed toward real estate. |
The amounts that we actually spend for any specific purpose may vary significantly and will depend on a number of factors including, but not limited to, the pace of progress of our development efforts; actual needs with respect to testing, research and development; market conditions; and changes in or revisions to our marketing strategies, as well as any legal or regulatory changes that may ensue. You will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the proceeds of any sale of our Common Stock.
The development and expansion of the investment division and our potential transition to a REIT is unpredictable. Although we will undertake completion of these milestones with commercially reasonable diligence and we believe we will be able to accomplish these milestones if this offering is fully subscribed, unforeseen circumstances could arise or circumstances may currently exist that we do not contemplate. Such circumstances may delay completion of one or more of the milestones described above, and/or require us to raise additional amounts to sustain us until we are able to achieve profitability. If we are unable to raise all of the funds we are seeking to raise in this offering or any additional funds we may require, we may be required to scale back our development plans by reducing expenditures for production, consultants, marketing efforts, and other envisioned expenditures. This could hinder our ability to expand.
If management is unable to implement our proposed business plan or employ alternative financing strategies, it does not presently have any alternative proposals. In that event, investors should anticipate that their investment may be lost and there may be no ability to profit from this investment.
We cannot assure you that our services will be accepted in every marketplace nationwide, that we will ever earn revenues sufficient to support our operations or that we will ever be profitable. Furthermore, since we have no committed source of financing, we cannot assure you that we will be able to raise money as and when we need it to continue our operations. If we cannot raise funds as and when we need them, we may be required to severely curtail or even to cease our operations.
54 |
Table of Contents |
ITEM 7 DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS
This discussion should be read in conjunction with the other sections of this Offering Circular, including "Risk Factors," "Use of Proceeds" and the Financial Statements attached and the related exhibits. The various sections of this discussion contain a number of forward-looking statements, all of which are based on our current expectations and could be affected by the uncertainties and risk factors described throughout this Offering Circular.
Company Information
Andrew Arroyo Real Estate Inc. (the “Company”, “AARE” or “We”) is a nationwide American real estate company providing a comprehensive range of services, including sales, leasing, financing, investing and property management for residential, commercial, and business opportunities. Founded by Andrew Michael Arroyo, who began his real estate career in 1999, AARE has a successful track record of thousands of real estate sales, exceeding $2.75 billion. Mr. Arroyo further expanded his expertise in 2009 by obtaining a Series 65 license and registering as a Registered Investment Advisor (RIA) in California. AARE was originally established as Andrew Arroyo Real Estate, Inc., a California corporation (AARE-CA), in 2004. On July 31, 2021, AARE-CA merged with and into Andrew Arroyo Real Estate, Inc., a Delaware corporation (AARE-DE), with AARE-DE as the surviving entity. This merger facilitated the company's re-incorporation from California to Delaware, a strategic move to prepare for nationwide expansion, capital fundraising, and a public offering. We operate under the trademark and d/b/a “AARE.” Currently, AARE is licensed and registered to conduct real estate services in 25 states and the District of Columbia, and loan origination services in 4 states. The company has approximately three hundred members (agents, brokers, loan officers, managers, and staff) dedicated to smooth operations.
AARE is a mission-driven organization rooted in clear values. Our mission is to demonstrate Generous Capitalism® in the public markets by growing profits and increasing shareholder value, while also contributing to those in need and fulfilling God's will through real estate. Our vision is to "bear fruit," an investment principle signifying positive results. Our objective is to establish a global real estate corporation based on our Generous Capitalism® business model. With a twenty-year history of successful operations and strategic growth, AARE is poised to become a pioneering faith-based, purpose-driven real estate company. Our plan is to develop a Real Estate Investment Trust (REIT) and eventually list on a major public stock exchange. This achievement would offer a unique investment opportunity for faith-driven individuals and institutions, while solidifying AARE's position as a leader in ethical and principled real estate development and investment. Our unwavering commitment to our mission and vision resonates with investors seeking both financial returns and meaningful impact, distinguishing AARE as a beacon of integrity and purpose within the real estate industry.
In 2024, we developed plans to grow our investment division. The Company has monitored the marketplace nationwide and found discounted properties from the peak prices of 2022-2023 primarily in the multifamily and office property types. To date, the Company has not entered any negotiations or agreements regarding any proposed transactions but has identified several properties in California, Nevada, Arizona, Texas, Tennessee, New Mexico and Florida that meet the “discounted from peak price” criteria that the Company believes will provide value. Based on what we view as a rare opportunity to purchase commercial real estate assets at a discount (given the current economic landscape), the Company is fully focused on developing its real estate investment division. The Company is currently raising funds to (1) directly acquire real estate investment properties, (2) invest with other syndicators and partnerships nationwide who finance or acquire real estate investment properties (herein referred to as “Partner Operators”), and (3) invest in other private or publicly traded real estate investment trusts. The Company plans to elect to become a real estate investment trust (REIT). If we are successful in the transition to becoming a REIT, then the current real estate services will continue in a taxable REIT subsidiary (“TRS”). New and existing shareholders will own shares in both the REIT and the TRS.
55 |
Table of Contents |
Competitive Advantages
We believe there are seven (7) primary competitive advantages that separate our investment operations from competitors:
| · | Proven Track Record: Our success with previous syndications underscores our experience and capability. Our CEO, Andrew Arroyo, has successfully managed two syndications. In 2010-2014, Mr. Arroyo was the managing member of San Diego Foreclosure Fund, LLC and from 2016-present day he continues to be the managing member of the Neighborhood Investment Network LLC. |
|
|
|
| · | Economic Resilience: Our experience with economic cycles and risk mitigation positions us to navigate market fluctuations effectively. |
|
|
|
| · | Acquisition Deal Flow: AARE's extensive network of brokers in multiple states gives us an edge in securing off-market deals. We engage directly with principals to access motivated sellers and discounted properties at competitive costs. |
|
|
|
| · | Conservative Leverage: To avoid over-leveraging risks, we use prudent financial strategies and typical loan-to-value ratios between 50% and 65%. |
|
|
|
| · | Renovation Expertise: We have extensive experience in value-adding renovations and enhancing property value. |
|
|
|
| · | Tax Efficiency: Our expertise encompasses 1031 exchanges, depreciation strategies, and cost segregation for accelerated depreciation benefits. |
|
|
|
| · | Vertical Integration: We benefit from operational excellence. Offering a suite of services through AARE ensures we capture the best opportunities and enhance asset value with exceptional efficiency. |
We believe there are seven (7) primary competitive advantages that separate our service operations from competitors:
| · | Culture: Our culture is a reflection of a healthy organization with clear values that include faith, relationships, accountability, integrity, truth, honesty, trust, standards of excellence, clear communication, work-life balance, morals, ethics, loyalty, gratefulness, success and rewards. We are considered a safe harbor by our members for individuals of all walks of life during a period of history that is polarizing on the social, economic and political spectrum. |
| · | Equity Compensation: We have introduced a unique equity compensation plan that gives us the ability to recruit, retain, motivate and inspire our members. We will be able to grow revenue with less capital investment required by using our stock for compensation. Providing our members with equity compensation is a unique differentiator from our peers. For real estate firms, equity compensation is extremely rare; nearly non-existent in the real estate industry. This gives our members ownership in the company and as stakeholders they have more incentive and motivation to grow the revenue and profits. This also reinforces our internal generosity practices within our Generous Capitalism® business model. |
|
|
|
| · | Multiple Revenue Streams: Residential, commercial, lending, business opportunities, syndication and property management services all under one umbrella. This provides multiple streams of income for our agents and loan officers as well as a complete “one-stop” real estate shop for our clients. |
56 |
Table of Contents |
| · | Generosity Based Business Model: Our culture is based on generosity and social responsibility during a generational change in workforce. We believe the next generation is demanding a new form of capitalism that illustrates healthy and sustainable business practices externally to the communities it serves in addition to creating jobs, profits and opportunities to its internal stakeholders. We have developed that exact business model and we call it “Generous Capitalism®”. |
|
|
|
| · | High Growth Potential: We participate in a market that we expect to experience significant growth throughout North America facilitated by a steady increase in new U.S. demand for housing/investments, and the fact we are able to provide real estate and lending services in multiple segments of our market including residential, commercial, property management, business opportunities, and syndication. We have a growing sales network. In the last three years, we have been licensed and expanded into 23 additional states and the District of Columbia in the U.S. and established our sales network throughout North America that is overseen by our team of managers and directors. |
|
|
|
| · | Experienced Executive Team: Our focused and experienced management team is dedicated to our operation and to implementing our business strategies. Each member of the executive team has been involved with the Company for several years and has been instrumental in developing our strategy. Our success strategy and execution that was implemented in California over the last 15 years in now being replicated in all major markets throughout the U.S. |
|
|
|
| · | Intellectual Property: Our media and training properties coupled with use of advanced technology leads to more market penetration and smoother operations as a company while the real estate industry as a whole transitions to the digital age. Our up-to-date media assets designed specifically for the real estate and lending market give us an edge over our competition. We believe the AARE media and training properties and brand name has a strong legacy dating from the launch of the California corporation in 2004, and we believe it has to this day retained a strong brand loyalty amongst clients, agents and loan officers. We are now licensed in 25 states in the U.S. and the District of Columbia and our media assets have been hand tailored to address our new digital age marketplace. Through our media properties, we have the ability to scale our communication and service offerings across the globe. We hold copyrights and trademarks that protect our intellectual property. |
Alongside our competitive advantages, we believe it is our core values and beliefs that make our real estate, lending and property management services extraordinary. In addition, our management steadfastly believes that charitable giving and sharing are a vital component of a successful business. To that end, up to twenty percent (20%) of our net profit goes to charity. Net profit for the corporation is defined as top line revenue minus the cost of sales minus all expenses before dividends (if any) are paid. Up to ten percent (10%) of our net profit is donated in the form of cash contributions to charitable organizations. In addition to our cash contributions, our annual goal is to give up to an additional ten percent (10%) in the form of client credits and in-kind contributions to charitable organizations. We believe that with success comes the responsibility to do what we can for those less fortunate. As a result, we give charitable contributions to faith-based and secular non-profit organizations that support a variety of social improvement projects. This includes missions and ministries with significant human impact that improve our local communities, the environment, and our social well-being while demonstrating a positive form of governance. We have no intention of deviating from this policy or reducing the amount we give to charity. The charitable giving policy has been written into our Bylaws. The amount of charitable giving could have a significant impact on our bottom line and affect shareholders’ earnings per share. Investors should not invest if they are not comfortable with our charitable contribution plans. For the years ending December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company donated $112,592 and $119,206 in cash respectively. These amounts are included as a component of general and administrative expenses in our statements of operations. The Company did not make any client credits or in-kind contributions during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2024.
Management
Information about our key executives can be found in “Directors, Executive Officers and Significant Employees.”
57 |
Table of Contents |
Employees
We currently have a team of fifteen (15) employees and independent contractors who are performing supervision, administrative, support, mentoring, marketing, and recruiting services plus approximately three hundred (300) real estate agents, brokers, loan officers and property managers we contract with as independent contractors and who, under the direction of our CEO and Department Directors, are assisting clients with buying, selling, financing and managing real estate properties throughout 25 states and the District of Columbia in the U.S. We are a distributed company with a collaborative remote work environment. As we expand our operations, we anticipate our needs will change, at which time we intend to add additional full-time employees, contractors and agencies in the areas of marketing, sales, technology, media and design.
As we develop our investment division to invest in commercial real estate, we plan to hire investment managers to supervise and oversee the portfolio of commercial real estate assets and partnership interests that we plan to acquire with the proceeds of this offering.
Government and State Regulation
We are required to comply with state licensing laws and rules. The majority of these laws and rules relate to how we may broker real estate, market and/or sell properties. Real estate is regulated by each state’s Real Estate Commission, which is usually appointed by the governor. The regulator’s disciplinary authority is based upon violations of the state Real Estate Law and the Department or Commissioner’s Regulations. Violations of real estate law can result in a suspension or revocation of the license necessary to conduct business in that state. These violations statutorily have their basis in each State’s licensing and administrative laws, business and professions code, statute or chapters. There are laws in other jurisdictions worldwide in which we may broker real estate, market and/or sell properties and with which we will need to comply.
In the event we are successful in the transition to a real estate investment trust, then we will be subject to federal and state investment advisor rules and Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) regulations. Investment advisors are regulated by each state’s Investment Advisor or Securities division, which is usually appointed by the governor. The regulator’s disciplinary authority is based upon violations of the state Investment Advisor or Securities Law and the Department or Commissioner’s Regulations. Violations of FINRA rules or state law can result in a suspension or revocation of the license necessary to conduct business in that state. These violations statutorily have their basis in each State’s licensing and administrative laws, business and professions code, statute or chapters. There are laws in other jurisdictions worldwide in which we may advise investors and clients with which we will need to comply.
Federal legislation, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, has resulted in the adoption of various corporate governance measures designed to promote the integrity of the corporate management and the securities markets. Some of these measures have been adopted in response to legal requirements. Others have been adopted by companies in response to the requirements of national securities exchanges, such as the NYSE or The NASDAQ Stock Market, on which their securities are listed. Among the corporate governance measures that are required under the rules of national securities exchanges are those that address Board of Directors’ independence, Audit Committee oversight and the adoption of a code of ethics. Our Board of Directors is comprised of one individual. Our CEO makes decisions on all significant corporate matters such as the approval of terms of the compensation of our CEO and the oversight of the accounting functions.
We have not yet adopted any corporate governance policies and, since our securities are not yet listed on a national securities exchange, we are not required to do so. We have not adopted corporate governance measures such as an Audit Committee or other independent committees outside of our Board of Directors as we presently do not have any independent directors. If we expand our Board membership in future periods to include additional independent Directors, we may seek to establish an Audit Committee and other committees of our Board of Directors. It is possible that if our Board of Directors included independent Directors and if we were to adopt some or all of these corporate governance measures, stockholders would benefit from somewhat greater assurances that internal corporate decisions were being made by disinterested Directors and that policies had been implemented to define responsible conduct. For example, in the absence of audit, nominating and compensation committees comprised of at least a majority of independent Directors, decisions concerning matters such as compensation packages to our senior officer and recommendations for Director nominees may be made by a majority of Directors who have an interest in the outcome of the matters being decided. Prospective investors should bear in mind our current lack of corporate governance measures in formulating their investment decisions.
Competition
Competition in the real estate and lending industry is significant. Nationwide, there are more than 1 million real estate agents, more than 300,000 loan officers, and more than 100,000 real estate and lending brokerage firms, and numerous publicly-traded REITs. While significant competition does exist, our management believes that our products and services are demographically well positioned, top quality and unique in nature, while offering greater value. The expertise of our management combined with training, culture and the innovative nature of our marketing approach set us apart from competitors. However, there is the possibility that new competitors could seize upon our business model and produce competing products or services with similar focus. Likewise, these new competitors could be better capitalized than we are, which could give them a significant advantage over us. There is the possibility that the competitors could capture significant market share of our intended market.
Intellectual Property
We rely on a combination of trademarks and trade secrets to establish and protect our intellectual proprietary rights and may, in the future, file patents. Our intellectual property currently includes various U.S. trademarks and copyrights in the name of “Andrew Arroyo Real Estate Inc.” Our trademarks relate to our company logo, as well as the following names we use in broadcasting: “Top Dollar TV®”, “Real Cash Flow®”, “Real Estate Insight® and “Generous Capitalism®”.
58 |
Table of Contents |
Litigation
The real estate business is known as a litigious industry, especially in certain states like California, which is one of the primary states where we conduct business. Buyers and sellers often bring claims against one another and usually attempt to name the real estate agents and brokers as parties in the claim or the suit seeking financial damages. As a result, we are regularly named in claims and litigation between buyers and sellers. We do not believe most of these claims will amount to any material damages being paid by us and, therefore, we will not name them individually herein. In determining whether liabilities should be recorded for pending litigation claims, we must assess the allegations and the likelihood that we will successfully defend the claim. When we believe it is probable that we will not prevail in a particular matter, we will then record an estimate of the amount of liability based, in part, on advice of outside legal counsel.
Currently, there are two outstanding claims. The first claim is a buyer in Bonsall, California who claims the seller, HOA, and property management company did not properly disclose leaks and potential mold in the unit they purchased. One of our associates has been named in the lawsuit. The Company maintains a $1,000,000 errors and omission policy that covers the Company all the way back to June 9, 2009. In the event the Company incurs any financial liability from this claim, it will be covered under the errors and omissions policy up to $1,000,000, per occurrence. The second claim is in litigation and is not covered under the errors and omissions policy. The claim involves an associate of the Company who purchased a personal property in Utah in a for sale by owner (“FSBO”) transaction. The buyer and seller agreed to a second trust deed in the amount of $150,000. After the close of escrow, the Company received a complaint by the seller and was notified of the financing terms of the personal FSBO transaction. The seller claims the buyer (a Company associate) did not handle the transaction properly and initiated a litigation against the buyer and the Company seeking reimbursement. The Company is working with all parties towards settlement. In a previous reporting period and filing, the Company disclosed a claim being arbitrated in San Diego, California, where a buyer desired for the sale to be rescinded and the seller to reclaim the home. This claim was settled on February 19, 2025, with the buyer and on June 30, 2025, with the seller. The case was dismissed, and the Company’s E&O insurance settled the claim.
Outside of the claims above, we are not involved in any other arbitration or litigation, and our management is not aware of any pending or threatened legal actions relating to our intellectual property, conduct of our business activities, or otherwise.
ITEM 8 DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY
We are a fully and intentionally distributed company with nearly all employees working remote. We do not currently own any office space that we use for operations. We lease all current office spaces. Under our two (2) current leases, we lease two (2) office spaces that are approximately 2,100 total square feet in Escondido, California and pay $4,900 per month, collectively, in rent. Our current leases expire January 2027, and April 2028, respectively. We own a significant amount of broadcast-quality communication video equipment. We own one corporate vehicle, which is a standard utility vehicle.
ITEM 9 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our financial statements and the related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this Offering Circular. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this Offering Circular, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business and related financing, includes forward-looking statements that reflect our current views with respect to future events and financial performance, which involve risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements are often identified by words like: “believe”, “expect”, “estimate”, “anticipate”, “intend”, “project” and similar expressions or words that, by their nature, refer to future events. You should not place undue certainty on these forward-looking statements, which apply only as of the date of this Offering Circular. These forward-looking statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from historical results or our predictions. You should review the “Risk Factors” section of this Offering Circular for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.
Our financial statements are stated in United States Dollars (USD or US$) and are prepared in accordance with United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP). All references to “Common Shares” refer to the Common Shares of our authorized capital stock.
59 |
Table of Contents |
Management’s View of the Current Real Estate Market: The 2024-25 Real Estate Landscape
The real estate market in 2024-25 has been characterized by a complex interplay of rising interest rates, persistent inflation, and shifting consumer sentiment. While some segments have shown resilience, others have experienced significant adjustments. The overarching theme has been a transition from the hyper-growth seen in prior years to a more normalized, albeit challenging, environment. Both residential and commercial sectors have felt the impact, with distinct regional variations in performance.
Management’s View of Key Market Drivers and Trends
Interest Rate Impact: The Federal Reserve's sustained efforts to combat inflation through interest rate hikes have been the most dominant factor influencing the real estate market. Higher borrowing costs have directly impacted affordability for homebuyers and increased the cost of capital for commercial developers and investors. This has led to a noticeable cooling in transaction volumes and a moderation in price appreciation. In some cases, significant depreciation has been seen, due to cap rate adjustments and ballooning debt coming due, particularly in markets that previously saw rapid increases.
Inflationary Pressures: While interest rates aim to temper inflation, the lingering effects of high inflation on construction costs, labor, and property maintenance have continued to put pressure on both developers and property owners. This has squeezed profit margins for new developments and increased operational expenses for existing portfolios.
Inventory Levels: Residential inventory levels have remained a critical bottleneck in many markets. While some new listings have emerged, the overall supply continues to lag behind demand in many desirable areas, contributing to sustained, albeit slower, price growth. In the commercial sector, the dynamic is more nuanced, with oversupply in certain office sub-markets contrasting with strong demand for industrial and specialized retail spaces.
Consumer and Investor Sentiment: Consumer sentiment has been cautious, with potential homebuyers facing affordability challenges and uncertainty about future economic conditions. Investors, particularly in the commercial real estate space, have become more discerning, prioritizing stable income-generating assets and re-evaluating risk in a higher-interest-rate environment.
Residential Real Estate Performance: The residential market experienced a deceleration in sales activity in 2024-25 compared to previous years. While median home prices continued to appreciate nationally, the rate of appreciation slowed considerably. Regional disparities were pronounced, with some competitive markets still experiencing bidding wars, while others saw price reductions and longer days on market. Affordability remains a significant concern, especially for first-time homebuyers.
Commercial Real Estate Performance: The commercial real estate market presented a mixed picture in 2024-25. The industrial sector continued its strong performance driven by e-commerce and logistics demand. Retail, particularly experiential and necessity-based retail, showed signs of resilience. The office sector, however, faced headwinds due to persistent remote and hybrid work trends, leading to higher vacancy rates in many urban centers and a flight to quality for premium spaces. The multi-family sector saw moderating rent growth but a significant decline in property values in certain markets due to the cap rate adjustment from rising interest rates. Overall, multifamily remained a relatively stable investment due to ongoing housing demand.
Outlook and Strategic Considerations: Looking ahead, the real estate market is expected to continue navigating a period of adjustment. The trajectory of interest rates will remain a pivotal factor. We anticipate continued segmentation across property types and geographies. For the residential market, affordability challenges will likely persist, but steady demand and limited supply in many areas may prevent significant widespread price declines. In commercial real estate, strategic investments in high-demand sectors like industrial, data centers, and specialized multi-family will be crucial. Repositioning or redeveloping underperforming assets, particularly in the office and multifamily sector, will also be a key consideration. Proactive risk management, strong liquidity positions, and adaptable business models will be essential for navigating the evolving market dynamics in the coming years.
60 |
Table of Contents |
Results of Operations for the Period Ended June 30, 2025 Compared to the Period Ended June 30, 2024
Summary of Results of Operations
|
| Period Ended June 30, |
| |||||
|
| 2025 |
|
| 2024 |
| ||
Revenue |
| $ | 4,055,179 |
|
| $ | 3,318,342 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of sales |
|
| 3,498,621 |
|
|
| 2,743,187 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit |
|
| 556,558 |
|
|
| 575,155 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General and administrative |
|
| 551,060 |
|
|
| 757,919 |
|
Total operating expenses |
|
| 551,060 |
|
|
| 757,919 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating profit (loss) |
|
| 5,498 |
|
|
| (182,764 | ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income (expense) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other income (expense), net |
|
| (2,761 | ) |
|
| (6,326 | ) |
Net loss before income tax |
|
| 2,737 |
|
|
| (189,090 | ) |
Income tax expense |
|
| - |
|
|
| - |
|
Net profit (loss) |
| $ | 2,737 |
|
| $ | (189,090 | ) |
Revenue
Our revenue increased by $736,837 to $4,055,179 from $3,318,342, for the period ended June 30, 2025 compared to the period ended June 30, 2024. Our increase in revenue was largely due to a general increase in the transaction volume in the property market as a result of more inventory. We expect our revenue will grow in periods when there is property price expansion and decrease in periods of recession.
Cost of Sales
Our cost of sales increased by $755,434 to $3,498,621 from $2,743,187, for the period ended June 30, 2025 compared to the period ended June 30, 2024. The increase in cost of sales was largely due to increases in payments to real estate agents, transaction coordinators, referral fees, property management fees paid, and charitable contributions. We expect our cost of sales will grow in periods when there is property price expansion and decrease in periods of recession.
Gross Profit
Our gross profit decreased by $18,597 from $575,155 to $556,558, from the period ended June 30, 2024 compared to the period ended June 30, 2025. Our slight decrease in gross profit was due to a slight increase in our cost of sales. We expect our gross profit will grow in periods when there is property price expansion and decrease in periods of recession.
61 |
Table of Contents |
General and Administrative Expenses
General and administrative expenses decreased by $206,859 to $551,060 from $757,919, for the period ended June 30, 2025 compared to the period ended June 30, 2024. The decrease is primarily due to management’s decision to reduce costs and certain fees associated with our nationwide expansion. We expect to have costs related to expansion and additional support for Company associates during times of expansion. We do not expect to have costs related to securities offerings except in periods we conduct an offering of our securities.
Net Other Income (Expense)
We had net other expense of ($2,761) for the six-month period ended June 30, 2025 and net other income of ($6,326) for the six-month period ended June 30, 2024. For the period in 2025, our net other expense primarily related to our dividend interest and our interest expense. For the period in 2024, our net other expense primarily related to our interest expense.
Operating Profit (Loss); Net Profit (Loss)
Our operating profit increased by $188,262 to $5,498 from ($182,764) for the period ended June 30, 2025 compared to the period ended June 30, 2024. Our net profit increased by $191,827 to $2,737 from ($189,090), for the same periods. Our increase in operating profit and net profit was primarily due to an increase in commissions and management’s decision to reduce expenses. We expect our net profit will grow in periods when there is property price expansion and decrease in periods of recession.
Liquidity and Capital Resources for Six Months Ended June 30, 2025 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2024
We anticipate that our core operations, which are those related to our current residential and commercial brokerage, property management and lending services, can be funded through the income and cash flow generated by those services. Although we are currently able to fund our core operations through the revenue generated from those operations, there is no guarantee we will be able to do so in the future. Additionally, in order to cover our expenses related to our prospective plans to become a publicly-traded company and to develop a real estate investment trust (REIT) business segment, we will need to raise substantial funds through offerings of our securities, likely through Regulation A offerings. As of June 30, 2025, we have $883,376 in unrestricted cash and cash equivalents and $443,624 in notes payable, net of current portion of which approximately $300,000 is due to a related party. Therefore, based on the projected income and cash flow generated by our current residential and commercial brokerage, property management and lending services business, plus the cash we have on hand and our plans to offer securities, we anticipate having enough liquidity to fund our existing current residential and commercial brokerage, property management and lending services business for the next 12 months. We have no current commitments for capital expenditures and had no commitments for capital expenditures as of the end of the latest fiscal year and any subsequent interim period through June 30, 2025. Currently, we use our capital resources to primarily fund operating costs and, when appropriate, to pay down debt or make charitable contributions. We plan to use any free cash flow, retained earnings, or proceeds from the sale of common stock to grow our existing brokerage services business by continuing to expand our service operations nationwide, and to grow our investment business by acquiring income producing properties for the REIT under development. In the event we are not successful in raising funds through the sale of our securities we may not be able to grow our existing brokerage services business and/or develop our prospective REIT business.
During the periods ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, we generated negative cash flows. Our cash on hand as of June 30, 2025 was $1,307,036, and our cash flow used in operations was ($39,003) for the six months then ended. Our cash, current assets, total assets, current liabilities, and total liabilities as of June 30, 2025 and as of December 31, 2024, respectively, are as follows:
|
| June 30, 2025 |
|
| December 31, 2024 |
|
| Change |
| |||
Cash |
| $ | 1,307,036 |
|
| $ | 987,787 |
|
| $ | 319,249 |
|
Total Current Assets |
| $ | 1,458,309 |
|
| $ | 1,422,221 |
|
| $ | 36,088 |
|
Total Assets |
| $ | 1,607,947 |
|
| $ | 1,602,662 |
|
| $ | 5,285 |
|
Total Current Liabilities |
| $ | 970,627 |
|
| $ | 1,318,753 |
|
| $ | 348,126 |
|
Total Liabilities |
| $ | 1,474,323 |
|
| $ | 1,849,935 |
|
| $ | 375,612 |
|
Our current assets increased as of June 30, 2025, as compared to December 31, 2024, primarily due to us having more cash and cash equivalents from our capital raise, as well as more other assets, consisting of property management deposits, offset by a decrease in insurance settlement receivables.
Our current liabilities decreased as of June 30, 2025, as compared to December 31, 2024. This decrease was primarily due to a decrease in legal liabilities from an insurance settlement, a slight increase in other current liabilities, which was property management deposits, partially offset by us having slightly more outstanding on our line of credit.
62 |
Table of Contents |
Sources and Uses of Cash
Operations
We had net cash used in operating activities of ($39,003) for the period ended June 30, 2025, as compared to net cash used in operating activities of ($224,993) for the period ended June 30, 2024 (revised). In 2025, the net cash used in operating activities consisted primarily of our net profit of $2,737, adjusted by depreciation and amortization of $10,089, change in noncash operating lease costs of $20,714, change in accrued interest on loans of $6,199, change in stock based compensation of $18,160, change in accounts receivable of ($62,236), change in other current assets of ($29,103), change in an insurance receivable of ($374,500), change in accounts payable of $33,152, change in accrued liabilities of ($2,359), change in a legal liability accrual of $367,000, change in restricted cash liability of ($18,690), change in other current liabilities of ($3,933), and change in operating lease liabilities of ($21,233). In 2024 (revised), the net cash used in operating activities consisted primarily of our net loss of ($189,090), adjusted by depreciation and amortization of $10,514, change in noncash operating lease costs of $19,145, change in accrued interest on loans of $5,046, gain on sale of property and equipment of ($6,182), change in stock based compensation of $25,011, change in accounts receivable of ($79,365), change in other current assets of ($60,397), change in accounts payable of $53,093, change in accrued liabilities of $31,144, change in restricted cash liability of $51,513, change in other current liabilities of ($66,489) and change in operating lease liabilities of $18,396.
Investments
Our cash used in investing activities during the period ended June 30, 2025 was $0, compared to the cash provided by investing activities of $7,774, during the period ended June 30, 2024. For the period in 2024, the cash provided by investment activities related to the proceeds on the sale of property and equipment of $7,774.
Financing
Our net cash provided by financing activities for the period ended June 30, 2025 was $358,252, compared to $208,578 for the period ended June 30, 2024. For the six months ended June 30, 2025, our net cash provided by financing activities consisted of repayments on auto loan of ($4,861), repayments on SBA loan of ($1,722), net borrowings on a line of credit of $4,835, and cash from sales of common stock of $360,000. For the six months ended June 30, 2024, our net cash provided by financing activities consisted of repayments on auto loan of ($4,765), repayments on SBA loan of ($1,620), proceeds on related party note payable of $79,000, net borrowings on a line of credit of $167, and cash from sales of common stock of $135,796.
Results of Operations for Year Ended December 31, 2024 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2023
Summary of Results of Operations
|
| Year Ended December 31, |
| |||||
|
| 2024 |
|
| 2023 |
| ||
Revenue |
| $ | 7,127,922 |
|
| $ | 7,609,767 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of Sales |
|
| 6,139,251 |
|
|
| 6,629,745 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross Profit |
|
| 988,671 |
|
|
| 980,022 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General and administrative |
|
| 1,530,188 |
|
|
| 1,630,392 |
|
Total operating expenses |
|
| 1,530,188 |
|
|
| 1,630,392 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating loss |
|
| (541,516 | ) |
|
| (650,370 | ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income (expense) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other income, net |
|
| (19,191 | ) |
|
| 160,649 |
|
Net loss before income tax |
|
| (560,707 | ) |
|
| (489,721 | ) |
Income tax expense |
|
| (2,936 | ) |
|
| (5,486 | ) |
Net loss |
| $ | (563,644 | ) |
| $ | (495,207 | ) |
Gross Profit
Our gross profit increased by $8,649 from $980,022 to $988,671 from the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024. Our increase in gross profit was largely due to an increase to our gross margins year over year. We expect our gross profit will grow in periods when there is property price expansion and decrease in periods of recession.
63 |
Table of Contents |
Operating Loss; Net Loss
Our net loss increased by $68,437 from ($495,207) to ($563,644) from the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024. Our operating loss decreased by $108,854 from ($650,370) to ($541,516) for the same periods. Our lower general and administrative expenses led to the decrease in our operating loss.
Revenue
Our revenue decreased by $481,845 from $7,609,767 to $7,127,922, from the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024. Our decrease in revenue was largely due to lower transaction volume, largely a result of low inventory and rising interest rates. We expect our revenues will grow in periods when there is property price expansion and decrease in periods of recession.
Cost of Sales
Our cost of sales decreased by $490,494 from $6,629,745 to $6,139,251, from the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024. The decrease in cost of sales was largely due to decreases in payments to real estate agents, transaction coordinators, referral fees, property management fees paid, and charitable contributions. We expect our cost of sales will grow in periods when there is property price expansion and decrease in periods of recession.
General and Administrative Expenses
General and administrative expenses decreased by $100,206 from $1,630,392 for the year ended December 31, 2023 to $1,530,188 for the year ended December 31, 2024, primarily due to minimizing the costs and fees associated with our nationwide expansion and eliminating costs that are not essential support services needed by our real estate associates. We expect to have costs related to expansion and additional real estate associates at times of expansion. We do not expect to have costs related to securities offerings except in periods we conduct an offering of our securities.
Other Income (Expense)
We had other income of $160,649 for the year ended December 31, 2023, and other expense of ($19,191) for the year ended December 31, 2024. For the period in 2023 our other expense related to interest expense of $37,503, dividend income of $3,888, Employee Retention Credit (ERC) of $184,300, tax refund of $186, other income of $8,730 and the gain on sale of ($1,048) from the sale of equipment. For the period in 2024 our other expense related to interest expense of $29,711, dividend income of $1,722, gain on lease extinguishment of $1,065, and the gain on sale of ($7,733) from the sale of equipment.
64 |
Table of Contents |
Liquidity and Capital Resources for Year Ended December 31, 2024 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2023
We anticipate that our core operations, which are those related to our current residential and commercial brokerage, property management and lending services, can be funded through the income and cash flow generated by those services. Although we are currently able to fund our core operations through the revenue generated from those operations, there is no guarantee we will be able to do so in the future. Additionally, in order to cover our expenses related to our prospective plans to become a publicly-traded company and to develop a real estate investment trust (REIT) business segment, we will need to raise substantial funds through offerings of our securities, likely through Regulation A offerings. As of June 30, 2025, we have $883,376 in unrestricted cash and cash equivalents and $443,624 in notes payable, net of current portion of which approximately $300,000 is due to a related party. Therefore, based on the projected income and cash flow generated by our current residential and commercial brokerage, property management and lending services business, plus the cash we have on hand and our plans to offer securities, we anticipate having enough liquidity to fund our existing current residential and commercial brokerage, property management and lending services business for the next 12 months. We have no current commitments for capital expenditures and had no commitments for capital expenditures as of the end of the latest fiscal year and any subsequent interim period through June 30, 2025. Currently, we use our capital resources to primarily fund operating costs and, when appropriate, to pay down debt or make charitable contributions. We plan to use any free cash flow, retained earnings, or proceeds from the sale of common stock to grow our existing brokerage services business by continuing to expand our service operations nationwide, and to grow our investment business by acquiring income producing properties for the REIT under development. In the event we are not successful in raising funds through the sale of our securities we may not be able to grow our existing brokerage services business and/or develop our prospective REIT business.
During the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, we generated negative cash flows from operations. Our cash on hand as of December 31, 2024 was $545,437, and our cash flow used in operations was ($422,068) for the year then ended. Our cash, current assets, total assets, current liabilities, and total liabilities as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively, are as follows:
|
| December 31, 2024 |
|
| December 31, 2023 |
|
| Change |
| |||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||
Cash |
| $ | 545,437 |
|
| $ | 160,540 |
|
| $ | 384,897 |
|
Total Current Assets |
| $ | 1,442,221 |
|
| $ | 589,125 |
|
| $ | 749,334 |
|
Total Assets |
| $ | 1,602,662 |
|
| $ | 853,328 |
|
| $ | 751,584 |
|
Total Current Liabilities |
| $ | 1,318,753 |
|
| $ | 881,046 |
|
| $ | 437,707 |
|
Total Liabilities |
| $ | 1,849,935 |
|
| $ | 1,406,219 |
|
| $ | 443,716 |
|
Our current assets increased as of December 31, 2024, as compared to December 31, 2023, primarily due to us having more cash and cash equivalents from our capital raise, as well as more other assets, consisting of property management deposits. The increase in our total assets between the two periods is primarily related to us having more cash and current assets from our capital raise, and increases in property management deposits at December 31, 2024 compared to December 31, 2023.
Our current liabilities increased as of December 31, 2024, as compared to December 31, 2023. This increase was primarily due to the recognition of $385,000 in legal accruals and an increase in accounts payable, partially offset by lower other current liabilities.
Sources and Uses of Cash
Operating Activities
We had net cash used in operating activities of ($422,068) for the year ended December 31, 2024, as compared to net cash used in operating activities of ($180,669) for the year ended December 31, 2023 (revised). In 2024, the net cash provided by operating activities consisted primarily of our net loss of ($563,644), adjusted by depreciation and amortization of $20,499, gain on sale of property and equipment of ($7,733), change in stock based compensation of $46,166, change in noncash operating lease costs of $37,957, change in accrued interest on loans of $11,182, change in accounts receivable of $21,155, change in other current assets of $3,735, change in an insurance receivable of ($385,000), change in accounts payable of $113,875, change in accrued liabilities of ($8,583), change in a legal liability accrual of $385,000, change in other current liabilities of ($58,273), gain on lease extinguishment of ($1,065), and change in operating lease liabilities of ($37,339). In 2023 (revised), the net cash provided by operating activities consisted primarily of our net loss of ($495,207), adjusted by depreciation and amortization of $28,709, gain on sale of property and equipment of ($1,049), change in noncash operating lease costs of $32,468, change in accrued interest on loans of $7,518, change in accounts receivable of $6,721, change in other current assets of $14,223, change in accounts payable of $34,350, change in accrued liabilities of ($430), change in other current liabilities of $222,554 and change in operating lease liabilities of ($30,525).
Investing Activities
Our cash used for investing activities during the year ended December 31, 2024 was $10,198, compared to $1,049 during the year ended December 31, 2023. For the period in 2024, the cash used for investment activities related to the net proceeds on the sale of property and equipment of $10,198. For the period in 2023, the cash used for investment activities related to the net purchases of property and equipment of $1,049.
65 |
Table of Contents |
Financing Activities
Our net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2024 was $879,037, compared to $222,521 for the year ended December 31, 2023. For the year ended December 31, 2024, our net cash provided by financing activities consisted of repayment on auto loan of ($9,531), repayment on a Small Business Administration (“SBA”) loan of ($3,315), proceeds on related party note of $79,000, proceeds on a line of credit of ($4,394), and cash from sales of common stock of $823,096. For the year ended December 31, 2023, our net cash provided by financing activities consisted of repayment on auto loan of ($6,893), repayment on a SBA loan of $7,219, proceeds on related party note of $40,000, proceeds on a line of credit of ($1,608), and cash from sales of common stock of $183,803.
Off Balance Sheet Arrangements
We have no off balance sheet arrangements as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023.
Seasonal Cash Flow
Property sales in our real estate services business is seasonal. Our property management cash flow stays fixed year-round as long as we maintain our current management contracts. The majority of property sales occur between March and September each year. Cash flow is normally strong during these months and typically offers a surplus. During the season between October and December, sales traditionally slow down but the cash flow is adequate to cover fixed expenses and overhead. The low season is January to February and usually runs a deficit, which requires the use of capital reserves or credit lines to sustain payroll and fixed overhead costs during these months before the spring selling season begins.
Capital Expenditures
We have not made any major capital expenditures in 2025 and do not anticipate any near-term capital expenditures for our operational purposes in the next twelve months. However, our Regulation A offerings to raise capital to invest in commercial real estate properties and develop a real estate investment trust is successful, we will have capital expenditures in the form of real estate acquisitions.
Contractual Obligations
We have very few contractual obligations. We have two long-term leases (2 year terms). The majority of our vendors, utilities and service providers are on month-to-month agreements; however, there are a few utilities and service providers that are on an annual contract that renews each year.
Debt
We have one Small Business Administration (“SBA”) loan for $150,000. The SBA loan is a 30-year loan at 3.75% interest. We may elect to pay this loan off in full or retain the loan. We also have fluctuating line of credit for cash flow purposes with Wells Fargo Bank in the amount of approximately $75,000. Investors should be aware that funds utilized from Regulation A offerings for debt retirement will not be available to support our growth.
Inflation has been rising. The effect of inflation on our revenues and operating results have not been significant. The rise in inflation has affected the long-term interest rates, which directly affect borrowing costs for mortgages, and in turn may affect property sales and our ability to earn commission. The current interest rate environment is higher than the low interest rates experienced in the past few years.
Related Party Note
Through December 31, 2024, the Company spent approximately $300,000 on the costs related its Regulation A offerings, which was loaned to the Company by the CEO, Andrew Michael Arroyo. The terms of the promissory note are interest payable on the unpaid principal at the rate of 4% per annum.
Controls and Procedures
With the participation of our Chief Executive Officer, management evaluated our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2024. Based on that evaluation, management concluded they were not effective due to the material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting described below. Disclosure controls can provide only reasonable assurance and involve judgment. Notwithstanding these weaknesses, management concluded the financial statements included in this Form 1‑A are fairly stated, in all material respects, in accordance with U.S. GAAP.
Management’s Discussion of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate ICFR. Using the COSO 2013 framework, management evaluated ICFR as of December 31, 2024—and, in connection with the audits of our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, identified material weaknesses. These principally relate to:
(i) limited accounting resources and segregation‑of‑duties constraints;
(ii) entity‑level control design and oversight gaps;
(iii) risk‑assessment and management‑review/activity‑level control deficiencies, including issues with the completeness and accuracy of information used in controls; and
(iv) weaknesses in IT general controls supporting financial reporting.
Regulation A (Tier 2) does not require a management report on ICFR or an auditor attestation; the discussion above is provided to summarize the identified material weaknesses, and no auditor attestation is provided. Management has begun remediation, including adding/outsourcing accounting expertise, formalizing policies and documentation, enhancing review and information‑technology controls, and improving segregation of duties.
Plan of Operations
Our plan is to continue to expand our service operations nationwide and execute our investment services business strategy. Below are the key milestones the Company is aiming towards. It is the opinion of our management that if we are successful in raising funds through the sale of equity, the proceeds from our Regulation A offerings are expected to satisfy our need for liquidity and cash requirements for the foreseeable future and put us in a position to grow our business in accordance with our business plan, outlined below:
66 |
Table of Contents |
Investment Division Milestones:
| 1. | Milestone 1: Formation of a Real Estate Investment Trust (REIT) and Hire Key Personnel |
|
| |
|
| Continue the formation of a REIT and hire investment managers to supervise and oversee the portfolio of commercial real estate assets and partnership interests that we plan to acquire with the proceeds of this offering. |
|
|
|
| 2. | Milestone 2: Acquire Commercial Real Estate Assets and Invest with Partner Operators |
|
|
|
|
| Identify and acquire discounted commercial real estate assets and partnerships interests producing income. |
|
|
|
| 3. | Milestone 3: Ongoing Growth through Strategic Acquisitions and Partnership Investments |
|
|
|
| Continue to grow the portfolio of assets through strategic acquisitions and Partner Operator investments. |
Service Division Milestones: | ||
|
|
|
| 1. | Milestone 1: Continued Expansion Nationwide and International Research and Development |
|
|
|
|
| Continue to expand our services operations nationwide and explore international countries that meet our target market requirements and that will adopt our business model. |
|
| |
| 2. | Milestone 2: Continued Training of our Existing Members and Mentorship for New Members |
|
|
|
|
| Ongoing training utilizing our proprietary method “7 Steps to Powerful Paychecks” in all markets we serve and mentorship for new members graduating colleges and universities nationwide. |
|
|
|
| 3. | Milestone 3: Appoint Regional and State Supervisors Domestically to Prepare for International Launch |
|
|
|
|
| Continue to recruit, hire and appoint operational managers to supervise and oversee the service-related members that join our Company. |
67 |
Table of Contents |
ITEM 10 DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND SIGNIFICANT EMPLOYEES
The following table lists the current Directors and Executive Officers of the Company. Our plan is to add other top-level positions in the future that will help the company grow.
Directors, Executive Officers and Significant Employees
Name 1 |
| Position |
| Age |
|
| Term of Office2 |
| Approximate Hours Per Week |
| ||
Andrew Arroyo |
| Chairman of the Board, CEO, Director |
|
| 48 |
|
| 1/1/2004 |
|
| 40 |
|
Nick Bonner 3 |
| Investment Director |
|
| 42 |
|
| 3/1/2024 |
|
| 40 |
|
Clark Anctil |
| Treasurer, Financial Director |
|
| 61 |
|
| 10/1/2017 |
|
| 30 |
|
Tiffany Mohler |
| Secretary, Administration Director |
|
| 43 |
|
| 6/1/2017 |
|
| 30 |
|
__________
1 All addresses shall be considered 12636 High Bluff Dr. Suite 400, San Diego, CA 92130.
2 Includes time worked with AARE-CA prior to the merger with AARE-DE.
3 Mr. Bonner is an independent contractor of AARE.
Directors
Our Board of Directors is currently composed of one director, Andrew Michael Arroyo. If we are successful in raising funds through the sale of equity, our plan is that we will expand our Board of Directors to three to seven members.
Executive Officers
Chairman of the Board, Director and Chief Executive Officer
Andrew Michael Arroyo is our Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer. He is personally licensed as a managing broker in 24 states and the District of Columbia and has been a part of more than a billion dollars in real estate transactions in his 26-year career in the real estate industry. As CEO, Mr. Arroyo is responsible for representing the best interests of the Company and its shareholders. He is responsible for creating and implementing strategies to grow the business and brand by developing business relationships and alliances, pursuing corporate opportunities, as well as assisting with oversight and management of the day-to-day operations. During the last five years, Mr. Arroyo has served as CEO of AARE from 2004-2025, Managing Member of Andrew Arroyo Investments, LLC from 2010-2025, Managing Member of Neighborhood Investment Network, LLC from 2016-2025 and Director of Eye of a Needle Foundation Inc. from 2012-2025.
Investment Director
Nick Bonner has worked in commercial real estate since 2004 operating in the roles of loan production, investor, asset manager, and broker, including 16 years at CBRE. In his brokerage career alone, he has completed over 1,000 lease and sale transactions of more than 4.5M square feet for a total consideration of nearly $900M. He has regularly advised sophisticated institutional owners, such as Equity Office Properties and Kilroy Realty, on complex transactions as well as overall asset strategy on properties valued in upwards of $250M. In his investment career, he has completed over three dozen deals in a broad range of areas with a focus in real estate. He is well known as a thought leader in faith driven real estate investing, has published white papers, and is regularly sought out as a speaker on the topic. Mr. Bonner is also a founding board member of the Pinetops Foundation where he has managed the investments for a sizable portfolio and deployed over 500 grants in the last 13 years. He has also volunteered on various nonprofit boards in the microfinance space as well as with his church elder board for 10 years. Nick founded Open Doors, a mission driven commercial real estate syndicate specifically designed to lower the real estate barriers for churches and he is delighted to employ his God-given knowledge, skill set, and extensive network for AARE in order to carry out the vision for the REIT. Above all, Nick is known for his integrity and dependability, and he is grateful to be able to leverage his diverse background for good. During the last five years, Mr. Bonner has served as Investment Director of AARE since 2024 as an independent contractor, First Vice president of CBRE, a real estate firm, from 2008 to 2024, Managing Member of Open Doors Centers, LLC from 2019 to 2025 and Director of The Pinetops Foundation from 2011 to 2025.
68 |
Table of Contents |
Treasurer, Financial & Operations Director
Clark Anctil is a seasoned financial executive with a broad range of experience with positions in financial reporting, general management, operations and supply chain management, covering responsibilities of product costing, material and resource planning, procurement and sourcing, HR training and development, information systems, twin plant operations, "Just in Time” manufacturing, "lean systems”, and facility design and engineering. During his career, he has mentored staff and trained teams in achieving results and effective management with a focus on knowledge acquisition, understanding and proactive execution in a lean environment. This approach led him to develop and deploy software to support business growth covering material, labor and resource planning, operational cost tracking, throughput management and production control. In addition to his corporate career, he has been a top producing real estate professional since 2010 and licensed loan originator since 2020, and currently holds a broker’s license in the state of California. He joined AARE as a sales agent in 2017 and has worked closely with the founder of AARE throughout the years. Clark has a heart to mentor and train other employees how to grow a business with the stakeholder’s interest in mind. His depth of experience and hands-on approach provide a unique skill set and make him a valuable member of the AARE financial and operations team. During the last five years, Mr. Anctil has served as Financial and Operations Director of AARE since 2023, Loan Originator of Merchants Home Lending Inc. from 2020 to 2025 and CEO of CSD Equity Group, Inc from 2012 to 2025.
Secretary, Administration Director
Tiffany Mohler holds a degree in Business Administration from San Diego State University, and her education has served her well. As the Administration Director, Mrs. Mohler is in charge of compliance and risk management and handles setup and training for all managing brokers, agents and property managers nationwide. Her leadership qualities and peacemaking nature make her a natural for dealing with diverse personalities and situations. Mrs. Mohler has been involved in real estate administration since 2002. In 2008, she became a licensed administrator. In 2013, she joined AARE. She grew within the organization to become a leader and ultimately to become a full-time employee in 2017 by accepting the role of designated broker in California and the nationwide role of Administration Director. During the last five years, Mrs. Mohler has served as Administration Director of AARE from 2017 to 2025.
There are no arrangements or understandings between our executive officers and directors and any other persons pursuant to which the executive officer or director was selected to act as such. There are no family relationships between our executive officers.
ITEM 11 COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
The following is a discussion and analysis of compensation arrangements of our named Directors and Executive Officers. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs. Actual compensation programs that we adopt may differ materially from currently planned programs as summarized in this discussion. As an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act, we are not required to include a Compensation Discussion and Analysis section and have elected to comply with the scaled disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies.
Our Compensation Committee, who will be appointed by our Board, will be responsible for establishing, implementing and monitoring our compensation philosophy and objectives. We seek to ensure that the total compensation paid to our Executive Officers is reasonable and competitive. Compensation of our executives is structured around the achievement of individual performance and near-term corporate targets as well as long-term business objectives.
69 |
Table of Contents |
The following tables set forth certain information about compensation paid, earned or accrued for services by (i) the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and (ii) all other executive officers who earned in excess of $100,000 in the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 (“Named Executive Officers”):
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE(1) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Name and Principal Position |
| Year |
| Salary ($) |
|
| Bonus ($) |
| Stock Awards ($) |
|
| Option Awards ($) |
| Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation ($) |
| Change in Pension Value and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings ($) |
| All Other Compensation ($) |
|
| Total ($) |
| ||||
Andrew Michael Arroyo, |
| 2024 |
|
| 135,000 |
|
| -0- |
|
| 1,374 |
|
| -0- |
| -0- |
| -0- |
| -0- |
|
|
| 136,374 |
| |
CEO |
| 2023 |
|
| 135,006 |
|
| -0- |
| -0- |
|
| -0- |
| -0- |
| -0- |
|
| 53,484 |
|
|
| 188,490 |
| |
Clark Anctil, Treasurer, |
| 2024 |
| -0- |
|
| -0- |
|
| 2,061 |
|
| -0- |
| -0- |
| -0- |
|
| 126,307 | (3) |
|
| 128,368 | (3) | |
Financial Director (2) |
| 2023 |
| -0- |
|
| -0- |
| -0- |
|
| -0- |
| -0- |
| -0- |
|
| 145,998 | (3) |
|
| 145,998 | (3) | ||
Tiffany Mohler, Secretary, |
| 2024 |
|
| 84,398 |
|
| -0- |
|
| 1,001 |
|
| -0- |
| -0- |
| -0- |
|
| 18,625 |
|
|
| 104,027 |
|
VP Administration |
| 2023 |
|
| 58,028 |
|
| -0- |
| -0- |
|
| -0- |
| -0- |
| -0- |
|
| 31,110 |
|
|
| 89,138 |
|
____________
| (1) | Includes amounts paid by AARE-CA. |
| (2) | Mr. Anctil was appointed to the position of Financial Director on June 1, 2022 and was appointed to the position of Treasurer on December 5th, 2023. |
| (3) | All amounts were paid for consulting fees and real estate commissions. |
The following table sets forth director compensation for 2024(1):
Name |
| Fees Earned or Paid in Cash ($) |
|
| Stock Awards ($) |
| Option Awards ($) |
| Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation ($) |
| Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings ($) |
| All Other Compensation ($) |
| Total ($) |
| ||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||
Andrew Michael Arroyo |
|
| -0- |
| -0- |
| -0- |
| -0- |
| -0- |
| -0- |
|
| -0- |
____________
| (1) | Includes amounts paid by AARE-CA. |
Anticipated Executive Compensation Following this Offering
Following this Offering, Board of Directors will determine the appropriate compensation plans and programs for our executives. Our Board of Directors will review and evaluate our executive compensation plans and programs to ensure they are aligned with our compensation philosophy. In addition, our Board of Directors may retain its own compensation consultant to advise it in its compensation planning decisions.
We expect revised compensation plans and arrangements for our named Executive Officers that will generally become effective upon completion of this Offering to consist generally of an annual base salary, a short-term annual incentive component, a long-term incentive (equity awards) component, and health and retirement benefits component.
We have established an equity compensation plan for our management, real estate brokers, agents, managers, loan officers, advisors, consultants and other employees.
70 |
Table of Contents |
Agreements with our Named Executive Officers
Our current employment agreements provide for an annual salary, potential bonus based on performance, participation in a 401(k) plan through Safe Harbor, and 14 days (or two weeks) paid vacation time after the vesting period is complete.
After the consummation of this Offering, we will revise our employment agreements to provide for an annual salary, potential bonus based on performance, equity grant (based on grant date fair market value) in stock options, restricted stock or other form of equity award as determined by the Board of Directors. We expect these awards will be granted under the 2023 Plan. Each executive will also receive employee benefits made available to our other employees, including, without limitation, participation in any 401(k) plan, 14 days (or two weeks) paid vacation time and a monthly contribution towards a health plan.
All related party transactions described in this section occurred prior to adoption of this policy and, as such, these transactions were not subject to the approval and review procedures set forth in the policy.
ITEM 12 SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF MANAGEMENT AND CERTAIN SECURITY HOLDERS
The following table sets forth, as of September 25, 2025, certain information with respect to our equity securities owned of record or beneficially by (i) each of our Officers and Directors; (ii) each person who owns beneficially more than 5% of each class of our outstanding equity securities; and (iii) all Directors and Executive Officers as a group.
Common Stock(1)
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner(2) |
| Nature of Beneficial Ownership |
| No. of Shares |
|
| Percent of Class |
|
| Percent of Total Voting Rights(4) |
| |||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||
Andrew Michael Arroyo (2)(3) |
| CEO, Chairman and sole member of Board of Directors |
|
| 5,550,240 |
|
|
| 78.24 | % |
|
| 11.79 | % |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Clark Anctil (2)(3) |
| Treasurer and Financial Director |
|
| 13,720 |
|
|
| 1 | % |
|
| 1 | % |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tiffany Mohler (2)(3) |
| Secretary and Administration Director |
|
| 16,794 |
|
|
| 1 | % |
|
| 1 | % |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nick Bonner (2)(3) |
| Investment Director |
|
| 50,000 |
|
|
| 1 | % |
|
| 1 | % |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All Officers and Directors as a Group (4 persons) |
|
|
|
| 5,630,754 |
|
|
| 79.37 | % |
|
| 11.96 | % |
_____________________
(1) | As of September 25, 2025 there were 7,143,928 shares of common stock outstanding (post 2-for-1 stock split effective September 24, 2025). Shares of common stock subject to options or warrants currently exercisable, or exercisable within 60 days, are deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage of the person holding such options or warrants but are not deemed outstanding for the purposes of computing the percentage of any other person. |
|
|
(2) | Indicates an officer and/or Director of the Company. |
|
|
(3) | Unless indicated otherwise, the address of the shareholder is Andrew Arroyo Real Estate Inc., 12636 High Bluff Drive, Suite 400, San Diego, CA 92130. |
| |
(4) | Calculated based on the total votes currently outstanding (does not include votes from shares underlying promissory notes, options or warrants). As of September 25, 2025, there was a total of 47,143,928 votes outstanding, consisting of 7,143,928 votes from common stockholders and 40,000,000 votes from Series A Preferred Stockholders. |
71 |
Table of Contents |
Series A Preferred Stock(1)
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner(2) |
| Nature of Beneficial Ownership |
| No. of Shares |
|
| Percent of Class |
|
| Percent of Total Voting Rights(4) |
| |||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||
Andrew Michael Arroyo (2)(3) |
| CEO, Chairman and sole member of Board of Directors |
|
| 4,000,000 |
|
|
| 100.0 | % |
|
| 84.94 | % |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Clark Anctil (2)(3) |
| Treasurer and Financial Director |
| -0- |
|
|
| 0 | % |
|
| 0 | % | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tiffany Mohler (2)(3) |
| Secretary and Administration Director |
| -0- |
|
|
| 0 | % |
|
| 0 | % | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nick Bonner (2)(3) |
| Investment Director |
| -0- |
|
|
| 0 | % |
|
| 0 | % | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All Officers and Directors as a Group (4 persons) |
|
|
|
| 4,000,000 |
|
|
| 100.0 | % |
|
| 84.94 | % |
________________
(1) | As of September 25, 2025 (post 2-for-1 stock split effective September 24, 2025) there were 4,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding (each share has ten (10) votes on all matters presented to the common stockholders for a vote, and converts into one (1) share of Class C common stock). Shares of preferred stock subject to options or warrants currently exercisable, or exercisable within 60 days, are deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage of the person holding such options or warrants but are not deemed outstanding for the purposes of computing the percentage of any other person. |
|
|
(2) | Indicates an officer and/or director of the Company. |
|
|
(3) | Unless indicated otherwise, the address of the shareholder is Andrew Arroyo Real Estate Inc., 12636 High Bluff Drive, Suite 400, San Diego, CA 92130. |
|
|
(4) | Calculated based on the total votes currently outstanding (does not include votes from shares underlying promissory notes, options or warrants). As of September 25, 2025, there was a total of 47,143,928 votes outstanding, consisting of 7,143,928 votes from common stockholders and 40,000,000 votes from Series A Preferred Stock holders. |
Transactions with Related Persons, Promoters and Certain Control Persons; Corporate Governance
Through June 30, 2025, we spent approximately $300,000 on the costs related to our previous Regulation A offering, which was loaned to the Company by our CEO, and any additional funds that we are required to spend shall also be paid by our CEO and reimbursed from the proceeds of our ongoing Regulation A offering. The terms of the promissory note are interest payable on the unpaid principal at the interest rate of 4% per annum. Principal and interest began on February 1st, 2022 until the end of the repayment period which is June 29th, 2027.
Mr. Anctil, our Financial Director and Treasurer, acts as a real estate professional for the Company and receives consulting fees and real estate commissions for these services.
72 |
Table of Contents |
Our Board will adopt a written related person transaction policy, to be effective upon the closing of our ongoing Regulation A offering setting forth the policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related person transactions, which will generally include transactions involving the Company and our Directors, Executive Officers, nominees for director, beneficial owners of more than five percent of our Common Stock and members of the immediate families of the foregoing. This policy will provide that transactions involving related persons are approved, or ratified if pre-approval is not feasible, by our Audit Committee, which approves or ratifies the transaction only if our Audit Committee determines that it is in the best interests of our stockholders. In considering the transaction, our Audit Committee considers all relevant factors, including, as applicable (i) the business rationale for entering into the transaction; (ii) available alternatives to the transaction; (iii) whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unrelated third party under the same or similar circumstances; (iv) the potential for the transaction to lead to an actual or apparent conflict of interest and any safeguards imposed to prevent such actual or apparent conflicts; and (v) the overall fairness of the transaction. Our Audit Committee will also periodically monitor ongoing transactions involving related persons to ensure that there are no changed circumstances that would render it advisable to amend or terminate the transaction.
All related party transactions described in this section occurred prior to adoption of this policy and, as such, these transactions were not subject to the approval and review procedures set forth in the policy.
ITEM 13 INTEREST OF MANAGEMENT AND OTHERS IN CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
Our Board will adopt a written related person transaction policy, to be effective upon the closing of this Offering, setting forth the policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related person transactions, which will generally include transactions involving the Company and our Directors, Executive Officers, nominees for director, beneficial owners of more than five percent of our Common Stock and members of the immediate families of the foregoing. This policy will provide that transactions involving related persons are approved, or ratified if pre-approval is not feasible, by our Audit Committee, which approves or ratifies the transaction only if our Audit Committee determines that it is in the best interests of our stockholders. In considering the transaction, our Audit Committee considers all relevant factors, including, as applicable (i) the business rationale for entering into the transaction; (ii) available alternatives to the transaction; (iii) whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unrelated third party under the same or similar circumstances; (iv) the potential for the transaction to lead to an actual or apparent conflict of interest and any safeguards imposed to prevent such actual or apparent conflicts; and (v) the overall fairness of the transaction. Our Audit Committee will also periodically monitor ongoing transactions involving related persons to ensure that there are no changed circumstances that would render it advisable to amend or terminate the transaction.
Currently, we do not have any independent members of our Board of Directors, as our sole Board members is our CEO, Andrew Arroyo. Prior to the election to become a real estate investment trust (“REIT”) a board of directors will be appointed that will be re-elected based on investors vote per IRS guidelines.
Our CEO, Andrew Arroyo, is also the Managing Member of Andrew Arroyo Investments, LLC a related party who is a principal in the transaction of the Investment Management Agreement with our Company. Under the Investment Management Agreement, a registered investment advisor provides capital allocation services and advice on where to invest funds under management. In exchange for capital allocation services and advice, management and performance fees and any other fees per the Investment Management Agreement that are required to be paid to a licensed registered investment advisor will be paid to Andrew Arroyo Investments, LLC.
Relaxed Ongoing Reporting Requirements
Once this Form 1-A is qualified by the SEC we will be required to publicly report on an ongoing basis under the reporting rules set forth in Regulation A issuers. The ongoing reporting requirements under Regulation A are more relaxed than for emerging growth companies under the Exchange Act. The differences include, but are not limited to, being required to file only annual and semi-annual reports, rather than annual and quarterly reports. Annual reports are due within 120 calendar days after the end of the issuer’s fiscal year, and semi-annual reports are due within 90 calendar days after the end of the first six months of the issuer’s fiscal year.
In either case, we will be subject to ongoing public reporting requirements that are less rigorous than Exchange Act rules for companies that are not emerging growth companies, and our stockholders could receive less information than they might expect to receive from more mature public companies.
DISCLOSURE OF COMMISSION POSITION ON INDEMNIFICATION FOR SECURITIES ACT LIABILITIES
Section A of Article VI of our Articles of Incorporation provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, no director or officer shall be personally liable to the corporation or its shareholders for damages for breach of any duty owed to the corporation or its shareholders.
Section B of Article VII of our Articles of Incorporation provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought by us, (ii) any action asserting a claim for breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents to the Company or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, our Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each case subject to said Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants therein.
Notwithstanding the above, Section 27 of the Exchange Act creates exclusive federal jurisdiction over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder, and Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. As a result, there is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce the provisions in our Articles of Incorporation since investors cannot waive compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder.
73 |
Table of Contents |
Section B of Article VI of our Articles of Incorporation provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware we will indemnify our officers and directors from and against any and all expenses, liabilities, or other matters.
Article IX of our Amended and Restated Bylaws further addresses indemnification of our directors and officers and allows us to indemnify our directors and officers in the event they meet certain criteria in terms of acting in good faith and in an official capacity within the scope of their duties, when such conduct leads them to be involved in a legal action.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Act”) may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the small business issuer pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the small business issuer has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.
ITEM 14 SECURITIES BEING OFFERED
On September 24, 2025, we effected a 2-for-1 forward split of our outstanding shares of preferred and common stock (the “Stock Split”) via the filing of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation with the Delaware Secretary of State. No fractional shares of the Company’s common or preferred stock will be issued as a result of the Stock Split. Any fractional shares resulting from the Stock Split will be rounded up to the nearest whole share. Unless otherwise noted the share and per share information in this Form 1-A reflects the Stock Split.
Following the Stock Split, the Company has 7,143,928 shares of common stock outstanding and 4,000,000 shares of preferred stock outstanding, as discussed herein. All share and per share information in this Form 1-A have been retroactively adjusted for all periods presented, unless otherwise indicated, to give effect to the Stock Split, including the financial statements and notes thereto.
Our Articles of Incorporation, as amended and restated, authorize us to issue up to 15,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.0005 per share, 70,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0005 per share, 10,000,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $0.0005 per share, and 5,000,000 shares of Class C Common Stock, par value $0.0005 per share. As of the date of this Offering Circular, there were 4,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock issued and outstanding, there were 0 shares of Class A Common Stock issued and outstanding, there were 7,143,928 shares of Class B Common Stock issued and outstanding, and there were 0 shares of Class C Common Stock issued and outstanding. The 7,143,928 shares of Class B Common Stock issued and outstanding are held by two hundred seventy one (271) stockholders. The 4,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock issued and outstanding are held by one (1) stockholder, Mr. Andrew Arroyo, one of our executive officers and our sole Director. When certain conditions outlined in the Preferred Stock section below are met, the 4,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock owned by Andrew Michael Arroyo may need to be converted to Class C Common Stock. Shares of our Class A Common Stock are non-voting.
The following description of our capital stock is subject to and qualified in its entirety by our Articles of Incorporation and Corporate Bylaws and by the provisions of applicable Delaware Law. Copies of these documents are filed as exhibits to this Offering Circular. The Company is not offering any shares of Preferred Stock in this Offering.
Preferred Stock
Our Articles of Incorporation authorize our Board of Directors, without action by the stockholders, to designate and issue up to 15,000,000 shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock, par value $0.0005, in one or more series. Our Board of Directors is authorized to designate the rights, preferences and privileges of the shares of each series and any of its qualifications, limitations or restrictions. Our Board of Directors is able to authorize the issuance of Preferred Stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of Preferred Stock. The issuance of Preferred Stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible future financings and acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, under certain circumstances, have the effect of restricting dividends on our Preferred Stock; diluting the voting power of our Preferred Stock; impairing the liquidation rights of our Preferred Stock; or delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of the Company, which might harm the market price of our Preferred Stock. Currently, we have one series of preferred stock designated, which is our Series A Convertible Preferred Stock. This series of preferred stock converts at 1-to-1 into common stock and has three (3) votes per share on all matters properly brought to our shareholders for a vote. Before the REIT election with the IRS is initiated, the Board of Directors may need to adjust or eliminate the Preferred Stock class and the current shareholder who owns the Preferred Stock, Andrew Michael Arroyo, may need to convert some or all the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock into Class C Common Stock at 1-to-1. Management’s projections of when the Company would qualify to become a REIT per the IRS guidelines are based on the following conditions: (1) once 15,000,000 or more shares have been sold through this offering or subsequent offerings and (2) once the taxable REIT subsidiary (“TRS”) of the Company’s brokerage operations has been completed (if necessary, per IRS guidelines) and (3) once all the REIT requirements outlined in the IRS guidelines have been met. Once these conditions have been met or completed, some or all of the Preferred Stock may need to be converted into Class C Common Stock.
Common Stock
Our Articles of Incorporation authorize our Board of Directors, without action by the stockholders, to designate and issue up to 70,000,000 shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0005 per share, 10,000,000 shares of the Company’s Class B Common Stock, par value $0.0005 per share and 5,000,000 shares of the Company’s Class C Common Stock, par value $0.0005 per share. The shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock are non-voting. Our Board of Directors is authorized to designate the rights, preferences and privileges of the shares of each series and any of its qualifications, limitations or restrictions. Our Board of Directors is able to authorize the issuance of Common Stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the other holders of our Common Stock. The issuance of Common Stock, while providing flexibility in connection with corporate purposes, could, under certain circumstances, have the effect of restricting dividends on our Common Stock; diluting the voting power of our Common Stock; impairing the liquidation rights of our Common Stock; or delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of the Company, which might harm the market price of our Common Stock.
74 |
Table of Contents |
The following is a summary of the material provisions governing the issuance of the Company’s Shares in this Offering:
| · | The Company and Selling Stockholders are offering a maximum of 20,000,000 Shares of Class A Common Stock, composed of 15,300,000 shares to be offered by the Company and 1,700,000 shares by the Selling Stockholders directly for cash consideration, and a maximum of 3,000,000 shares to be issued as “Bonus Shares” for no additional cash consideration to eligible investors in this offering based on certain criteria, for total cash consideration up to $72,082,500, |
| · | The stated or par value of each share of Class A Common Stock being offered is $0.0005. |
| · | The offering price per each Class A Common Stock share is $3.50. |
| · | Shares of Class A Common Stock are non-voting. As a result, investors holding shares of Class A Common Stock will not have the ability to vote on the Company’s Board of Directors nor have the ability to vote to appoint any of the Company’s Officers. |
· | The Shares of Class A Common Stock being offered are equal in all respects except voting rights. |
Voting Rights
There are multiple classes of Common Stock and one series of Preferred Stock each having their own voting rights. Class A Common Stock is non-voting and shall not be entitled to vote on any company matter. Each share of Class B Common Stock entitles the holder to 1 vote, either in person or by proxy, at meetings of shareholders on all matters submitted to a vote of the Stockholders. Each share of Class C Common Stock entitles the holder to 10 votes, either in person or by proxy, at meetings of shareholders on all matters submitted to a vote of the Stockholders. Shareholders eligible to vote may take action by written consent. All of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock may be converted to Class C Common Stock.
Dividend Policy
Once the tax election to become a real estate investment trust (REIT) is complete, the Company will begin to pay a dividend of at least 90% of its earnings per the required IRS guidelines. We currently retain all available funds and any future earnings to support our operations and finance the growth and development of our business and do not intend to declare or pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. As a result, you will likely need to sell your Common Stock to realize a return on your investment, and you may not be able to sell your shares at or above the price you paid for them. Payment of cash dividends, if any, in the future will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on then-existing conditions, including our financial condition, operating results, contractual restrictions, capital requirements, business prospects and other factors our Board may deem relevant.
Dividend Rights
Shareholders are only entitled to distributions or dividends proportionate to their shares of Common Stock when and if declared by our Board of Directors out of funds legally available and after payment of dividends to any holders of our Preferred Shares. To date we have not given any such distributions or dividends. Future distribution policies are subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon a number of factors, including among other things, our ability to become classified with the IRS as a real estate investment trust (RIET), our capital requirements and financial condition.
Liquidation Rights
In the event of the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company, the assets legally available for distribution to the holders of Common Stock will be distributed ratably among the shareholders in proportion to their holdings of Common Stock and after giving preference to holders of our Preferred Stock and liquidation of any and all liabilities.
Liability to Further Calls or Assessment
The Common Stock has no liability to further calls or assessments by the Company.
Fully Paid and Non-assessable
All outstanding shares of our Common Stock are fully paid and non-assessable, and the shares of Common Stock to be issued upon completion of this Offering will be fully paid and non-assessable.
Registration Rights
Upon the completion of this Offering, we may register for sale under the Securities Act shares of our Common Stock, but we are under no obligation to do so under the terms of the Offering. Subject to certain conditions and limitations, we may provide customary demand, piggyback and shelf registration rights to holders of purchasers Common Stock in future offerings.
75 |
Table of Contents |
June 30, 2025 and 2024 Financial Statements
Condensed Balance Sheets of Andrew Arroyo Real Estate Inc. as of June 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024 |
| F-2 |
|
| F-3 |
| |
| F-4 |
| |
| F-5 |
| |
| F-6 |
|
2024 and 2023 Year End Financial Statements
| F-17 |
| |
Balance Sheets of Andrew Arroyo Real Estate Inc. as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 |
| F-18 |
|
| F-19 |
| |
| F-20 |
| |
| F-21 |
| |
| F-22 |
|
F-1 |
Table of Contents |
ANDREW ARROYO REAL ESTATE, INC.
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
June 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024
(unaudited)
|
| June 30, 2025 |
|
| December 31, 2024 |
| ||
ASSETS |
|
|
|
|
|
| ||
Current assets |
|
|
|
|
|
| ||
Cash and cash equivalents |
| $ | 883,376 |
|
| $ | 545,437 |
|
Restricted cash |
|
| 423,660 |
|
|
| 442,350 |
|
Accounts receivable, net |
|
| 102,864 |
|
|
| 40,628 |
|
Insurance receivable |
|
| 10,500 |
|
|
| 385,000 |
|
Other current assets |
|
| 37,909 |
|
|
| 8,806 |
|
Total current assets |
|
| 1,458,309 |
|
|
| 1,422,221 |
|
Property and equipment, net |
|
| 42,241 |
|
|
| 50,511 |
|
Right of use asset |
|
| 101,332 |
|
|
| 122,046 |
|
Noncurrent assets |
|
| 6,065 |
|
|
| 7,884 |
|
TOTAL ASSETS |
| $ | 1,607,947 |
|
| $ | 1,602,662 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable |
| $ | 252,564 |
|
| $ | 219,412 |
|
Accrued liabilities |
|
| 82,716 |
|
|
| 85,075 |
|
Accrued interest |
|
| 29,897 |
|
|
| 23,698 |
|
Other current liabilities |
|
| 456,195 |
|
|
| 478,818 |
|
Accrued legal liability |
|
| 18,000 |
|
|
| 385,000 |
|
Current portion of notes payable |
|
| 9,256 |
|
|
| 13,229 |
|
Current portion of operating lease liabilities |
|
| 47,782 |
|
|
| 44,139 |
|
Lines of credit |
|
| 74,217 |
|
|
| 69,382 |
|
Total current liabilities |
|
| 970,627 |
|
|
| 1,318,753 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long term liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes payable, net of current portion |
|
| 443,624 |
|
|
| 446,234 |
|
Long term operating lease liabilities, net of current portion |
|
| 60,072 |
|
|
| 84,948 |
|
Total long term liabilities |
|
| 503,696 |
|
|
| 531,182 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL LIABILTIES |
|
| 1,474,323 |
|
|
| 1,849,935 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and Contingencies (See note 11) |
|
| - |
|
|
| - |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock, $.0005 par value; 85,000,000 shares authorized, 7,093,928 issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2025 and 6,887,132 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2024. |
|
| 3,543 |
|
|
| 3,440 |
|
Preferred Stock, $.0005 par value; 15,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2024 and December 31, 2024. |
|
| - |
|
|
| - |
|
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, $.0005 par value; 4,000,000 shares authorized, and outstanding as of June 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024. |
|
| 2,000 |
|
|
| 2,000 |
|
Additional paid-in capital |
|
| 2,263,682 |
|
|
| 1,885,625 |
|
Accumulated deficit |
|
| (2,135,601 | ) |
|
| (2,138,338 | ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders' equity (deficit) |
|
| 133,624 |
|
|
| (247,273 | ) |
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY |
| $ | 1,607,947 |
|
| $ | 1,602,662 |
|
See accompanying notes to the financial statements.
F-2 |
Table of Contents |
ANDREW ARROYO REAL ESTATE, INC.
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
Six Months Ending June 30, 2025 and 2024
(unaudited)
|
| 2025 |
|
| 2024 As restated |
| ||
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||
Revenues |
| $ | 4,055,179 |
|
| $ | 3,318,342 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of sales |
|
| 3,498,621 |
|
|
| 2,743,187 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit |
|
| 556,558 |
|
|
| 575,155 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General and administrative expenses |
|
| 551,060 |
|
|
| 757,919 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit (loss) from operations |
|
| 5,498 |
|
|
| (182,764 | ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income (loss) |
|
| (2,761 | ) |
|
| (6,326 | ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit (loss) before income tax expense |
|
| 2,737 |
|
|
| (189,090 | ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax expense |
|
| - |
|
|
| - |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net profit (loss) |
| $ | 2,737 |
|
| $ | (189,090 | ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit (loss) per share (basic and diluted) |
| $ | 0.00 |
|
| $ | (0.03 | ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding used in computing per share amounts, basic |
|
| 6,990,530 |
|
|
| 6,482,526 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average number of common and preferred shares outstanding used in computing per share amounts, diluted |
|
| 10,990,530 |
|
|
| 6,482,526 |
|
See accompanying notes to the financial statements.
F-3 |
Table of Contents |
ANDREW ARROYO REAL ESTATE, INC.
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Six Months Ended June 30, 2025 and 2024
(unaudited)
|
| Common |
|
|
|
|
| Preferred |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Total |
| |||||||
|
| Stock |
|
| Common |
|
| Stock |
|
| Preferred |
|
| Additional |
|
|
|
|
| Stockholders' |
| |||||||
|
| Shares |
|
| Stock |
|
| Shares |
|
| Stock |
|
| Paid-in |
|
| Accumulated |
|
| Equity |
| |||||||
|
| Issued |
|
| Par |
|
| Issued |
|
| Par |
|
| Capital |
|
| Deficit |
|
| (Deficit) |
| |||||||
Balance - December 31, 2023 |
|
| 6,406,440 |
|
| $ | 3,202 |
|
|
| 4,000,000 |
|
| $ | 2,000 |
|
| $ | 1,016,601 |
|
| $ | (1,574,694 | ) |
| $ | (552,891 | ) |
Stock issued for cash |
|
| 54,324 |
|
|
| 27 |
|
|
| - |
|
|
| - |
|
|
| 135,769 |
|
|
| - |
|
|
| 135,796 |
|
Stock based compensation |
|
| 97,602 |
|
|
| 48 |
|
|
| - |
|
|
| - |
|
|
| 24,963 |
|
|
| - |
|
|
| 25,011 |
|
Net loss |
|
| - |
|
|
| - |
|
|
| - |
|
|
| - |
|
|
| - |
|
|
| (189,090 | ) |
|
| (189,090 | ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance – June 30, 2024 |
|
| 6,558,366 |
|
| $ | 3,277 |
|
|
| 4,000,000 |
|
| $ | 2,000 |
|
| $ | 1,177,333 |
|
| $ | (1,763,784 | ) |
| $ | (581,174 | ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock issued for cash |
|
| 274,920 |
|
|
| 137 |
|
|
| - |
|
|
| - |
|
|
| 687,089 |
|
|
| - |
|
|
| 687,226 |
|
Stock based compensation |
|
| 53,846 |
|
|
| 26 |
|
|
| - |
|
|
| - |
|
|
| 21,203 |
|
|
| - |
|
|
| 21,229 |
|
Net loss |
|
| - |
|
|
| - |
|
|
| - |
|
|
| - |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| (374,554 | ) |
|
| (374,554 | ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance - December 31, 2024 |
|
| 6,887,132 |
|
| $ | 3,440 |
|
|
| 4,000,000 |
|
| $ | 2,000 |
|
| $ | 1,885,625 |
|
| $ | (2,138,338 | ) |
| $ | (247,273 | ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock issued for cash |
|
| 144,000 |
|
|
| 72 |
|
|
| - |
|
|
| - |
|
|
| 359,928 |
|
|
| - |
|
|
| 360,000 |
|
Stock based compensation |
|
| 62,796 |
|
|
| 31 |
|
|
| - |
|
|
| - |
|
|
| 18,129 |
|
|
| - |
|
|
| 18,160 |
|
Net profit |
|
| - |
|
|
| - |
|
|
| - |
|
|
| - |
|
|
| - |
|
|
| 2,737 |
|
|
| 2,737 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance - June 30, 2025 |
|
| 7,093,928 |
|
| $ | 3,543 |
|
|
| 4,000,000 |
|
| $ | 2,000 |
|
| $ | 2,263,682 |
|
| $ | (2,135,601 | ) |
| $ | 133,624 |
|
See accompanying notes to the financial statements.
F-4 |
Table of Contents |
ANDREW ARROYO REAL ESTATE, INC.
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Six Months Ending June 30, 2025 and 2024
(unaudited)
|
| 2025 |
|
| 2024 As restated |
| ||
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: |
|
|
|
|
|
| ||
Net profit (loss) |
| $ | 2,737 |
|
| $ | (189,090 | ) |
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
| 10,089 |
|
|
| 10,514 |
|
Gain on sale of property and equipment |
|
| - |
|
|
| (6,182 | ) |
Stock based compensation |
|
| 18,160 |
|
|
| 25,011 |
|
Noncash operating lease costs |
|
| 20,714 |
|
|
| 19,145 |
|
Accrued interest |
|
| 6,199 |
|
|
| 5,046 |
|
Changes in assets and liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable |
|
| (62,236 | ) |
|
| (79,365 | ) |
Other current assets |
|
| (29,103 | ) |
|
| (60,397 | ) |
Insurance receivable |
|
| (374,500 | ) |
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable |
|
| 33,152 |
|
|
| 53,093 |
|
Accrued liabilities |
|
| (2,359 | ) |
|
| 31,144 |
|
Accrued legal liability |
|
| (367,000 | ) |
|
| - |
|
Restricted cash liability |
|
| (18,690 | ) |
|
| 51,513 |
|
Other current liabilities |
|
| (3,933 | ) |
|
| (66,489 | ) |
Change in operating lease liabilities |
|
| (21,233 | ) |
|
| (18,936 | ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in operating activities |
|
| (39,003 | ) |
|
| (224,993 | ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds on sale of equipment |
|
| - |
|
|
| 7,774 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash flows provided by investing activities: |
|
| - |
|
|
| 7,774 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repayment on vehicle loan |
|
| (4,861 | ) |
|
| (4,765 | ) |
Repayment on SBA Loan |
|
| (1,722 | ) |
|
| (1,620 | ) |
Proceeds from related party note payable |
|
| - |
|
|
| 79,000 |
|
Net borrowings (repayment) on lines of credit |
|
| 4,835 |
|
|
| 167 |
|
Proceeds from sales of common stock |
|
| 360,000 |
|
|
| 135,796 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by financing activities: |
|
| 358,252 |
|
|
| 208,578 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents |
|
| 319,249 |
|
|
| (8,641 | ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH AT BEGINNING OF YEAR |
|
| 987,787 |
|
|
| 514,801 |
|
CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH AT END OF YEAR |
| $ | 1,307,036 |
|
| $ | 506,160 |
|
See accompanying notes to the financial statements.
F-5 |
Table of Contents |
ANDREW ARROYO REAL ESTATE, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2025 AND 2024 (unaudited)
NOTE 1 - THE COMPANY AND ITS SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Nature of Operations
Andrew Arroyo Real Estate, Inc. (the "Company") was incorporated on June 18, 2020, under the laws of the State of Delaware. A predecessor company that was merged with and into the Company effective July 31, 2021 was originally incorporated under the laws of the State of California on January 20, 2004, as Andrew Michael Arroyo Inc. and updated its name to Andrew Arroyo Real Estate Inc. on April 30, 2007. The trademark and d/b/a that is known in the marketplace is "AARE". The Company was formed to conduct real estate brokerage services. These services include assisting clients buy, sell, manage, and invest in residential and commercial properties as well as business opportunities. The Company's year-end is December 31.
Capital Stock
Authorized capital is 85,000,000 shares of common stock in three shares classes (Common Stock A, Common Stock B and Common Stock C), par $0.0005, and 15,000,000 shares of preferred stock (Series A Convertible Preferred), par $0.0005, all authorized by amendment dated September 24, 2025. Common stock issued and outstanding was 6,887,132 shares as of December 31, 2024 and 6,406,440 as of December 31, 2023. Series A Convertible Preferred Stock is 4,000,000 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2024 and 2023. The Series A Convertible Preferred Stock has dividend rights equal to common on an as converted basis, 1-for-1 conversion to common after 12 months, ten votes per share, liquidation preference of $0.0005 per share, and customary protective provisions. The series is classified in permanent equity under ASC 480-10-S99-3A. The Series A Convertible Preferred is convertible into up to 4,000,000 shares of Class C common stock. These potential shares were excluded from diluted earnings per share for 2024 and 2023 because their effect would have been anti-dilutive.
From January 1, 2025 to June 30, 2025 (adjusted for the 2:1 forward split effected September 24, 2025), the Company issued 144,000 new shares through its Regulation A financing at $2.50 per share and issued 62,796 new vested shares through its equity incentive plan at an average grant price of $0.29. From January 1, 2024 to June 30, 2024 (adjusted for the 2:1 forward split effected September 24, 2025), the Company issued 54,324 new shares through its Regulation A financing at $2.50 per share and issued 97,602 new vested shares through its equity incentive plan at an average price of $0.26.
Management’s Plans
Management has evaluated whether there are conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for the one‑year period from the date of these financial statements (the assessment period) in accordance with ASC 205‑40.
As of June 30, 2025, the Company had $883,376 in unrestricted cash and cash equivalents and $443,624 in notes payable, of which approximately $300,000 is due to a related party. Based on the projected income and cash flow generated by the Company’s current residential and commercial brokerage, property management and lending services business, plus the cash the Company has on hand and its plans to offer securities, the Company anticipates having enough liquidity to fund its existing current residential and commercial brokerage, property management and lending services business for the next 12 months. The Company reported net profits (losses) in the amount of $2,737 and ($189,090) during the periods ended June 30, 2025, and 2024, respectively, and had a net stockholders’ equity as of June 30, 2025 in the amount of $133,624. The Company plans to use funds raised from offerings of their equity and existing cash to continue to grow the Company nationwide and execute their business plan. It is the opinion of the management that they will be successful in raising funds through the sale of equity, the proceeds from its Regulation A offerings, and availability of their existing cash and lines of credit will satisfy their need for liquidity and cash requirements for the foreseeable future and into 2026 and beyond and put them in a position to grow their business in accordance with their business plan, outlined in three (3) milestones for investment division and three (3) milestones for the services division.
Management believes it is probable that these plans will be effectively implemented and will generate sufficient liquidity to satisfy obligations during the assessment period. Accordingly, management has concluded that no substantial doubt exists.
Basis of Presentation
These condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (U.S. GAAP) and the requirements of the Securities Exchange Commission (“SEC”) for interim reporting. As permitted under those rules, certain footnotes or other financial information that are normally required by U.S. GAAP can be condensed or omitted. These financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual financial statements and there have been no material changes to the accounting policies discussed in Note 2 included in the Annual Report on Form 1-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024, filed with the SEC on September 22, 2025.
In the opinion of our management, the information in these financial statements reflects all adjustments, all of which are of a normal and recurring nature necessary for a fair statement of the financial position and results of operations for the reported interim periods. We consider events or transactions that occur after the balance sheet date but before the financial statements are issued to provide additional evidence relative to certain estimates or to identify matters that require additional disclosure. The results of operations for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full year or any other interim period.
F-6 |
Table of Contents |
ANDREW ARROYO REAL ESTATE, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2025 AND 2024 (unaudited)
NOTE 1 - THE COMPANY AND ITS SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
Management's Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates.
F-7 |
Table of Contents |
ANDREW ARROYO REAL ESTATE, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2025 AND 2024 (unaudited)
NOTE 1 - THE COMPANY AND ITS SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
401(k) Plan
The Company sponsors a defined contribution 401(k) plan (the Plan) that covers all eligible employees who meet certain service and age requirements. The Plan allows employees to contribute a percentage of their eligible compensation on a pre-tax or Roth after-tax basis, subject to limits imposed by federal tax law. For eligible employees, the Company provides a contribution equal to 100% of the eligible employees’ contribution up to the first 3% of their eligible pay in compliance with Safe Harbor. The Company also provides matching contributions equal to 100% of the first 4% of an employee's eligible compensation contributed to the Plan. In addition to matching contributions, the Company may make a discretionary profit-sharing contribution to the Plan, subject to approval by the Company’s Board of Directors. As of the six months ended June 30, 2025 and June 30, 2024, the Company’s total contributions to the Plan, including matching and discretionary contributions, was $20,500 and $20,875 respectively. All employee contributions and Company matching contributions vest immediately. Any discretionary profit-sharing contributions vest according to the following schedule: 25% after one year of service, 50% after two years, 75% after three years, and 100% after four years of service. The Plan is subject to the provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA).
Charitable Contributions
The Company’s board of directors has adopted a discretionary policy that authorizes donations of up to 20 percent of annual net profit (as defined below) to qualified charitable organizations. “Net profit” is calculated as total revenue less cost of sales and less all expenses before dividends (if any) are paid. The policy does not create a binding legal obligation; donations are recorded as expense only when the board approves a specific contribution or when payment is made, in accordance with ASC 720-25-25-1. Charitable contributions are reported in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the accompanying statements of operations. For the six months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, the Company donated $19,500 and $64,521, respectively.
No unconditional commitments to future charitable donations existed at June 30, 2025 or December 31, 2024; therefore, no liability has been accrued.
Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash
The Company considers all short-term securities purchased with maturity dates of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The Company from time to time during the periods covered by these financial statements may have bank balances in excess of its insured limits. Management has deemed this as a normal business risk. Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. As of the periods ended June 30, 2025 and as of 2024, the Company had approximately $1,307,036 and $987,787 respectively deposited in two financial institutions. Of this amount, $250,000 was insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
Certain of the Company's cash positions are restricted property management trust funds, which include security deposits and rents that belong to property owners. These cash amounts are reported as other current assets and other current liabilities on the balance sheets based on when the cash will be contractually released to the owners or tenants of the properties. Total restricted cash was approximately $423,660 and $405,773 on June 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively, deposited in one financial institution. Of this amount, $250,000 was insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. Restricted cash is presented separately on the balance sheet. Related trust fund liabilities are included in other current liabilities.
As of the six months ended June 30, 2025 and as of the year ended December 31, 2024, the cash positions are as follows:
|
| June 30, 2025 |
|
| December 31, 2024 |
| ||
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash: |
|
|
|
|
|
| ||
Cash and cash equivalents |
| $ | 883,376 |
|
| $ | 545,437 |
|
Restricted cash |
|
| 423,660 |
|
|
| 442,350 |
|
Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash |
| $ | 1,307,036 |
|
| $ | 987,787 |
|
F-8 |
Table of Contents |
ANDREW ARROYO REAL ESTATE, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2025 AND 2024 (unaudited)
NOTE 1 - THE COMPANY AND ITS SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
Revenue Recognition
The Company has generated significant revenues in California. The Company has not, to date, generated significant revenues outside California. The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” which requires that five basic criteria must be met before revenue can be recognized: (1) identification of the contract with a customer, (2) identification of the performance obligation(s), (3) determination of the transaction price, (4) allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligation(s), and (5) recognition of revenue when, or as the Company satisfies a performance obligation. Provisions for discounts and rebates to customers, estimated returns and allowances, and other adjustments are provided for in the same period the related revenue is recorded.
F-9 |
Table of Contents |
ANDREW ARROYO REAL ESTATE, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2025 AND 2024 (unaudited)
NOTE 1 - THE COMPANY AND ITS SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
Nature of Revenues and Performance Obligations
The Company acts as a broker and representative for principals in real estate transactions and derives its revenue primarily from real estate brokerage transactions. A broker's license is required for the representation of principals in real estate transactions and the Company holds such licenses in states nationwide.
The single performance obligation providing brokerage services to buyers and sellers, is satisfied at the closing of escrow and recording of the deed at which point the Company is entitled to its commission. The Company evaluated the principal-versus-agent guidance in ASC 606-10-55 and concluded it is the principal in these transactions; accordingly, revenues are reported gross of commissions and related agent payouts.
Variable Consideration
Commission rebates, referral splits, and promotional credits are forms of variable consideration. Management constrains estimates to the amount not expected to reverse and recognizes adjustments in the same period the underlying revenue is recorded.
Timing of Satisfaction of Performance Obligations
For property sale transactions, revenue is recognized at the closing date, when control of the property transfers to the buyer. This scenario meets the criteria for point-in-time recognition under ASC 606, as the Company’s performance obligations are fulfilled at discrete points.
Contract Balances
The Company invoices and collects commissions at closing; therefore no contract assets or contract liabilities exist at any reporting date.
Incremental Costs
Commissions paid to sales agents are incurred and expensed at closing. Because the amortization period for any incremental costs would be less than one year, the Company has elected the practical expedient in ASC 340-40-25-4 not to capitalize these costs.
Disaggregation of Revenue
In accordance with ASC 606-10-50-5, The Company considered whether presenting revenue on a disaggregated basis was necessary for understanding the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows. Given that revenue is primarily generated from transaction-based commissions with similar economic characteristics, management has concluded that further disaggregation does not provide significant additional insight into the Company's revenue patterns, and has therefore presented revenue as a single line item on the accompanying statements of operations. The Company derives approximately 96% of its revenue from commissions earned on real estate transactions. The remaining 4% of revenue comes from ancillary real estate-related services, including property management fees and long-term rental income, none of which are individually material. These revenues are recognized as performance obligations are satisfied.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU No. 2024-03, Income Statement - Reporting Comprehensive Income - Expense Disaggregation (Subtopic 220-40): Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses. The amendments in ASU 2024-03 require a public business entity to disclose specific information about certain costs and expenses in the notes to its financial statements for interim and annual reporting periods. The objective of the disclosure requirements is to provide disaggregated information about a public business entity’s expenses to help investors (a) better understand the entity’s performance, (b) better assess the entity’s prospects for future cash flows, and (c) compare an entity’s performance over time and with that of other entities. ASU 2024-03 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2026, and for interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2027, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this standard on its financial statements.
In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures. This ASU enhances the transparency and decision usefulness of income tax disclosures. It is designed to provide more detailed information about an entity’s income tax expenses, liabilities, and deferred tax items, potentially affecting how companies report and disclose their income tax-related information. The ASU is effective for public business entities for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2024, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently evaluating how this ASU will impact its year-end financial statements.
Management does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting pronouncements, if adopted, would have a material effect on the accompanying financial statements.
F-10 |
Table of Contents |
ANDREW ARROYO REAL ESTATE, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2025 AND 2024 (unaudited)
NOTE 2 - RESTATEMENT OF PRIOR YEAR REPORTED AMOUNTS
In the Company’s 1-SA filing as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2024, management included Series A preferred shares in its fully diluted loss per share. The preferred shares should have been excluded from the calculation, as the Company had reported a net loss for the six months ended June 30, 2024, and inclusion of the preferred shares are anti-dilutive. The earnings per share disclosure has been corrected for the six months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024 as reported in this 1-SA.
Six Months Ended June 30,
|
| As Previously Reported 2024 |
|
| Restatement Adjustment |
|
| Restated 2024 |
| |||
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||
Loss per share (basic) |
|
| (0.02 | ) |
|
| (0.01 | ) |
|
| (0.03 | ) |
Loss per share (fully diluted) |
|
| (0.03 | ) |
|
| - |
|
|
| (0.03 | ) |
In the Company’s 1-SA filing as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2024, restricted cash was presented as other current assets on the balance sheet and restricted cash was omitted from the statement of cash flows. Management has corrected this on the accompanying balance sheet as of June 30, 2025 and 2024 by presenting restricted cash on the balance sheet. Management has also presented a restated 2024 statement of cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2025 that reconciles cash flows to cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash.
Six Months Ended June 30,
|
| As Previously Reported 2024 |
|
| Restatement Adjustment |
|
| Restated 2024 |
| |||
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||
Net loss |
| $ | (189,090 | ) |
| $ | - |
|
| $ | (189,090 | ) |
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
| 10,514 |
|
|
| - |
|
|
| 10,514 |
|
Gain on sale of property and equipment |
|
| (6,182 | ) |
|
|
|
|
|
| (6,182 | ) |
Stock based compensation |
|
| 25,011 |
|
|
| - |
|
|
| 25,011 |
|
Amortization of right-of-use asset |
|
| - |
|
|
| 19,145 |
|
|
| 19,145 |
|
Accrued interest |
|
| - |
|
|
| 5,046 |
|
|
| 5,046 |
|
Changes in assets and liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable |
|
| (79,365 | ) |
|
| - |
|
|
| (79,365 | ) |
Other current assets |
|
| (60,397 | ) |
|
| - |
|
|
| (60,397 | ) |
Accounts payable |
|
| 53,093 |
|
|
| - |
|
|
| 53,093 |
|
Accrued liabilities |
|
| 31,144 |
|
|
| - |
|
|
| 31,144 |
|
Restricted cash liability |
|
| - |
|
|
| 51,513 |
|
|
| 51,513 |
|
Other current liabilities |
|
| (61,443 | ) |
|
| (5,046 | ) |
|
| (66,489 | ) |
Change in operating lease liabilities |
|
| 209 |
|
|
| (19,145 | ) |
|
| (18,936 | ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in operating activities |
|
| (276,506 | ) |
|
| 51,513 |
|
|
| (224,993 | ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Disposal of equipment |
|
| 7,774 |
|
|
| - |
|
|
| 7,774 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash flows provided by investing activities: |
|
| 7,774 |
|
|
| - |
|
|
| 7,774 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repayment on auto loan |
|
| (4,765 | ) |
|
| - |
|
|
| (4,765 | ) |
Repayment on SBA Loan |
|
| (1,620 | ) |
|
| - |
|
|
| (1,620 | ) |
Proceeds on related party note payable |
|
| 79,000 |
|
|
| - |
|
|
| 79,000 |
|
Net borrowings (repayment) on lines of credit |
|
| 167 |
|
|
| - |
|
|
| 167 |
|
Proceeds from sales of common stock |
|
| 135,796 |
|
|
| - |
|
|
| 135,796 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by financing activities: |
|
| 208,578 |
|
|
| - |
|
|
| 208,578 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents |
|
| (60,154 | ) |
|
| 51,513 |
|
|
| (8,641 | ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH AT BEGINNING OF YEAR |
|
| 160,540 |
|
|
| 354,261 |
|
|
| 514,801 |
|
CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH AT END OF YEAR |
| $ | 100,386 |
|
| $ | 405,774 |
|
| $ | 506,160 |
|
F-11 |
Table of Contents |
ANDREW ARROYO REAL ESTATE, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2025 AND 2024 (unaudited)
NOTE 3 – PROFIT (LOSS) PER SHARE, BASIC AND DILUTED
Basic earnings (loss) per share has been computed by dividing net earnings / loss available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Fully diluted earnings per share has been computed by dividing net earnings available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares and preferred shares outstanding for each period presented.
For the period ending June 30, 2025, the basic earnings per share available to common shareholders has been computed by dividing the net profit of $2,737 by the weighted average of 6,990,530 issued and outstanding common shares. The fully diluted earnings available to common shareholders has been computed by dividing the net profit of $2,737 by the weighted average of 10,990,530 issued and outstanding common and preferred shares.
For the period ending June 30, 2024, the basic loss per share available to common shareholders has been computed by dividing the net loss of ($189,090) by the weighted average of 6,482,526 issued and outstanding common shares. For the period ending June 30, 2024, the following potential common shares were excluded from the computation of diluted loss per share because their effect would have been antidilutive: 465,606 shares of common stock underlying Restricted Stock Awards (RSAs) and Restricted Stock Units (RSUs) subject to vesting.
NOTE 4 – RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS
The Company follows Accounting Standards Codification subtopic 718-10, Compensation ("ASC 718-10"), which requires that all share-based payments to both employees and non-employees be recognized in the statement of operations based on their fair values.
On January 1, 2023, the Company’s board approved and adopted the “2023 AARE Equity Incentive Plan”. This allows the Company to grant restricted stock units, restricted stock, qualified and non-qualified stock options to employees, directors, consultants and independent contractors.
Restricted stock: Award transactions during the year ended June 30, 2025 were as follows:
|
| Shares |
|
| Weighted average grant date fair value per share |
| ||
Unvested at beginning of period |
|
| 467,798 |
|
| $ | 0.29 |
|
Granted |
|
| 88,562 |
|
|
| 0.19 |
|
Vested |
|
| (62,796 | ) |
|
| 0.29 |
|
Forfeited or cancelled RSUs and RSAs |
|
| - |
|
|
| - |
|
Unvested at end of period |
|
| 493,564 |
|
| $ | 0.27 |
|
At June 30, 2025 we had approximately $133,260 unrecognized stock-based compensation expenses related to restricted stock awards. The weighted average will be recognized over 5 years. Fair market value of stock-based compensation was determined by an independent third party 409a valuation. The stock-based compensation expense for the years ended June 30, 2025 and June 30, 2024 was $18,160 and $25,011 respectively.
F-12 |
Table of Contents |
ANDREW ARROYO REAL ESTATE, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2025 AND 2024 (unaudited)
NOTE 5 – RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Through June 30, 2025, the Company spent approximately $300,000 on the costs related to our Regulation A offerings, which was loaned to the Company by the CEO, Andrew Michael Arroyo. The terms of the promissory note are interest payable on the unpaid principal at the rate of 4% per annum. Principal and interest will be paid beginning February 1, 2022 until the end of the repayment period which is June 29, 2027. For the period ended June 30, 2025, $6,199 of interest was accumulated. During this period, $0 principal and $0 interest was paid during this period. The Company has the right to pay off the promissory note earlier than the end of the repayment period without penalty. This related party note is classified within Level II of the fair value hierarchy.
Future maturity of the related party note payable at June 30, 2025 is as follows:
2025 |
| $ | - |
|
2026 |
|
| - |
|
2027 |
|
| 305,924 |
|
2028 |
|
| - |
|
2029 |
|
| - |
|
Thereafter |
|
| - |
|
Total |
| $ | 305,924 |
|
NOTE 6 – OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES
Other Current Liabilities
The other current liabilities for the years ended June 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024 were as follows:
|
| 2025 |
|
| 2024 |
| ||
Other current liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
| ||
Accrued expenses |
| $ | 29,599 |
|
| $ | 33,532 |
|
Income tax payable |
|
| 2,936 |
|
|
| 2,936 |
|
Trust account liabilities |
|
| 423,660 |
|
|
| 442,350 |
|
Total other current liabilities |
| $ | 456,195 |
|
| $ | 478,818 |
|
F-13 |
Table of Contents |
ANDREW ARROYO REAL ESTATE, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2025 AND 2024 (unaudited)
NOTE 7 - DEBT
Lines of Credit
The Company has an unsecured $75,000 business Line of Credit (“LOC”) through Wells Fargo Bank that renews annually. The LOC carries an interest rate of 13.50% as of June 30, 2025. As of June 30, 2025, $74,217 was outstanding under this LOC.
EIDL Loan
The Company has an Economic Injury Disaster Loan (EIDL) in the amount of $149,900 collateralized by substantially all of the Company’s assets. This loan carries a 3.75% interest rate payable over 30 years with a start date of April 29, 2021 and a maturity date of May 28, 2050.
Vehicle Loan
On December 26, 2020, the Company has a vehicle loan for a Lexus RX in the amount of $46,014 that is collateralized by the vehicle. The loan is for a period of 5 years at 1.99% interest rate with a maturity date of December 26, 2025.
The debt schedule for the periods ended June 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024 were as follows:
|
| June 30, 2025 |
|
| December 31, 2024 |
| ||
Long Term Debt: |
|
|
|
|
|
| ||
Note Payable - EIDL loan |
| $ | 141,190 |
|
| $ | 142,912 |
|
Note Payable – Vehicle loan |
|
| 5,766 |
|
|
| 10,627 |
|
Note Payable - Andrew Arroyo (Note 5) |
|
| 305,924 |
|
|
| 305,924 |
|
Total Long Term Debt |
|
| 452,880 |
|
|
| 459,463 |
|
Current Portion Long Term Debt |
|
| (9,256 | ) |
|
| (13,229 | ) |
Total Long Term Debt, net of current portion |
| $ | 443,624 |
|
| $ | 446,234 |
|
Future maturities of the debts payable at June 30, 2025 are as follows:
Remainder of 2025 |
| $ | 6,670 |
|
2026 |
|
| 4,475 |
|
2027 |
|
| 309,678 |
|
2028 |
|
| 3,898 |
|
2029 |
|
| 4,046 |
|
Thereafter |
|
| 124,113 |
|
Total |
| $ | 452,880 |
|
F-14 |
Table of Contents |
ANDREW ARROYO REAL ESTATE, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2025 AND 2024 (unaudited)
NOTE 8 – LEASE LIABILITIES
The following table discloses the lease cost, weighted average, discount rate and weighted average remaining lease terms for operating leases as of June 30, 2024 and June 30, 2025 :
|
| 2025 |
|
| 2024 |
| ||
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||
Lease cost: |
| $ | 27,512 |
|
| $ | 21,183 |
|
Weighted average remaining lease term: |
| 2.66 years |
|
| 3.66 years |
| ||
Weighted average discount rate: |
|
| 14.5 | % |
|
| 14.5 | % |
The average weighted discount rate applied is based on the Company’s current line of credit interest rate.
Operating lease expense was $27,512 and $21,183 for the six months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
In April 2022, the Company entered into a 24-month lease agreement with expiration date in April 2024 for its corporate office in California. The agreement requires initial base rent payments of approximately $1,881 per month increasing to approximately $2,055 per month. This lease has two extension options for two years each which can extend the lease through April 2028. The Company has exercised one extension and has one remaining exercise option.
Total future operating lease liability commitments for the above non-cancellable leases as of June 30, 2025, are as follows:
2025 (remaining lease liabilities) |
| $ | 28,402 |
|
2026 |
|
| 58,329 |
|
2027 |
|
| 28,755 |
|
2028 |
|
| 6,543 |
|
Total lease payments |
|
| 122,029 |
|
Less: imputed interest |
|
| (14,175 | ) |
Total |
|
| 107,854 |
|
Less: current portion |
|
| (47,782 | ) |
Long-term operating lease liabilities at June 30 |
| $ | 60,072 |
|
F-15 |
Table of Contents |
ANDREW ARROYO REAL ESTATE, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2025 AND 2024 (unaudited)
NOTE 9 – SEGMENT REPORTING
The Company operates and manages its business as one reportable operating segment. The Company’s CODM, the Chief Executive Officer, reviews internal financial information presented and decides how to allocate resources based on net income (loss). Net income (loss) is used for evaluating financial performance. Significant segment expenses include salaries and payroll, legal fees, stock based compensation, audit costs, contract services, rent, and other administrative expenses. The measurement of segment assets is reported on the consolidated balance sheets as total assets. The following table presents the significant segment expenses and other segment items regularly reviewed by our CODM.
|
| Period Ended June 30, |
| |||||
|
| 2025 |
|
| 2024 |
| ||
Revenue |
| $ | 4,055,179 |
|
| $ | 3,318,342 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of sales |
|
| 3,498,621 |
|
|
| 2,743,187 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit |
|
| 556,558 |
|
|
| 575,155 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General and administrative |
|
| 551,060 |
|
|
| 757,919 |
|
Total operating expenses |
|
| 551,060 |
|
|
| 757,919 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating profit (loss) |
|
| 5,498 |
|
|
| (182,764 | ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income (expense) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other income (expense), net |
|
| (2,761 | ) |
|
| (6,326 | ) |
Net loss before income tax |
|
| 2,737 |
|
|
| (189,090 | ) |
Income tax expense |
|
| - |
|
|
| - |
|
Net profit (loss) |
| $ | 2,737 |
|
| $ | (189,090 | ) |
NOTE 10 - INCOME TAXES
Income taxes are calculated on an annual basis for full year periods and are not included in this semi-annual report.
NOTE 11 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Legal proceedings and loss contingencies
The real estate industry is subject to frequent claims and litigation. Buyers and sellers sometimes bring claims against one another and may seek to involve real estate agents and brokers. The Company evaluates pending matters under ASC 450, Contingencies, considering the nature of the allegations, status of the proceedings, advice of outside counsel, and the availability of insurance. A loss is accrued when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. If a loss is reasonably possible but not probable, or if the amount of loss cannot be reasonably estimated, the Company provides disclosure but does not record an accrual. Potential insurance recoveries are recognized as receivables only when probable of recovery and are not netted against recorded loss contingencies.
Current matters
Matter 1 – Bonsall, California (arbitration). A buyer seeks rescission and damages alleging nondisclosure of water intrusion and potential mold by the seller, the HOA/property manager, and others. One of the Company’s associates has been named. The Company maintains an errors and omissions (“E&O”) policy with limits of $1,000,000 per occurrence, in force since June 9, 2009. Based on the current stage of the settlement discussions and advice of counsel, $18,000 is being accrued as a legal liability in our financial statements. The Company has not recorded an insurance receivable related to this matter because recovery is not yet deemed probable.
Matter 2 – Utah (litigation; non-E&O). A seller filed a complaint related to a for-sale-by-owner transaction involving a Company associate and a second trust deed of $150,000, naming the associate and the Company and seeking reimbursement and other relief. This matter is not covered by the Company’s E&O policy. The Company is engaged in settlement discussions. As of the reporting date, no loss has been accrued because a loss is not considered probable and the amount of any potential loss is not reasonably estimable.
For the second current matter discussed above, the Company cannot reasonably estimate a range of possible loss (or additional loss) as of the reporting date due to the early stage of the proceedings, evolving facts, and uncertainties related to defenses, damages, and insurance coverage determinations. The Company will update its assessments as additional information becomes available.
Resolved matter
San Diego, California (arbitration) — settled and dismissed. In a prior period, a buyer sought rescission in connection with a home purchase. The Company’s insurer settled the claim for $385,000 and the case was dismissed. During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company recognized a $385,000 legal settlement liability and a corresponding insurance receivable of $385,000, resulting in no net impact on earnings. The insurer paid the settlement directly when finalized in 2025; accordingly, there was no cash outflow by the Company related to the settlement.
Other matters and insurance
Other than the matters described above, the Company is not a party to any legal proceedings that management believes are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial statements. The Company maintains insurance customary for its industry, including professional, general liability, workers’ compensation, employer’s liability, property, and other coverages, subject to deductibles, retentions, limits, exclusions, and insurer determinations of coverage. The Company records reserves for retained liabilities and deductibles when probable and reasonably estimable. Management believes recorded reserves are appropriate based on currently available information.
NOTE 12 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
The Company has evaluated subsequent events through September 23, 2025 except for Note 12 (stock split), as to which the date is September 25, 2025, the date on which the accompanying financial statements were available to be issued, and the following two subsequent events took place.
The Company has issued 50,000 new shares through its Regulation A offering and its 2023 Equity Incentive Plan. The Company received $100,000 for the shares sold through its Regulation A offering.
On September 24, 2025, the Company adjusted for a 2:1 forward stock split of its common and preferred stock. All share and per-share amounts presented in the accompanying financial statements have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the stock split. The accompanying financial statements have not been retroactively adjusted for the stock split. The stock split had no impact on total shareholders’ equity.
Other than the two events described above, the Company concluded that, no material subsequent events have occurred since June 30, 2025, that require recognition or disclosure in the financial statements.
F-16 |
Table of Contents |
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To Board of Directors and Shareholders of Andrew Arroyo Real Estate, Inc.,
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Andrew Arroyo Real Estate, Inc. (the Company or AARE) as of December 31, 2024and 2023, and the related statements of operations, stockholders’ deficit and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”).
In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Andrew Arroyo Real Estate, Inc. as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the entity’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB") and are required to be independent with respect to Andrew Arroyo Real Estate, Inc. in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements
As discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, the Company has restated its 2023 financial statements to correct fully diluted earnings per share, the presentation of restricted cash on the balance sheet and statement of cash flows, and correct the statement of cash flows for non-cash activity previously reported as operating activities.
Subsequent Event – Stock Split
As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, on September 24, 2025, the Company effected a 2-for-1 forward stock split of its common and preferred stock, with a corresponding change in par value from $0.001 to $0.0005 per share. All share and per-share information has been retroactively adjusted to reflect the stock split for all periods presented.
/s/ Ramirez Jimenez International CPAs |
|
We have served as the auditors since 2023
Irvine, California
September 22, 2025, except for the stock split described in Note 1, as to which the date is September 25, 2025
PCAOB ID #820
F-17 |
Table of Contents |
ANDREW ARROYO REAL ESTATE, INC. | ||||||||
December 31, 2024 and 2023 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
| ||||
|
| 2024 |
|
| 2023 As restated |
| ||
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||
ASSETS |
|
|
|
|
|
| ||
Current assets |
|
|
|
|
|
| ||
Cash and cash equivalents |
| $ | 545,437 |
|
| $ | 160,540 |
|
Restricted cash |
|
| 442,350 |
|
|
| 354,261 |
|
Accounts receivable, net |
|
| 40,628 |
|
|
| 61,783 |
|
Insurance receivable |
|
| 385,000 |
|
|
| - |
|
Other current assets |
|
| 8,806 |
|
|
| 12,541 |
|
Total current assets |
|
| 1,422,221 |
|
|
| 589,125 |
|
Property and equipment, net |
|
| 50,511 |
|
|
| 69,835 |
|
Right of use asset |
|
| 122,046 |
|
|
| 182,844 |
|
Noncurrent assets |
|
| 7,884 |
|
|
| 11,524 |
|
TOTAL ASSETS |
| $ | 1,602,662 |
|
| $ | 853,328 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable |
| $ | 219,412 |
|
| $ | 105,537 |
|
Accrued liabilities |
|
| 85,075 |
|
|
| 93,658 |
|
Accrued interest |
|
| 23,698 |
|
|
| 12,156 |
|
Other current liabilities |
|
| 478,818 |
|
|
| 537,451 |
|
Accrued legal liability |
|
| 385,000 |
|
|
| - |
|
Current portion of notes payable |
|
| 13,229 |
|
|
| 12,909 |
|
Current portion of operating lease liabilities |
|
| 44,139 |
|
|
| 45,559 |
|
Lines of credit |
|
| 69,382 |
|
|
| 73,776 |
|
Total current liabilities |
|
| 1,318,753 |
|
|
| 881,046 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long term liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes payable, net of current portion |
|
| 446,234 |
|
|
| 380,400 |
|
Long term operating lease liabilities, net of current portion |
|
| 84,948 |
|
|
| 144,773 |
|
Total long term liabilities |
|
| 531,182 |
|
|
| 525,173 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Liabilities |
|
| 1,849,935 |
|
|
| 1,406,219 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and Contingencies (see note 11) |
|
| - |
|
|
| - |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||
Deficit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock, $.0005 par value; 85,000,000 shares authorized, 6,887,112 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2024 and 6,406,440 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2023. |
|
| 3,440 |
|
|
| 3,202 |
|
Preferred Stock, $.0005 par value; 15,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023. |
|
| - |
|
|
| - |
|
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, $.0005 par value; 4,000,000 shares authorized, and outstanding as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023. |
|
| 2,000 |
|
|
| 2,000 |
|
Additional paid-in capital |
|
| 1,885,625 |
|
|
| 1,016,601 |
|
Accumulated deficit |
|
| (2,138,338 | ) |
|
| (1,574,694 | ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders' deficit |
|
| (247,273 | ) |
|
| (552,891 | ) |
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT |
| $ | 1,602,662 |
|
| $ | 853,328 |
|
See accompanying notes to the financial statements.
F-18 |
Table of Contents |
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS | |||||||||||
Years Ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
|
| 2024 |
|
| 2023 As restated |
| |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||
Revenues |
| $ | 7,127,922 |
|
| $ | 7,609,767 |
| |||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||
Cost of sales |
|
| 6,139,251 |
|
|
| 6,629,745 |
| |||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||
Gross profit |
|
| 988,671 |
|
|
| 980,022 |
| |||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||
General and administrative expenses |
|
| 1,530,188 |
|
|
| 1,630,392 |
| |||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||
Loss from operations |
|
| (541,517 | ) |
|
| (650,370 | ) | |||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||
Other income (loss) |
|
| (19,191 | ) |
|
| 160,649 |
| |||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||
Loss before income tax expense |
|
| (560,708 | ) |
|
| (489,721 | ) | |||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||
Income tax expense |
|
| 2,936 |
|
| 5,486 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||
Net loss |
| $ | (563,644 | ) |
| $ | (495,207 | ) | |||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||
Loss per share (basic and diluted) |
| $ | (0.09 | ) |
| $ | (0.08 | ) | |||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||
Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding used in computing per share amounts, basic and diluted |
|
| 6,594,004 |
|
|
| 6,379,896 |
|
See accompanying notes to the financial statements.
F-19 |
Table of Contents |
ANDREW ARROYO REAL ESTATE, INC. |
Years Ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 |
|
| Common |
|
|
|
|
| Preferred |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
|
| Stock |
|
| Common |
|
| Stock |
|
| Preferred |
|
| Additional |
|
|
|
|
| Total |
| |||||||
|
| Shares |
|
| Stock |
|
| Shares |
|
| Stock |
|
| Paid-in |
|
| Accumulated |
|
| Stockholders' |
| |||||||
|
| Issued |
|
| Par |
|
| Issued |
|
| Par |
|
| Capital |
|
| Deficit |
|
| Deficit |
| |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Balance - December 31, 2022 |
|
| 6,360,920 |
|
| $ | 3,180 |
|
|
| 4,000,000 |
|
| $ | 2,000 |
|
| $ | 832,820 |
|
| $ | (1,079,487 | ) |
| $ | (241,487 | ) |
Stock issued for cash |
|
| 45,520 |
|
|
| 22 |
|
|
| - |
|
|
| - |
|
|
| 183,781 |
|
|
| - |
|
|
| 183,803 |
|
Net Loss |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| (495,207 | ) |
|
| (495,207 | ) |
Balance - December 31, 2023 |
|
| 6,406,440 |
|
| $ | 3,202 |
|
|
| 4,000,000 |
|
| $ | 2,000 |
|
| $ | 1,016,601 |
|
| $ | (1,574,694 | ) |
| $ | (552,891 | ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock issued for cash |
|
| 329,244 |
|
|
| 164 |
|
|
| - |
|
|
| - |
|
|
| 822,932 |
|
|
| - |
|
|
| 823,096 |
|
Stock issued for vested RSU and RSA |
|
| 151,448 |
|
|
| 74 |
|
|
| - |
|
|
| - |
|
|
| 46,092 |
|
|
| - |
|
|
| 46,166 |
|
Net Loss |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| (563,644 | ) |
|
| (563,644 | ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance - December 31, 2024 |
|
| 6,887,132 |
|
| $ | 3,440 |
|
|
| 4,000,000 |
|
| $ | 2,000 |
|
| $ | 1,885,625 |
|
| $ | (2,138,338 | ) |
| $ | (247,273 | ) |
See accompanying notes to the financial statements.
F-20 |
Table of Contents |
Statements of Cash Flows | ||||||||||||
Years Ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 (revised) | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
| ||||||||
|
| 2024 |
|
| 2023 As restated |
| ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||||||
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: |
|
|
|
|
|
| ||||||
Net loss |
| $ | (563,644 | ) |
| $ | (495,207 | ) | ||||
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||||
Depreciation and amortization |
|
| 20,499 |
|
|
| 28,709 |
| ||||
Gain on sale of property and equipment |
|
| (7,733 | ) |
|
| (1,049 | ) | ||||
Stock based compensation |
|
| 46,166 |
|
|
| - |
| ||||
Noncash operating lease costs |
|
| 37,957 |
|
|
| 32,468 |
| ||||
Gain on extinguishment of lease |
|
| (1,065 | ) |
|
| - |
| ||||
Accrued interest on loans |
|
| 11,182 |
|
|
| 7,518 |
| ||||
Changes in assets and liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||||
Accounts receivable |
|
| 21,155 |
|
|
| 6,721 |
| ||||
Other current assets |
|
| 3,735 |
|
|
| 14,223 |
| ||||
Insurance receivable |
|
| (385,000 | ) |
|
| - |
| ||||
Accounts payable |
|
| 113,875 |
|
|
| 34,350 |
| ||||
Accrued liabilities |
|
| (8,583 | ) |
|
| (430 | ) | ||||
Accrued legal liability |
|
| 385,000 |
|
|
| - |
| ||||
Other current liabilities |
|
| (58,273 | ) |
|
| 222,554 |
| ||||
Change in operating lease liabilities |
|
| (37,339 | ) |
|
| (30,525 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||||
Net cash used in operating activities |
|
| (422,068 | ) |
|
| (180,669 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||||
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||||
Proceeds on sale of equipment |
|
| 10,198 |
|
|
| 1,049 |
| ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||||
Net cash flows provided by investing activities: |
|
| 10,198 |
|
|
| 1,049 |
| ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||||
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||||
Repayments on auto loan |
|
| (9,531 | ) |
|
| (6,893 | ) | ||||
Repayments on SBA loan |
|
| (3,315 | ) |
|
| - |
| ||||
Proceeds on SBA loan |
|
| - |
|
|
| 7,219 |
| ||||
Proceeds on related party note payable |
|
| 79,000 |
|
|
| 40,000 |
| ||||
Net repayment on lines of credit |
|
| (4,394 | ) |
|
| (1,608 | ) | ||||
Proceeds from sales of common stock |
|
| 823,096 |
|
|
| 183,803 |
| ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||||
Net cash provided by financing activities: |
|
| 884,856 |
|
|
| 222,521 |
| ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||||
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents |
|
| 472,986 |
|
|
| 42,901 |
| ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||||
CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH AT BEGINNING OF YEAR (Note 2) |
|
| 514,801 |
|
|
| 471,900 |
| ||||
CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH AT END OF YEAR (Note 2) |
| $ | 987,787 |
|
| $ | 514,801 |
| ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||||
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow Information |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||||
Cash paid during the year for: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||||
Income taxes |
| $ | 2,936 |
|
| $ | 5,486 |
| ||||
Interest |
| $ | 29,711 |
|
| $ | 37,503 |
| ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||||
Supplemental disclosure for non-cash investing and financing activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||||
Operating leases placed in service |
| $ | - |
|
| $ | 169,800 |
|
See accompanying notes to the financial statements.
F-21 |
Table of Contents |
ANDREW ARROYO REAL ESTATE, INC.
DECEMBER 31, 2024 AND 2023
NOTE 1 - THE COMPANY AND ITS SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Nature of Operations
Andrew Arroyo Real Estate, Inc. (the "Company") was incorporated on June 18, 2020, under the laws of the State of Delaware. A predecessor company that was merged with and into the Company effective July 31, 2021 was originally incorporated under the laws of the State of California on January 20, 2004, as Andrew Michael Arroyo Inc. and updated its name to Andrew Arroyo Real Estate Inc. on April 30, 2007. The trademark and d/b/a that is known in the marketplace is "AARE". The Company was formed to conduct real estate brokerage and investment services. These services include assisting clients buy, sell, manage, and invest in residential and commercial properties as well as business opportunities. The Company's year-end is December 31.
Capital Stock
Authorized capital is 85,000,000 shares of common stock in three shares classes (Common Stock A, Common Stock B and Common Stock C), par $0.0005, and 15,000,000 shares of preferred stock (Series A Convertible Preferred), par $0.0005, all authorized by amendment dated September 24, 2025. Common stock issued and outstanding was 6,887,132 shares as of December 31, 2024 and 6,406,440 as of December 31, 2023. Series A Convertible Preferred Stock is 4,000,000 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2024 and 2023. The Series A Convertible Preferred Stock has dividend rights equal to common on an as converted basis, 1-for-1 conversion to common after 12 months, ten votes per share, liquidation preference of $0.0005 per share, and customary protective provisions. The series is classified in permanent equity under ASC 480-10-S99-3A. The Series A Convertible Preferred is convertible into up to 4,000,000 shares of Class C common stock. These potential shares were excluded from diluted earnings per share for 2024 and 2023 because their effect would have been anti-dilutive.
From January 1, 2024 to December 31, 2024 (adjusted for the 2:1 forward split effected September 24, 2025), the Company issued 329,244 new shares through its Regulation A financing at $2.50 per share and issued 151,448 new vested shares through its equity incentive plan at an average grant price of $0.30. From January 1, 2023 to December 31, 2023 (adjusted for the 2:1 forward split effected September 24, 2025), the Company issued 45,520 new shares through its Regulation A financing at $2.50 per share and issued 0 new vested shares through its equity incentive plan.
F-22 |
Table of Contents |
ANDREW ARROYO REAL ESTATE, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2024 AND 2023
NOTE 1 - THE COMPANY AND ITS SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
On July 31, 2021, the Company "Andrew Arroyo Real Estate, Inc." a Delaware "C" Corporation merged with "Andrew Arroyo Real Estate, Inc." a California "S" Corporation. After the merger the California "S" Corporation was merged with and into the Company, which effectively ceased all operations of the California corporation, and those operations were assumed by the Company (the surviving Delaware "C" Corporation). Effective with the merger, the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company stayed as the Company's Certificate of Incorporation, and the 2,000 shares owed by the sole shareholder of the California corporation, Mr. Andrew Arroyo, the Company's sole director and one of its executive officers, were exchanged for 4,000,000 shares of the Company's Series A Convertible Preferred Stock.
Management’s Plans
Management has evaluated whether there are conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for the one‑year period from the date of these financial statements (the assessment period) in accordance with ASC 205‑40.
As of June 30, 2025, the Company had $883,376 in unrestricted cash and cash equivalents and $446,234 in notes payable, of which approximately $300,000 is due to a related party. Based on the projected income and cash flow generated by the Company’s current residential and commercial brokerage, property management and lending services business, plus the cash the Company has on hand and its plans to offer securities, the Company anticipates having enough liquidity to fund its existing current residential and commercial brokerage, property management and lending services business for the next 12 months. The Company reported net losses in the amount of $563,644 and $495,207 during the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023 and had a net stockholders’ deficit as of December 31, 2024 in the amount of $247,273. The Company plans to use funds raised from offerings of their equity to continue to grow the Company nationwide and execute their business plan. It is the opinion of the management that they will be successful in raising funds through the sale of equity, the proceeds from its Regulation A offerings, and availability of their existing cash and lines of credit will satisfy their need for liquidity and cash requirements for the foreseeable future and into 2026 and beyond and put them in a position to grow their business in accordance with their business plan, outlined in three (3) milestones for investment division and three (3) milestones for the services division.
Management believes it is probable that these plans will be effectively implemented and will generate sufficient liquidity to satisfy obligations during the assessment period. Accordingly, management has concluded that no substantial doubt exists.
Basis of Presentation
The December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2024 audited financial statements include the accounts of the Company under the accrual basis of accounting. The financial statements, included herein, have been prepared by the Company pursuant to the rules and regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. Pursuant to these rules and regulations, the financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP") and have been consistently applied.
Management's Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates.
Income Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC 740), "Income Taxes," which requires that the Company recognize deferred tax liabilities and assets based on the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities, using enacted tax rates in effect in the years the differences are expected to reverse. Deferred income tax benefit (expense) results from the change in net deferred tax assets or deferred tax liabilities. A valuation allowance is recorded when it is more likely than not that some or all deferred tax assets will not be realized.
The Company has adopted the provisions of FASB ASC 740-10-05, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes”. The ASC clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise's financial statements. The ASC prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The ASC provides guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition.
F-23 |
Table of Contents |
ANDREW ARROYO REAL ESTATE, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2024 AND 2023
NOTE 1 - THE COMPANY AND ITS SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
As a C Corp. under current tax law the Company is responsible for Federal taxes equal to 21% of the net income of the Company as well as various tax rates for the states they have operations in. For the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company had a net operating loss (NOL) of $541,516 as well as a charitable contribution carryover the combination of which created a deferred tax asset which are reduced by the valuation allowance.
The Company operates in 25 states throughout the U.S. Each state has an income tax and/or a franchise/commerce tax on the gross receipts of businesses based on total revenues in each state. The provision for income taxes includes state income taxes currently payable and deferred income taxes. Deferred income taxes represent the effects of items reported for tax purposes in periods different from those used for financial statement purposes.
401(k) Plan
The Company sponsors a defined contribution 401(k) plan (the Plan) that covers all eligible employees who meet certain service and age requirements. The Plan allows employees to contribute a percentage of their eligible compensation on a pre-tax or Roth after-tax basis, subject to limits imposed by federal tax law. For eligible employees, the Company provides a contribution equal to 100% of the eligible employees’ contribution up to the first 3% of their eligible pay in compliance with Safe Harbor. The Company also provides matching contributions equal to 100% of the first 4% of an employee's eligible compensation contributed to the Plan. In addition to matching contributions, the Company may make a discretionary profit-sharing contribution to the Plan, subject to approval by the Company’s Board of Directors. For the years ended December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, the Company’s total contributions to the Plan, including matching and discretionary contributions, was $46,550 and $57,326 respectively. All employee contributions and Company matching contributions vest immediately. Any discretionary profit-sharing contributions vest according to the following schedule: 25% after one year of service, 50% after two years, 75% after three years, 100% after four years, 100% after five years, and 100% after six years of service. The Plan is subject to the provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA).
Charitable Contributions
The Company’s board of directors has adopted a discretionary policy that authorizes donations of up to 20 percent of annual net profit (as defined below) to qualified charitable organizations. “Net profit” is calculated as total revenue less cost of sales and less all expenses before dividends (if any) are paid. The policy does not create a binding legal obligation; donations are recorded as expense only when the board approves a specific contribution or when payment is made, in accordance with ASC 720-25-25-1. Charitable contributions are reported in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the accompanying statements of operations. For the years ending December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company donated $112,592 and $119,206 respectively.
No unconditional commitments to future charitable donations existed at December 31, 2024 or December 31, 2023; therefore, no liability has been accrued.
Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash
The Company considers all short-term securities purchased with maturity dates of three months or less to be cash. The Company from time to time during the years covered by these financial statements may have bank balances in excess of its insured limits. Management has deemed this as a normal business risk. Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company had approximately $987,787 and $514,801 respectively deposited in two financial institutions. Of this amount, $250,000 was insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
Certain of the Company's cash positions are restricted property management trust funds on deposit with a bank as collateral for certain trust fund liabilities, which include security deposits and rents that belong to property owners. These related liabilities are short-term in nature as a result of our property management activities. These cash amounts are reported as other current assets and other current liabilities on the balance sheets based on when the cash will be contractually released to the owners or tenants of the properties. Total restricted cash was approximately $442,350 and $354,261 on December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively deposited in one financial institution. Of this amount, $250,000 was insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. Restricted cash is presented separately on the balance sheet. Related trust fund liabilities are included in other current liabilities.
For the year ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, the cash positions are as follows:
|
| 2024 |
|
| 2023 |
| ||
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash: |
|
|
|
|
|
| ||
Cash and cash equivalents |
| $ | 545,437 |
|
| $ | 160,540 |
|
Restricted cash |
|
| 442,350 |
|
|
| 354,261 |
|
Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash |
| $ | 987,787 |
|
| $ | 514,801 |
|
Concentration and Credit Risk
The Company from time to time during the years covered by these financial statements may have bank balances in excess of its insured limits. Management has deemed this as a normal business risk. Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company had approximately $987,787 and $514,801 respectively deposited in two financial institutions. Of this amount, $250,000 was insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
F-24 |
Table of Contents |
ANDREW ARROYO REAL ESTATE, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2024 AND 2023
NOTE 1 - THE COMPANY AND ITS SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
Noncurrent Assets
|
| 2024 |
|
| 2023 |
| ||
Intangible Assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
| ||
Uniform Resource Locator (“URL”) Purchase |
| $ | 18,196 |
|
| $ | 18,196 |
|
Accumulated Amortization |
|
| (10,312 | ) |
|
| (6,672 | ) |
Net Intangible Assets |
| $ | 7,884 |
|
| $ | 11,524 |
|
Amortization expense was $3,639 for the year ended December 31, 2024 and $3,639 for the year ending December 31, 2023.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are carried at cost. Expenditures for property and equipment are capitalized and depreciated over five to 31.5 years using the declining balance method. When assets are retired or sold, the related cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the account and any gain or loss arising from such disposition is included as income or expense. Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred. For the year ending December 31, 2024 and 2023, depreciation expense was $16,860 and $25,070, respectively. Fixed assets consisted of:
|
| 2024 |
|
| 2023 |
| ||
Property and Equipment: |
|
|
|
|
|
| ||
Automobiles and Transportation |
| $ | 47,014 |
|
| $ | 47,014 |
|
Leasehold Improvements |
|
| 25,035 |
|
|
| 25,035 |
|
Advertising Equipment |
|
| 179,477 |
|
|
| 192,746 |
|
Furniture and Fixtures |
|
| 31,886 |
|
|
| 31,886 |
|
|
|
| 283,412 |
|
|
| 296,681 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated Depreciation |
|
| (232,901 | ) |
|
| (226,846 | ) |
Property and Equipment, net |
| $ | 50,511 |
|
| $ | 69,835 |
|
Right of Use Asset
For the year ending December 31, 2024 and 2023, the right of use asset are as follows:
|
| 2024 |
|
| 2023 |
| ||
Right-of-Use Asset |
|
| 122,046 |
|
|
| 182,844 |
|
F-25 |
Table of Contents |
ANDREW ARROYO REAL ESTATE, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2024 AND 2023
NOTE 1 - THE COMPANY AND ITS SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Credit Losses
Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The Company maintains an allowance for credit losses that reflects management’s estimate of lifetime expected credit losses on outstanding receivables. The allowance is measured using relevant available information about historical credit loss experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectability of the reported amounts. In developing its estimate, the Company considers factors such as customer type, aging of balances, payment history, current and expected economic conditions, and, when applicable, specific reserves for customers with known financial difficulties. Receivables are written off when management determines they are uncollectible, and recoveries of amounts previously written off are recorded when received. Changes in the allowance are recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. The balance of the allowance for credit losses was $0 and $0 at December 31, 2024, and December 31, 2023, respectively.
Financial Instruments
The Company's financial instruments, as defined by FASB ASC subtopic 825-10, Financial Instrument ("ASC 825-10"), include cash, cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and note payable. All instruments are accounted for on a historical cost basis, which, due to the short maturity of these financial instruments, approximates fair value at December 31, 2024 and 2023 respectively.
Revenue Recognition
The Company has generated significant revenues in California. The Company has not, to date, generated significant revenues outside California. The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” which requires that five basic criteria must be met before revenue can be recognized: (1) identification of the contract with a customer, (2) identification of the performance obligation(s), (3) determination of the transaction price, (4) allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligation(s), and (5) recognition of revenue when, or as the Company satisfies a performance obligation. Provisions for discounts and rebates to customers, estimated returns and allowances, and other adjustments are provided for in the same period the related revenue is recorded.
Nature of Revenues and Performance Obligations
The Company acts as a broker and representative for principals in real estate transactions and derives its revenue primarily from real estate brokerage transactions. A broker's license is required for the representation of principals in real estate transactions and the Company holds such licenses in states nationwide.
The single performance obligation providing brokerage services to buyers and sellers, is satisfied at the closing of escrow and recording of the deed at which point the Company is entitled to its commission. The Company evaluated the principal-versus-agent guidance in ASC 606-10-55 and concluded it is the principal in these transactions; accordingly, revenues are reported gross of commissions and related agent payouts.
Variable Consideration
Commission rebates, referral splits, and promotional credits are forms of variable consideration. Management constrains estimates to the amount not expected to reverse and recognizes adjustments in the same period the underlying revenue is recorded.
Timing of Satisfaction of Performance Obligations
For property sale transactions, revenue is recognized at the closing date, when control of the property transfers to the buyer. This scenario meets the criteria for point-in-time recognition under ASC 606, as the Company’s performance obligations are fulfilled at discrete points.
Contract Balances
The Company invoices and collects commissions at closing; therefore no contract assets or contract liabilities exist at any reporting date.
Incremental Costs
Commissions paid to sales agents are incurred and expensed at closing. Because the amortization period for any incremental costs would be less than one year, the Company has elected the practical expedient in ASC 340-40-25-4 not to capitalize these costs.
Disaggregation of Revenue
In accordance with ASC 606-10-50-5, The Company considered whether presenting revenue on a disaggregated basis was necessary for understanding the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows. Given that revenue is primarily generated from transaction-based commissions with similar economic characteristics, management has concluded that further disaggregation does not provide significant additional insight into the Company's revenue patterns, and has therefore presented revenue as a single line item on the accompanying statements of operations. The Company derives approximately 96% of its revenue from commissions earned on real estate transactions. The remaining 4% of revenue comes from ancillary real estate-related services, including property management fees and long-term rental income, none of which are individually material. These revenues are recognized as performance obligations are satisfied.
F-26 |
Table of Contents |
ANDREW ARROYO REAL ESTATE, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2024 AND 2023
NOTE 1 - THE COMPANY AND ITS SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU No. 2024-03, Income Statement - Reporting Comprehensive Income - Expense Disaggregation (Subtopic 220-40): Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses. The amendments in ASU 2024-03 require a public business entity to disclose specific information about certain costs and expenses in the notes to its financial statements for interim and annual reporting periods. The objective of the disclosure requirements is to provide disaggregated information about a public business entity’s expenses to help investors (a) better understand the entity’s performance, (b) better assess the entity’s prospects for future cash flows, and (c) compare an entity’s performance over time and with that of other entities. ASU 2024-03 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2026, and for interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2027, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this standard on its financial statements.
In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures. This ASU enhances the transparency and decision usefulness of income tax disclosures. It is designed to provide more detailed information about an entity’s income tax expenses, liabilities, and deferred tax items, potentially affecting how companies report and disclose their income tax-related information. The ASU is effective for public business entities for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2024, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently evaluating how this ASU will impact its financial statements and disclosures.
Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
In June 2023, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued ASU 2023-07, Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures. This ASU has updated disclosure requirements for significant segment expense categories that are regularly provided to the Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM). Previously, companies were only required to report revenues, assets, and certain profit or loss metrics for each segment. The update emphasizes that expenses reported should align with those that are used by the CODM when assessing segment performance. This aligns with the management approach to segment reporting, which bases financial disclosures on how the company's management organizes and evaluates the business. This ASU aims to enhance the transparency and comparability of segment information by offering more granular insights into how key expense categories impact segment performance. This ASU also clarifies existing guidance regarding how public entities should report segment profit or loss. The Company adopted this standard in 2024. See Note 9.
Management does not believe that any other recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting pronouncements, if adopted, would have a material effect on the accompanying financial statements.
NOTE 2 - RESTATEMENT OF PRIOR YEAR REPORTED AMOUNTS
In the Company’s 1-K filing as of and for the year ended December 31, 2023, management included Series A preferred shares in its fully diluted loss per share. The preferred shares should have been excluded from the calculation, as the Company had reported a net loss for the year ended December 31, 2023, and inclusion of the preferred shares are anti-dilutive. The earnings per share disclosure has been corrected for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 as reported in this 1-K.
Year Ended December 31,
|
| As Previously Reported 2023 |
|
| Restatement Adjustment |
|
| Restated 2023 |
| |||
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||
Loss per share (basic) |
|
| (0.05 | ) |
|
| (0.03 | ) |
|
| (0.08 | ) |
Loss per share (fully diluted) |
|
| (0.08 | ) |
|
| - |
|
|
| (0.08 | ) |
F-27 |
Table of Contents |
ANDREW ARROYO REAL ESTATE, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2024 AND 2023
NOTE 2- RESTATEMENT OF PRIOR YEAR REPORTED AMOUNTS (Continued)
In the Company’s 1-K filing as of and for the year ended December 31, 2023, restricted cash was presented as other current assets on the balance sheet and restricted cash was omitted from the statement of cash flows. Management has corrected this on the accompanying balance sheet for 2024 and 2023 by presenting restricted cash on the balance sheet. Management has also presented a restated 2023 statement of cash flows that reconciles cash flows to cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash.
Year Ended December 31,
BALANCE SHEETS: |
| As Previously Reported 2023 |
|
| Restatement Adjustment |
|
| Restated 2023 |
| |||
ASSETS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||
Current assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||
Cash and cash equivalents |
| $ | 160,540 |
|
| $ | - |
|
| $ | 160,540 |
|
Restricted cash |
|
| - |
|
|
| 354,261 |
|
|
| 354,261 |
|
Accounts receivable, net |
|
| 61,783 |
|
|
| - |
|
|
| 61,783 |
|
Other current assets |
|
| 366,802 |
|
|
| (354,261 | ) |
|
| 12,541 |
|
Total current assets |
|
| 589,125 |
|
|
| - |
|
|
| 589,125 |
|
Property and equipment, net |
|
| 252,679 |
|
|
| (182,844 | ) |
|
| 69,835 |
|
Right of use asset |
|
| - |
|
|
| 182,844 |
|
|
| 182,844 |
|
Intangible assets, net |
|
| 11,524 |
|
|
| - |
|
|
| 11,524 |
|
TOTAL ASSETS |
| $ | 853,328 |
|
| $ | - |
|
| $ | 853,328 |
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
| As Previously Reported 2023 |
|
| Restatement Adjustment |
|
| Restated 2023 |
| |||
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||
Net loss |
| $ | (495,207 | ) |
| $ | - |
|
| $ | (495,207 | ) |
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
| 28,709 |
|
|
| - |
|
|
| 28,709 |
|
Gain on sale of property and equipment |
|
| (1,049 | ) |
|
| - |
|
|
| (1,049 | ) |
Amortization of operating right-of-use asset |
|
| - |
|
|
| 32,468 |
|
|
| 32,468 |
|
Accrued interest |
|
| - |
|
|
| 7,518 |
|
|
| 7,518 |
|
Changes in assets and liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable |
|
| 6,721 |
|
|
| - |
|
|
| 6,721 |
|
Other current assets |
|
| (87,859 | ) |
|
| 102,082 |
|
|
| 14,223 |
|
Accounts payable |
|
| 34,350 |
|
|
| - |
|
|
| 34,350 |
|
Accrued liabilities |
|
| (430 | ) |
|
| - |
|
|
| (430 | ) |
Other current liabilities |
|
| 230,072 |
|
|
| (7,518 | ) |
|
| 222,554 |
|
Change in operating lease liabilities |
|
| 1,943 |
|
|
| (32,468 | ) |
|
| (30,525 | ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in operating activities |
|
| (282,751 | ) |
|
| (102,082 | ) |
|
| (180,669 | ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain on sale of equipment |
|
| 1,049 |
|
|
| - |
|
|
| 1,049 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash flows provided by investing activities: |
|
| 1,049 |
|
|
| - |
|
|
| 1,049 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repayment on auto loan |
|
| (6,893 | ) |
|
| - |
|
|
| (6,893 | ) |
Proceeds on SBA Loan |
|
| 7,219 |
|
|
| - |
|
|
| 7,219 |
|
Proceeds on related party note payable |
|
| 40,000 |
|
|
| - |
|
|
| 40,000 |
|
Net repayment on lines of credit |
|
| (1,608 | ) |
|
| - |
|
|
| (1,608 | ) |
Proceeds from sales of common stock |
|
| 183,803 |
|
|
| - |
|
|
| 183,803 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by financing activities: |
|
| 222,521 |
|
|
| - |
|
|
| 222,521 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents |
|
| (59,181 | ) |
|
| 102,082 |
|
|
| 42,901 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH AT BEGINNING OF YEAR |
|
| 219,721 |
|
|
| 252,179 |
|
|
| 471,900 |
|
CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH AT END OF YEAR |
| $ | 160,540 |
|
| $ | 354,261 |
|
| $ | 514,801 |
|
F-28 |
Table of Contents |
ANDREW ARROYO REAL ESTATE, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2024 AND 2023
NOTE 3 – LOSS PER SHARE, BASIC AND DILUTED
Basic earnings / loss per share has been computed by dividing net earnings /loss available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. For the period ending December 31, 2024 the basic and diluted loss per share available to common shareholders has been computed by dividing the net loss of $563,644 by the weighted average of 6,594,004 issued and outstanding common shares. For the period ending December 31, 2023 the basic and diluted loss per share available to common shareholders has been computed by dividing the net loss of $495,207 by the weighted average of 6,379,896 issued and outstanding common shares.
The following potential common shares were excluded from the computation of diluted loss per share because their effect would have been antidilutive: For the period ending December 31, 2024, 467,798 shares of common stock underlying Restricted Stock Awards (RSAs) and Restricted Stock Units (RSUs) subject to vesting. For the period ending December 31, 2023, 483,090 shares of common stock underlying Restricted Stock Awards (RSAs) and Restricted Stock Units (RSUs) subject to vesting.
NOTE 4 – RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS
The Company follows Accounting Standards Codification subtopic 718-10, Compensation ("ASC 718-10"), which requires that all share-based payments to both employees and non-employees be recognized in the statement of operations based on their fair values.
On January 1, 2023, the Company’s board approved and adopted the “2023 AARE Equity Incentive Plan”. This allows the Company to grant restricted stock units, restricted stock, qualified and non-qualified stock options to employees, directors, consultants and independent contractors.
Restricted stock award transactions during the year ended December 31, 2024 were as follows:
|
| Shares |
|
| Weighted average grant date fair value per share |
| ||
Unvested at beginning of period |
|
| 483,090 |
|
| $ | 0.30 |
|
Granted |
|
| 152,408 |
|
|
| 0.26 |
|
Vested |
|
| (151,448 | ) |
|
| 0.30 |
|
Forfeited or cancelled RSUs and RSAs |
|
| (16,252 | ) |
|
| 0.30 |
|
Unvested at end of period |
|
| 467,798 |
|
| $ | 0.29 |
|
At December 31, 2024 we had approximately $134,846 unrecognized stock-based compensation expenses related to restricted stock awards. The weighted average will be recognized over 5 years. Fair market value of stock-based compensation was determined by an independent third party 409a valuation. The stock-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2024 was $0 and $46,166 respectively.
NOTE 5 - RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Through December 31, 2024, the Company spent approximately $300,000 on the costs related to our Regulation A offerings, which was loaned to the Company by the CEO, Andrew Michael Arroyo. The terms of the promissory note are interest payable on the unpaid principal at the rate of 4% per annum. Principal and interest will be paid beginning February 1, 2022 until the end of the repayment period which is June 29, 2027. For the period ending December 31, 2023, $7,518 of interest was accumulated. During this period, $0 of principal and $0 of interest was paid during this period. For the period ending December 31, 2024, $11,182 of interest was accumulated. During this period, $0 principal and $0 interest was paid during this period. The Company has the right to pay off the note earlier than the end of the repayment period without penalty. This related party note is classified within Level II of the fair value hierarchy.
Future maturity of the related party note payable at December 31, 2024 is as follows:
2025 |
| $ | - |
|
2026 |
|
| - |
|
2027 |
|
| 305,924 |
|
2028 |
|
| - |
|
2029 |
|
| - |
|
Thereafter |
|
| - |
|
Total |
| $ | 305,924 |
|
F-29 |
Table of Contents |
ANDREW ARROYO REAL ESTATE, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2024 AND 2023
NOTE 6 – OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES
Other Current Liabilities
The other current liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023 were as follows:
|
| 2024 |
|
| 2023 |
| ||
Other current liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
| ||
Accrued expenses |
| $ | 33,532 |
|
| $ | 183,190 |
|
Income tax payable |
|
| 2,936 |
|
|
| - |
|
Trust account liabilities |
|
| 442,350 |
|
|
| 354,261 |
|
Total other current liabilities, net of current portion |
| $ | 478,818 |
|
| $ | 537,451 |
|
NOTE 7 – DEBT
Lines of Credit
The Company has a $75,000 unsecured business Line of Credit (LOC) through Wells Fargo Bank that renews annually. The LOC carries an interest rate of 14.50% and 13.25% as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, $69,382 and $73,776 was outstanding under this LOC.
EIDL Loan
The Company has an Economic Injury Disaster Loan (EIDL) in the amount of $149,900 collateralized by substantially all of the Company’s assets. This loan carries a 3.75% interest rate payable over 30 years with a start date of April 29, 2021 and a maturity date of May 28, 2050. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, $142,912 and $146,227 was outstanding under this EIDL, respectively.
Vehicle Loan
On December 26, 2020, the Company has a vehicle loan for a Lexus RX in the amount of $46,014 that is collateralized by the vehicle. The loan is for a period of 5 years at 1.99% interest rate with a maturity date of December 26, 2025. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, $10,628 and $20,158 was outstanding under this vehicle loan, respectively.
The debt schedule for the years ended December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023 were as follows:
|
| 2024 |
|
| 2023 |
| ||
Long Term Debt: |
|
|
|
|
|
| ||
Note Payable SBA-EIDL loan |
| $ | 142,912 |
|
| $ | 146,227 |
|
Note Payable - Lexus |
|
| 10,627 |
|
|
| 20,158 |
|
Note Payable - Andrew Arroyo |
|
| 305,924 |
|
|
| 226,924 |
|
Total Long Term Debt |
|
| 459,463 |
|
|
| 393,309 |
|
Current Portion Long Term Debt |
|
| (13,229 | ) |
|
| (12,909 | ) |
Total Long Term Debt, net of current portion |
| $ | 446,234 |
|
| $ | 380,400 |
|
Future maturities of the debts payable at December 31, 2024 are as follows:
2025 |
| $ | 13,253 |
|
2026 |
|
| 4,475 |
|
2027 |
|
| 3,754 |
|
2028 |
|
| 3,898 |
|
2029 |
|
| 4,046 |
|
Thereafter |
|
| 430,037 |
|
Total |
| $ | 459,463 |
|
NOTE 8 – LEASE LIABILITIES
The following table discloses the lease cost, weighted average, discount rate and weighted average remaining lease terms for operating leases as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2024:
|
| 2024 |
|
| 2023 |
| ||
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||
Lease cost: |
| $ | 48,970 |
|
| $ | 61,626 |
|
Weighted average remaining lease term: |
| 3.33 years |
|
| 4.33 years |
| ||
Weighted average discount rate: |
|
| 14.5 | % |
|
| 14.5 | % |
The average weighted discount rate applied is based on the Company’s current line of credit interest rate.
F-30 |
Table of Contents |
ANDREW ARROYO REAL ESTATE, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2024 AND 2023
NOTE 8 – LEASE LIABILITIES (Continued)
Operating lease expense was $48,970 and $61,626 for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
In April 2022, the Company entered into a 24-month lease agreement with expiration date in April 2024 for its corporate office in California. The agreement requires initial base rent payments of approximately $1,881 per month increasing to approximately $1,937 per month. This lease has two extension options for two years each which can extend the lease through April 2028. The Company has exercised one extension and has one remaining exercise option.
Total future operating lease liability commitments for the above non-cancellable leases as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, are as follows:
For the year ended December 31: |
|
|
| |
2025 |
| $ | 56,432 |
|
2026 |
|
| 58,329 |
|
2027 |
|
| 28,755 |
|
2028 |
|
| 6,543 |
|
Total lease payments |
|
| 150,059 |
|
Less: imputed interest |
|
| (20,972 | ) |
Total |
|
| 129,087 |
|
Less: current portion |
|
| (44,139 | ) |
Long-term operating lease liabilities at December 31 |
| $ | 84,948 |
|
NOTE 9 – SEGMENT REPORTING
The Company operates and manages its business as one reportable operating segment. The Company’s CODM, the Chief Executive Officer, reviews internal financial information presented and decides how to allocate resources based on net income (loss). Net income (loss) is used for evaluating financial performance. Significant segment expenses include salaries and payroll, legal fees, stock based compensation, audit costs, contract services, rent, and other administrative expenses. The measurement of segment assets is reported on the consolidated balance sheets as total assets. The following table presents the significant segment expenses and other segment items regularly reviewed by our CODM.
|
| Year Ended December 31, |
| |||||
|
| 2024 |
|
| 2023 |
| ||
Revenue |
| $ | 7,127,922 |
|
| $ | 7,609,767 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of Sales |
|
| 6,139,251 |
|
|
| 6,629,745 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross Profit |
|
| 988,671 |
|
|
| 980,022 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General and administrative |
|
| 1,530,188 |
|
|
| 1,630,392 |
|
Total operating expenses |
|
| 1,530,188 |
|
|
| 1,630,392 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating loss |
|
| (541,516 | ) |
|
| (650,370 | ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income (expense) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other income, net |
|
| (19,191 | ) |
|
| 160,649 |
|
Net loss before income tax |
|
| (560,707 | ) |
|
| (489,721 | ) |
Income tax expense |
|
| (2,936 | ) |
|
| (5,486 | ) |
Net loss |
| $ | (563,644 | ) |
| $ | (495,207 | ) |
NOTE 10 - INCOME TAXES
Income tax expense consisted primarily of state franchise taxes in jurisdictions where the Company files. The Company recorded no federal current tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2024 due to a full valuation allowance against its net deferred tax assets.
Provision and Rate Reconciliation
For the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company incurred a pretax loss of ($560,708). The difference between the U.S. federal statutory rate of (21.0)% and the Company’s effective tax rate of approximately 0.0% primarily relates to the valuation allowance recorded against the federal and state deferred tax assets, partially offset by state/franchise taxes not reduced by net operating loss carryforwards.
A dollar-based reconciliation is presented below: |
|
|
| |
U.S. federal statutory tax benefit (21% of pretax loss) |
| $ | (117,749 | ) |
State and local income franchise taxes |
|
| 2,936 |
|
Change in valuation allowance |
|
| 114,813 |
|
Total income tax expense |
| $ | 2,936 |
|
Deferred Tax Assets and Valuation Allowance
Significant components of the Company’s gross deferred tax assets (“DTA”) consisted of the following as of December 31, 2024:
Federal net operating loss carryforwards |
| $ | 1,610,000 |
|
State net operating loss carryforwards |
|
| 1,270,000 |
|
Charitable contribution carryforwards |
|
| 370,000 |
|
Less: Valuation allowance |
|
| (3,250,000 | ) |
Net deferred tax assets |
| $ | - |
|
Net Operating Losses and Carryforwards
As of December 31, 2024, the Company had U.S. federal net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards of approximately $1,610,000. Federal NOLs generated in tax years beginning after 2017 have an indefinite carryforward period and are subject to an annual limitation equal to 80% of taxable income in the year of utilization. The Company also had California NOL carryforwards of approximately $1,270,000 that generally expire twenty years after origination. The Company had charitable contribution carryforwards of approximately $370,000, which generally expire after five years for federal and California purposes.
The future realization of DTA is dependent on the Company’s ability to generate sufficient taxable income within the carryforward periods. Based on negative evidence, including cumulative losses, the Company has recorded a full valuation allowance against its net DTA. The Company will continue to evaluate the need for a valuation allowance in future periods, and will reduce the allowance when sufficient positive evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that some or all of the DTA will be realized.
Uncertain Tax Positions and Other Matters
The Company had no unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2024, and does not expect material changes within the next twelve months. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to income taxes in income tax expense. Tax years 2021 through 2024 remain subject to examination by the U.S. federal and applicable state taxing authorities; statutes of limitations for certain states may vary.
Section 382/383 Limitations
Utilization of NOLs and other carryforwards may be limited in the event of an ownership change under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code and similar state provisions.
The Company will adopt ASU 2023-09 for its fiscal year beginning January 1, 2025 and is evaluating the impact.
F-31 |
Table of Contents |
ANDREW ARROYO REAL ESTATE, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2024 AND 2023
NOTE 11 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Legal proceedings and loss contingencies
The real estate industry is subject to frequent claims and litigation. Buyers and sellers sometimes bring claims against one another and may seek to involve real estate agents and brokers. The Company evaluates pending matters under ASC 450, Contingencies, considering the nature of the allegations, status of the proceedings, advice of outside counsel, and the availability of insurance. A loss is accrued when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. If a loss is reasonably possible but not probable, or if the amount of loss cannot be reasonably estimated, the Company provides disclosure but does not record an accrual. Potential insurance recoveries are recognized as receivables only when probable of recovery and are not netted against recorded loss contingencies.
Current matters
Matter 1 – Bonsall, California (arbitration). A buyer seeks rescission and damages alleging nondisclosure of water intrusion and potential mold by the seller, the HOA/property manager, and others. One of the Company’s associates has been named. The Company maintains an errors and omissions (“E&O”) policy with limits of $1,000,000 per occurrence, in force since June 9, 2009. Based on the current stage of the settlement discussions and advice of counsel, $18,000 will be accrued as a legal liability in our 2025 financial statements. The Company has not recorded an insurance receivable related to this matter because recovery is not yet deemed probable.
Matter 2 – Utah (litigation; non-E&O). A seller filed a complaint related to a for-sale-by-owner transaction involving a Company associate and a second trust deed of $150,000, naming the associate and the Company and seeking reimbursement and other relief. This matter is not covered by the Company’s E&O policy. The Company is engaged in settlement discussions. As of the reporting date, no loss has been accrued because a loss is not considered probable and the amount of any potential loss is not reasonably estimable.
For the second current matter discussed above, the Company cannot reasonably estimate a range of possible loss (or additional loss) as of the reporting date due to the early stage of the proceedings, evolving facts, and uncertainties related to defenses, damages, and insurance coverage determinations. The Company will update its assessments as additional information becomes available.
Resolved matter
San Diego, California (arbitration) — settled and dismissed. In a prior period, a buyer sought rescission in connection with a home purchase. The Company’s insurer settled the claim for $385,000 and the case was dismissed. During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company recognized a $385,000 legal settlement liability and a corresponding insurance receivable of $385,000, resulting in no net impact on earnings. The insurer paid the settlement directly when finalized in 2025; accordingly, there was no cash outflow by the Company related to the settlement.
Other matters and insurance
Other than the matters described above, the Company is not a party to any legal proceedings that management believes are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial statements. The Company maintains insurance customary for its industry, including professional, general liability, workers’ compensation, employer’s liability, property, and other coverages, subject to deductibles, retentions, limits, exclusions, and insurer determinations of coverage. The Company records reserves for retained liabilities and deductibles when probable and reasonably estimable. Management believes recorded reserves are appropriate based on currently available information.
NOTE 12 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
The Company has evaluated subsequent events through September 22, 2025 except for the stock split described below, which the Company evaluated through September 25, 2025, the date on which the accompanying financial statements were available to be issued, and the following two subsequent events took place.
The Company has issued 256,796 new shares through its Regulation A offering and its 2023 Equity Incentive Plan. The Company received $460,000 for the shares sold through its Regulation A offering.
The Company’s insurer settled a legal claim for $385,000 and the case was dismissed. In the period of settlement, the Company recognized a $385,000 legal settlement liability and a corresponding insurance receivable of $385,000, resulting in no net impact on earnings. The insurer paid the settlement directly; accordingly, there was no cash outflow by the Company related to the settlement.
On September 24, 2025, the Company adjusted for a 2:1 forward stock split of its common and preferred stock. All share and per-share amounts presented in the accompanying financial statements have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the stock split. The accompanying financial statements have not been retroactively adjusted for the stock split. The stock split had no impact on total shareholders’ equity.
Other than the three events described above, the Company concluded that, no material subsequent events have occurred since December 31, 2024, that require recognition or disclosure in the financial statements.
F-32 |
Table of Contents |
PART III – EXHIBITS
ITEM 16 INDEX TO EXHIBITS
(1) Incorporated by reference to the Form 1-A filed with the Commission on September 15, 2021.
(2) Incorporated by reference to the Form 1-A filed with the Commission on October 15, 2024.
(3) Filed herewith.
76 |
Table of Contents |
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Regulation A, the Issuer certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 1-A and has duly caused this Offering Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Diego, State of California, on September 25, 2025.
| Andrew Arroyo Real Estate Inc. |
| |
|
|
|
|
Dated: September 25, 2025 |
| /s/ Andrew Michael Arroyo |
|
| By: | Andrew Michael Arroyo |
|
| Its: | President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) |
|
|
|
|
|
Dated: September 25, 2025 |
| /s/ Clark Anctil |
|
| By: | Clark Anctil |
|
| Its: | Financial Director (Principal Accounting Officer and Financial Officer Principal) |
|
|
|
|
|
This Offering Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated. |
| ||
|
|
|
|
Dated: September 25, 2025 |
| /s/ Andrew Michael Arroyo |
|
| By: | Andrew Michael Arroyo, President, Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer), and Director |
|
77 |
EXHIBIT 2.6
AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
ANDREW ARROYO REAL ESTATE INC.
Andrew Michael Arroyo hereby certifies that:
ONE: The original name of this company is Andrew Arroyo Real Estate Inc. and the date of filing the original Certificate of Incorporation of this company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was June 18, 2020.
TWO: He is the duly elected and acting President and Chief Executive Officer of Andrew Arroyo Real Estate Inc., a Delaware corporation.
THREE: The Certificate of Incorporation of this company is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:
I.
The name of this corporation is Andrew Arroyo Real Estate Inc.
II.
The address of the registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware is 8 The Green, Suite A, Dover, County of Kent, Delaware 19901, and the name of the registered agent of the corporation in the State of Delaware at such address is A Registered Agent, Inc.
III.
The purpose of this corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”).
IV.
A. This corporation is authorized to issue four classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “Class A Common Stock”, “Class B Common Stock”, “Class C Common Stock”, and “Preferred Stock.” The total number of shares which the corporation is authorized to issue is One Hundred Million (100,000,000) shares. Seventy Million (70,000,000) shares shall be Class A Common Stock, each having a par value of one-fifth of one cent ($0.0005) (“Class A Common Stock”). Ten Million (10,000,000) shares shall be Class B Common Stock, each having a par value of one-fifth of one cent ($0.0005) (“Class B Common Stock”). Five Million (5,000,000) shares shall be Class C Common Stock, each having a par value of one-fifth of one cent ($0.0005) (“Class C Common Stock”). Fifteen Million (15,000,000) shares shall be Preferred Stock, each having a par value of one-fifth of one cent ($0.0005) (“Preferred Stock”).
At the time this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation becomes effective (the “Effective Time”), the outstanding shares of the corporation’s Common Stock and Preferred Stock shall be divided such that each share of Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share, and each share of Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the corporation outstanding at the Effective Time (“Old Common Stock” and “Old Preferred Stock”) shall automatically be changed into Two (2) fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock, $0.0005 par value per share, without any action on the part of the holder thereof (the “Stock Split”). All shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock issued to any holder of Old Common Stock and Old Preferred Stock as a result of the Stock Split shall be aggregated for the purpose of determining the number of shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock to which such holder shall be entitled, and any fractional share that any stockholder would otherwise be entitled to receive in connection with the Stock Split following such aggregation shall be rounded up to the nearest whole share. At and after the Effective Time, each outstanding certificate that prior thereto represented shares of Old Common Stock and Old Preferred Stock shall be deemed for all purposes to evidence ownership of and to represent that whole number of shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock into which the shares represented by such certificate shall have been divided, reclassified and changed as herein provided. Immediately after the Stock Split, all outstanding shares of Common Stock shall become Class B Common Stock, being converted on a one-to-one (1:1) basis. Until any such outstanding stock certificate shall have been surrendered for transfer or otherwise accounted for to the corporation, the registered owner thereof on the books and records of the corporation shall have and be entitled to exercise any voting and other rights with respect to, and to receive any dividend and other distributions upon, the shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock issuable to the holder thereof upon surrender of such certificate.
1 |
B. The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors is hereby expressly authorized to provide for the issue of all or any of the shares of the Preferred Stock in one or more series, and to fix the number of shares and to determine or alter for each such series, such voting powers, if any, and such designation, preferences, and relative, participating, optional, or other rights and such qualifications, limitations, or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors providing for the issuance of such shares and as may be permitted by the DGCL. The Board of Directors is also expressly authorized to increase or decrease the number of shares of any series subsequent to the issuance of shares of that series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding. In case the number of shares of any series shall be decreased in accordance with the foregoing sentence, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status that they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.
C. Each outstanding share of Class A Common Stock shall not entitle the holder thereof to vote on any matter properly submitted to the stockholders of the corporation for their vote except as otherwise required by law.
D. Each outstanding share of Class B Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote on each matter properly submitted to the stockholders of the corporation for their vote; provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together as a class with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon by law or pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock). Each outstanding share of Class B Common Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, into one share of Class A Common Stock, at any time.
E. Each outstanding share of Class C Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to ten votes on each matter properly submitted to the stockholders of the corporation for their vote except as otherwise required by law. Holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together as a class with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon by law or pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock).
V.
For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the corporation, and in further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the corporation, of its directors and of its stockholders or any class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided that:
A. BOARD OF DIRECTORS
1. The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the corporation shall be vested in its Board of Directors. The number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall be fixed from time to time, exclusively by resolutions adopted by a majority of the authorized number of directors constituting the Board of Directors.
2. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders for a term of one year. Each director shall serve until his successor is duly elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this section, each director shall hold office until such director’s successor is duly elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.
2 |
B. REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS; VACANCIES
1. Subject to the rights of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, neither the Board of Directors nor any individual director may be removed without cause.
2. Subject to any limitation imposed by law, any individual director or directors may be removed with cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 ⅔%) of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.
3. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors, shall, except as otherwise provided by law, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, and not by the stockholders, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by the stockholders. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified.
C. BYLAW AMENDMENTS
1. The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the corporation by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the authorized number of directors. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation; provided that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the corporation required by law or by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 ⅔%) of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.
2. The directors of the corporation need not be elected by written ballot unless the Bylaws so provide.
3. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the corporation.
VI.
A. The liability of the directors for monetary damages shall be eliminated to the fullest extent under applicable law. If the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the corporation shall be eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.
B. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) directors, officers and agents of the Company (and any other persons to which applicable law permits the Company to provide indemnification) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by such applicable law. If applicable law is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article VI to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director to the company shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as so amended.
C. Any repeal or modification of this Article VI shall be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Article VI in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any act or omission to act giving rise to liability or indemnification.
VII.
A. The corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, except as provided in paragraph C of this Article VII, and all rights conferred upon the stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.
3 |
B. Unless the corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim for breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation to the corporation or the corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the corporation or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each case subject to said Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants therein.
C. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any particular class or series of the corporation required by law or by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any certificate of designation filed with respect to a series of Preferred Stock, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 ⅔%) of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to alter, amend or repeal Articles V, VI and VII.
* * * *
FOUR: This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly approved by the Board of Directors of the Company.
FIVE: This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of said corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the DGCL by the stockholders of the Company.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed by a duly authorized officer of this corporation on this 24th day of September, 2025.
| By: | /s/ Andrew Michael Arroyo |
|
|
| Andrew Michael Arroyo, President |
|
4 |
EXHIBIT 2.7
AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF
ANDREW ARROYO REAL ESTATE INC.
(Effective as of September 24th, 2025)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
| Page |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE I — CORPORATE OFFICES; CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION; CHARITABLE GIVING |
| 1 |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
1.1 | REGISTERED OFFICE |
| 1 |
|
1.2 | OTHER OFFICES |
| 1 |
|
1.3 | CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION |
| 1 |
|
1.4 | CHARITABLE GIVING |
| 1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE II — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS |
| 1 |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
2.1 | PLACE OF MEETINGS |
| 1 |
|
2.2 | ANNUAL MEETING |
| 1 |
|
2.3 | SPECIAL MEETING |
| 2 |
|
2.4 | NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS |
| 2 |
|
2.5 | MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE; AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE |
| 3 |
|
2.6 | QUORUM |
| 3 |
|
2.7 | ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE |
| 3 |
|
2.8 | ADMINISTRATION OF THE MEETING |
| 3 |
|
2.9 | VOTING |
| 4 |
|
2.10 | ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT OF STOCKHOLDERS WITHOUT A MEETING |
| 4 |
|
2.11 | OTHER ACTIONS WITHOUT A MEETING |
| 4 |
|
2.12 | RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDER NOTICE; VOTING; GIVING CONSENTS |
| 5 |
|
2.13 | PROXIES |
| 5 |
|
2.14 | LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE |
| 6 |
|
2.15 | ADVANCE NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDER BUSINESS |
| 6 |
|
2.16 | ADVANCE NOTICE OF DIRECTOR NOMINATIONS |
| 7 |
|
|
|
|
| |
ARTICLE III — DIRECTORS |
| 7 |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
3.1 | POWERS |
| 7 |
|
3.2 | NUMBER OF DIRECTORS |
| 7 |
|
3.3 | ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS |
| 8 |
|
3.4 | RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES |
| 8 |
|
3.5 | PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE |
| 8 |
|
3.6 | REGULAR MEETINGS |
| 8 |
|
3.7 | SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE |
| 8 |
|
3.8 | QUORUM |
| 9 |
|
3.9 | WAIVER OF NOTICE |
| 9 |
|
3.10 | BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING |
| 9 |
|
3.11 | ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE |
| 9 |
|
3.12 | FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS |
| 9 |
|
3.13 | REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS |
| 10 |
|
3.14 | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE COMPLIANCE |
| 10 |
|
|
|
|
| |
ARTICLE IV — COMMITTEES |
| 10 |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
4.1 | COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS |
| 10 |
|
4.2 | COMMITTEE MINUTES |
| 10 |
|
4.3 | MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES |
| 10 |
|
4.4 | AUDIT COMMITTEE |
| 11 |
|
4.5 | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE AND NOMINATING COMMITTEE |
| 11 |
|
4.6 | COMPENSATION COMMITTEE |
| 12 |
|
4.7 | MISSION, VISION, BELIEFS AND VALUES COMMITTEE |
| 12 |
|
ARTICLE V — OFFICERS |
| 12 |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
5.1 | OFFICERS |
| 12 |
|
5.2 | APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS |
| 12 |
|
5.3 | SUBORDINATE OFFICERS |
| 12 |
|
5.4 | REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS |
| 12 |
|
5.5 | VACANCIES IN OFFICES |
| 13 |
|
5.6 | CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD |
| 13 |
|
5.7 | CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER |
| 13 |
|
5.8 | PRESIDENTS |
| 13 |
|
5.9 | VICE PRESIDENTS |
| 13 |
|
5.10 | SECRETARY |
| 14 |
|
5.11 | CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER |
| 14 |
|
5.12 | TREASURER |
| 14 |
|
5.13 | ASSISTANT SECRETARY |
| 15 |
|
5.14 | ASSISTANT TREASURER |
| 15 |
|
5.15 | REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS |
| 15 |
|
5.16 | AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS |
| 15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VI — RECORDS AND REPORTS |
| 15 |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
6.1 | MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF RECORDS |
| 15 |
|
6.2 | INSPECTION BY DIRECTORS |
| 16 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VII — GENERAL MATTERS |
| 16 |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
7.1 | CHECKS; DRAFTS; EVIDENCES OF INDEBTEDNESS |
| 16 |
|
7.2 | EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS |
| 16 |
|
7.3 | STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES |
| 16 |
|
7.4 | SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES |
| 17 |
|
7.5 | LOST CERTIFICATES |
| 17 |
|
7.6 | CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS |
| 17 |
|
7.7 | DIVIDENDS |
| 17 |
|
7.8 | FISCAL YEAR |
| 17 |
|
7.9 | SEAL |
| 17 |
|
7.10 | TRANSFER OF STOCK |
| 18 |
|
7.11 | STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS |
| 18 |
|
7.12 | REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS |
| 18 |
|
7.13 | WAIVER OF NOTICE |
| 18 |
|
7.14 | CHARITABLE CONTRIBUTIONS |
| 18 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VIII — NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION |
| 19 |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
8.1 | NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION |
| 19 |
|
8.2 | DEFINITIONS |
| 19 |
|
8.3 | INAPPLICABILITY |
| 20 |
|
ARTICLE IX — INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS |
| 20 |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
9.1 | POWER TO INDEMNIFY IN ACTIONS, SUITS OR PROCEEDINGS OTHER THAN THOSE BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION |
| 20 |
|
9.2 | POWER TO INDEMNIFY IN ACTIONS, SUITS OR PROCEEDINGS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION |
| 20 |
|
9.3 | AUTHORIZATION OF INDEMNIFICATION |
| 21 |
|
9.4 | GOOD FAITH DEFINED |
| 21 |
|
9.5 | INDEMNIFICATION BY A COURT |
| 21 |
|
9.6 | EXPENSES PAYABLE IN ADVANCE |
| 21 |
|
9.7 | NONEXCLUSIVITY OF INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES |
| 22 |
|
9.8 | INSURANCE |
| 22 |
|
9.9 | CERTAIN DEFINITIONS |
| 22 |
|
9.10 | SURVIVAL OF INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES |
| 22 |
|
9.11 | LIMITATION ON INDEMNIFICATION |
| 23 |
|
9.12 | INDEMNIFICATION OF EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS |
| 23 |
|
9.13 | EFFECT OF AMENDMENT OR REPEAL |
| 23 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE X — AMENDMENTS |
| 23 |
|
AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF
ANDREW ARROYO REAL ESTATE INC.
__________________________________
ARTICLE I — CORPORATE OFFICES; CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION; CHARITABLE GIVING
1.1 REGISTERED OFFICE.
The registered office of Andrew Arroyo Real Estate Inc. shall be fixed in the corporation’s certificate of incorporation, as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time (as so amended and/or restated, the “Certificate”).
1.2 OTHER OFFICES.
The corporation shall also have and maintain an office or principal place of business at such place as may be fixed by the Board of Directors, and may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.
1.3 CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION.
The nature of the business or purposes of the corporation shall be as set forth in its Certificate. These bylaws, the powers of the corporation and of its directors and stockholders, and all matters concerning the management of the business and conduct of the affairs of the corporation shall be subject to such provisions in regard thereto, if any, as are set forth in the Certificate.
1.4 CHARITABLE GIVING.
As set forth further herein, up to twenty percent (20%) of the corporation's annual net profit goes to charity. Net profit for the corporation is defined as top line revenue minus the cost of sales minus all expenses before dividends (if any) are paid. Up to ten percent (10%) of our net profit is donated in the form of cash contributions to charitable organizations. In addition to our cash contributions, our annual goal is to give up to an additional ten percent (10%) in the form of client credits and in-kind contributions to charitable organizations. The corporation believes that with success comes the responsibility to do what it can for those less fortunate. Toward that end, the corporation will fund non-profit organizations dedicated to community responsibility and impact investment opportunities.
ARTICLE II — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
2.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS.
Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place within or outside the State of Delaware as designated by the Board. The Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the corporation’s principal executive office.
2.2 ANNUAL MEETING.
The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held each year on a date and at a time designated by the Board. At the annual meeting, directors shall be elected and any other proper business may be transacted.
1 |
2.3 SPECIAL MEETING.
Unless otherwise required by law or the Certificate, special meetings of the stockholders may be called at any time, for any purpose or purposes, only by (i) the Board, (ii) the Chairman of the Board, (iii) the chief executive officer of the corporation, or (iv) holders of more than thirty percent (30%) of the total voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation then entitled to vote.
If any person(s) other than the Board calls a special meeting, the request shall:
(i) be in writing;
(ii) specify the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted; and
(iii) be delivered personally or sent by registered mail or by facsimile transmission to the secretary of the corporation.
Upon receipt of such a request, the Board shall determine the date, time and place of such special meeting, which must be scheduled to be held on a date that is within ninety (90) days of receipt by the secretary of the request therefor, and the secretary of the corporation shall prepare a proper notice thereof. No business may be transacted at such special meeting other than the business specified in the notice to stockholders of such meeting.
2.4 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS.
All notices of meetings of stockholders shall be sent or otherwise given in accordance with either Section 2.5 or Section 8.1 of these bylaws not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, except as otherwise required by applicable law. The notice shall specify the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Any previously scheduled meeting of stockholders may be postponed, and, unless the Certificate provides otherwise, any special meeting of the stockholders may be cancelled by resolution duly adopted by a majority of the Board members then in office upon public notice given prior to the date previously scheduled for such meeting of stockholders.
Whenever notice is required to be given, under the DGCL, the Certificate or these bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate with the Secretary of State of Delaware, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.
Whenever notice is required to be given, under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate or these bylaws, to any stockholder to whom (a) notice of two (2) consecutive annual meetings, or (b) all, and at least two (2) payments (if sent by first-class mail) of dividends or interest on securities during a twelve (12) month period, have been mailed addressed to such person at such person’s address as shown on the records of the corporation and have been returned undeliverable, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to such person shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. If any such person shall deliver to the corporation a written notice setting forth such person’s then current address, the requirement that notice be given to such person shall be reinstated. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate with the Secretary of State of Delaware, the certificate need not state that notice was not given to persons to whom notice was not required to be given pursuant to Section 230(b) of the DGCL.
The exception in subsection (a) of the above paragraph to the requirement that notice be given shall not be applicable to any notice returned as undeliverable if the notice was given by electronic transmission. The exception in subsection (a) of the above paragraph to the requirement that notice be given shall not be applicable to any stockholder whose electronic mail address appears on the records of the corporation and to whom notice by electronic transmission is not prohibited by Section 232 of the DGCL.
2 |
2.5 MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE; AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE.
Whenever, by applicable law, the Certificate or these bylaws, notice is required to be given to any stockholder, such notice may be given in writing directed to such stockholder’s mailing address or by electronic transmission directed to such stockholder’s electronic mail address, as applicable, as it appears on the records of the corporation, or by such other form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder. Notice to a stockholder shall be deemed given:
(i) if mailed, when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid;
(ii) if delivered by courier service, the earlier of when the notice is received or left at such stockholder’s address;
(iii) if given by electronic mail, when directed to such stockholder’s electronic mail address unless the stockholder has notified the corporation in writing or by electronic transmission of an objection to receiving notice by electronic mail or such notice is prohibited by Section 232(e) of the DGCL; and
(iv) if given by a form of electronic transmission, as provided in Section 8.1 of these bylaws.
An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation or of the transfer agent or any other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.
Any notice given by electronic mail must include a prominent legend that the communication is an important notice regarding the corporation.
Notice may be waived in accordance with Section 7.13 of these bylaws.
2.6 QUORUM.
Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate or required by law, stockholders representing a majority of the voting power of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the corporation, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders. If such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then the chairman of the meeting, or the stockholders representing a majority of the voting power of the capital stock at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum is present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed. The stockholders present at a duly called meeting at which quorum is present may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.
2.7 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE.
When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, unless these bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place if any thereof, and the means of remote communications if any by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the continuation of the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.4 and 2.5 of these bylaws.
2.8 ADMINISTRATION OF THE MEETING.
Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by the chairman of the Board or, in the absence thereof, by such person as the chairman of the Board shall appoint, or, in the absence thereof or in the event that the chairman shall fail to make such appointment, any officer of the corporation elected by the Board. In the absence of the secretary of the corporation, the secretary of the meeting shall be such person as the chairman of the meeting appoints.
3 |
The Board shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one (1) or more inspector(s), who may include individual(s) who serve the corporation in other capacities, including without limitation as officers, employees or agents, to act at the meeting of stockholders and make a written report thereof. The Board may designate one (1) or more persons as alternate inspector(s) to replace any inspector, who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate has been appointed or is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint one (1) or more inspector(s) to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before discharging his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath to faithfully execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspector(s) or alternate(s) shall have the duties prescribed pursuant to Section 231 of the DGCL or other applicable law.
The Board shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations, if any, the chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including without limitation establishing an agenda of business of the meeting, rules or regulations to maintain order, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for commencement thereof and the fixing of the date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting (and shall announce such at the meeting).
2.9 VOTING.
The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.11 of these bylaws, subject to Section 217 (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock) and Section 218 (relating to voting trusts and other voting agreements) of the DGCL.
Except as otherwise provided in the provisions of Section 213 of the DGCL (relating to the fixing of a date for determination of stockholders of record) or these bylaws, each stockholder shall be entitled to that number of votes for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder as set forth in the Certificate.
In all matters, except as otherwise required by law, the Certificate or these bylaws, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Directors shall be elected by a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors.
The stockholders of the corporation shall not have the right to cumulate their votes for the election of directors of the corporation.
2.10 ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT OF SHAREHOLDERS WITHOUT A MEETING.
Any action which may be taken at a meeting of the Shareholders may be taken without a meeting or notice of meeting if authorized by a writing signed by all of the Shareholders entitled to vote at a meeting for such purpose and filed with the Secretary of the corporation; provided further, that while ordinarily Directors can only be elected by unanimous written consent under Delaware Corporations Code Section 228, as to vacancy created by death, resignation or other causes, if the Directors fail to fill a vacancy, then a Director to fill that vacancy may be elected by the written consent of persons holding a majority of shares entitled to vote for the election of Directors.
2.11 OTHER ACTIONS WITHOUT A MEETING.
A. Unless otherwise provided in the DGCL, any action which may also be taken at any annual or special meeting of Shareholders may be taken without a meeting and without prior notice if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.
4 |
B. Unless the consents of all Shareholders entitled to vote have been solicited in writing,
(i) Notice of any Shareholder approval without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given at least ten (10) days before the consummation of the action authorized by such approval; and
(ii) Prompt notice shall be given of the taking of any other corporate action approved by Shareholders without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent, to each of those Shareholders entitled to vote who have not consented in writing.
C. Any Shareholder giving a written consent, or the Shareholders, proxyholders, or a transferee of the shares of a personal representative of the Shareholder or their respective proxyholders, may revoke the consent by a writing received by the corporation prior to the time that written consents of the number of shares required to authorize the proposed action have been filed with the Secretary of the corporation, but may not do so thereafter. Such revocation is effective upon its receipt by the Secretary.
2.12 RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDER NOTICE; VOTING; GIVING CONSENTS.
In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted and which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other such action.
If the Board does not fix a record date in accordance with these bylaws and applicable law:
(i) The record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.
(ii) The record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board is necessary, shall be the first day on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the corporation.
(iii) The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.
A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
2.13 PROXIES.
Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for him, her or it as proxy in the manner(s) provided under Section 212(c) of the DGCL or as otherwise provided under Delaware law. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL.
5 |
2.14 LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE.
The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The corporation shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the corporation’s principal place of business.
In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.
2.15 ADVANCE NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDER BUSINESS.
Only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before a meeting of the stockholders of the corporation. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be (a) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board, (b) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board, or (c) a proper matter for stockholder action under the DGCL that has been properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder (i) who is a stockholder of record on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section 2.15 and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such annual meeting and (ii) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.15. For such business to be considered properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder such stockholder must, in addition to any other applicable requirements, have given timely notice in proper form of such stockholder’s intent to bring such business before such meeting. To be timely, such stockholder’s notice must be delivered to or mailed and received by the secretary of the corporation at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the 90th day, nor earlier than the close of business on the 120th day, prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that no annual meeting was held in the previous year or the annual meeting is called for a date that is not within thirty (30) days before or after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such notice of the date of the meeting was mailed or public disclosure of the date of the meeting was made, whichever occurs first.
To be in proper form, a stockholder’s notice to the secretary shall be in writing and shall set forth:
A. the name and record address of the stockholder who intends to propose the business and the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder;
B. a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of stock of the corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to introduce the business specified in the notice;
C. a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting;
D. any material interest of the stockholder in such business; and
E. any other information that is required to be provided by the stockholder pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in order to include information with respect to a stockholder proposal in the proxy statement and form of proxy for a stockholder’s meeting, stockholders must provide notice as required by, and otherwise comply with the requirements of, the Exchange Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
6 |
No business shall be conducted at the annual meeting of stockholders except business brought before the annual meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.15. The chairman of the meeting may refuse to acknowledge the proposal of any business not made in compliance with the foregoing procedure.
2.16 ADVANCE NOTICE OF DIRECTOR NOMINATIONS.
Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the following procedures shall be eligible for election as directors of the corporation, except as may be otherwise provided in the Certificate with respect to the right of holders of Preferred Stock of the corporation to nominate and elect a specified number of directors. To be properly brought before an annual meeting of stockholders, or any special meeting of stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors, nominations for the election of director must be (a) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto), (b) made by or at the direction of the Board (or any duly authorized committee thereof) or (c) made by any stockholder of the corporation (i) who is a stockholder of record on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section 2.16 and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting and (ii) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.16.
In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be made by a stockholder, such stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the secretary of the corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice to the secretary must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the corporation, in the case of an annual meeting, in accordance with the provisions set forth in Section 2.15, and, in the case of a special meeting of stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors, not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which notice of the date of the special meeting was mailed or public disclosure of the date of the special meeting was made, whichever first occurs.
To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the secretary must set forth:
A. as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director (i) the name, age, business address and residence address of the person, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of the person, (iii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by the person, (iv) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the stockholder and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nominations are to be made by the stockholder, and (v) any other information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for elections of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act (including without limitation such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement, if any, as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); and
B. as to such stockholder giving notice, the information required to be provided pursuant to Section 2.15.
Subject to the rights of any holders of Preferred Stock of the corporation, no person shall be eligible for election as a director of the corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.16. If the chairman of the meeting properly determines that a nomination was not made in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the chairman shall declare to the meeting that the nomination was defective and such defective nomination shall be disregarded.
ARTICLE III — DIRECTORS
3.1 POWERS.
Subject to the provisions of the DGCL and any limitations in the Certificate, the business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the direction of the Board.
3.2 NUMBER OF DIRECTORS.
Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors under specified circumstances, the authorized number of directors shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board, provided the Board shall consist of at least one (1) member. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.
7 |
3.3 ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS.
Except as provided in Section 3.4 and Section 3.13 of these bylaws, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders to hold office until the next annual meeting. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the Certificate or these bylaws. The Certificate or these bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors. Each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.
All elections of directors shall be by written ballot, unless otherwise provided in the Certificate. If authorized by the Board, such requirement of a written ballot shall be satisfied by a ballot submitted by electronic transmission, provided that any such electronic transmission must be either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized.
3.4 RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES.
Any director may resign at any time upon written notice or by electronic transmission to the chairman of the Board, with a copy to the secretary of the corporation.
Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock of the corporation then outstanding and unless the Board otherwise determines, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors, or any vacancies on the Board resulting from the death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause shall, unless otherwise required by law, be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board, or by a sole remaining director. When one or more directors resigns and the resignation is effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office as provided in this section in the filling of other vacancies.
3.5 PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE.
The Board may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.
Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate or these bylaws, members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.
3.6 REGULAR MEETINGS.
Regular meetings of the Board may be held with at least five business days prior notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.
3.7 SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE.
Special meetings of the Board for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairman of the Board, the chief executive officer, the secretary or any two directors. The person(s) authorized to call special meetings of the Board may fix the place and time of the meeting.
Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:
(i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;
(ii) sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;
8 |
(iii) sent by facsimile; or
(iv) sent by electronic mail,
directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail address, as the case may be, as shown on the corporation’s records.
If the notice is (A) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (B) sent by facsimile or (C) sent by electronic mail, it shall be delivered or sent at least twenty-four (24) hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice may be communicated either to the director or to a person at the office of the director who the person giving notice has reason to believe will promptly communicate such notice to the director. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting if the meeting is to be held at the corporation’s principal executive office nor the purpose of the meeting.
3.8 QUORUM.
Except as otherwise required by law or the Certificate, at all meetings of the Board, a majority of the authorized number of directors (as determined pursuant to Section 3.2 of these bylaws) shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, except to adjourn as provided in Section 3.11 of these bylaws. The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the Certificate or these bylaws.
3.9 WAIVER OF NOTICE.
Whenever notice is required to be given under any provisions of the DGCL, the Certificate or these bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting solely for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the directors, or members of a committee of directors, need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the Certificate or these bylaws.
3.10 BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING.
Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, which consent may be documented, signed and delivered in any manner permitted by Section 116 of the DGCL. After an action is taken, the consent or consents relating thereto shall be filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.
3.11 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE.
If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board, then a majority of the directors present there may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.
3.12 FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS.
Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate or these bylaws, the Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.
9 |
3.13 REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS.
Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any director or the entire Board may be removed from office at any time, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation then entitled to vote in the election of directors.
3.14 CORPORATE GOVERNANCE COMPLIANCE.
Without otherwise limiting the powers of the Board set forth in Section 3.1 and provided that shares of capital stock of the corporation are quoted or listed, as applicable, for trading on the Over the Counter Stock Market (“OTC”), NASDAQ Stock Market (“NASDAQ”) or the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), the corporation shall comply with the corporate governance rules and requirements of the OTC, NASDAQ or the NYSE, as applicable.
ARTICLE IV — COMMITTEES
4.1 COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS.
The Board may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise such lawfully delegable powers and duties as the Board may confer. Each committee will comply with all applicable provisions of: the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, and the rules and requirements of NASDAQ or NYSE, as applicable, and will have the right to retain independent legal counsel and other advisers at the corporation’s expense.
Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate, these bylaws or the resolution of the Board designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee. Except as otherwise provided by law, each reference within these bylaws to a committee of the Board or a member of a committee shall be deemed to include a reference to a subcommittee or member of a subcommittee, as applicable.
4.2 COMMITTEE MINUTES.
Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report to the Board when required.
4.3 MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES.
Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:
(i) Section 3.5 (place of meetings; meetings by telephone);
(ii) Section 3.6 (regular meetings);
(iii) Section 3.7 (special meetings; notice);
(iv) Section 3.8 (quorum);
(v) Section 3.9 (waiver of notice);
(vi) Section 3.10 (board action by written consent without a meeting); and
(vii) Section 3.11 (adjourned meeting; notice).
10 |
with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board and its members.
Notwithstanding the foregoing:
A. the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board or by resolution of the committee;
B. special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board; and
C. notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The Board may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.
4.4 AUDIT COMMITTEE.
In connection with, or prior to, any listing on a national exchange (NASDAQ or NYSE), the Board shall establish an Audit Committee whose principal purpose will be to oversee the corporation’s and its subsidiaries’ accounting and financial reporting processes, internal systems of control, independent auditor relationships and audits of consolidated financial statements of the corporation and its subsidiaries. The Audit Committee will also determine the appointment of the independent auditors of the corporation and any change in such appointment and ensure the independence of the corporation’s auditors. In addition, the Audit Committee will assume such other duties and responsibilities as the Board may confer upon the committee from time to time.
4.5 CORPORATE GOVERNANCE AND NOMINATING COMMITTEE.
In connection with, or prior to, any listing on a national exchange (NASDAQ or NYSE), the Board shall establish a Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee whose principal duties will be to assist the Board by identifying individuals qualified to become Board members consistent with criteria approved by the Board, to recommend to the Board for its approval the slate of nominees to be proposed by the Board to the stockholders for election to the Board, to develop and recommend to the Board the governance principles applicable to the corporation, as well as such other duties and responsibilities as the Board may confer upon the committee from time to time. In the event the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee will not be recommending a then incumbent director for inclusion in the slate of nominees to be proposed by the Board to the stockholders for election to the Board, and provided such incumbent director has not notified the Committee that he or she will be resigning or that he or she does not intend to stand for re-election to the Board, then, in the case of an election to be held at an annual meeting of stockholders, the Committee will recommend the slate of nominees to the Board at least thirty (30) days prior to the latest date required by the provisions of Sections 2.14 and 2.15 of these bylaws for stockholders to submit nominations for directors at such annual meeting, or in the case of an election to be held at a special meeting of stockholders, at least ten (10) days prior to the latest date required by the provisions of Sections 2.15 and 2.16 of these bylaws for stockholders to submit nominations for directors at such special meeting.
11 |
4.6 COMPENSATION COMMITTEE.
The Board shall establish a Compensation Committee whose principal duties will be to review employee compensation policies and programs as well as the compensation of the chief executive officer and other executive officers of the corporation, to recommend to the Board a compensation program for outside Board members, as well as such other duties and responsibilities as the Board may confer upon the committee from time to time.
4.7 MISSION, VISION, BELIEFS AND VALUES COMMITTEE
The Board shall establish a Mission, Vision, Beliefs and Values (“MVBV”) Committee whose principal duties will be to review the corporation’s MVBV to provide leadership with guidance and accountability on issues related to the corporation adhering to and performing its duties in alignment with the corporation’s original MVBV. The chairman of the Board shall appoint two or more directors to serve on this Committee, which every year will analyze whether the corporation is operating in a manner that it is true with its original MVBV. The MVBV Committee will report to the entire Board its findings and any recommendations regarding staying true to the original MVBV, as well as such other duties and responsibilities as the Board may confer upon the committee from time to time.
ARTICLE V — OFFICERS
5.1 OFFICERS.
The officers of the corporation shall be a chief executive officer, chief financial officer, and a secretary. The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board, a chairman of the Board, a vice chairman of the Board, one or more presidents, a treasurer, one or more vice presidents, one or more assistant vice presidents, one or more assistant treasurers, one or more assistant secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws.
Any number of offices may be held by the same person.
5.2 APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS.
The Board shall appoint the officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Sections 5.3 of these bylaws, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment. Each officer shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. A failure to elect officers shall not dissolve or otherwise affect the corporation.
5.3 SUBORDINATE OFFICERS.
The Board may appoint, or empower the chief executive officer of the corporation, to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the corporation may require. Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the Board may from time to time determine.
5.4 REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS.
Any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the Board at any regular or special meeting of the Board or, except in the case of an officer appointed by the Board, by any officer upon whom such power of removal has been conferred by the Board. Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the corporation. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.
12 |
5.5 VACANCIES IN OFFICES.
Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the Board or as provided in Section 5.2.
5.6 CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD.
The chairman of the Board shall be a member of the Board and, if present, preside at meetings of the Board and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the Board or as may be prescribed by these bylaws.
In the event the corporation seeks to list on a national exchange, the position of chairman of the Board shall be held by an independent Director and shall not hold any other office of the corporation unless the appointment of the chairman is approved by two-thirds of the members of the Board then in office, provided, however, that if there is no chief executive officer or president of the corporation as a result of the death, resignation or removal of such officer, then the chairman of the Board may also serve in an interim capacity as the chief executive officer of the corporation until the Board shall appoint a new chief executive officer and, while serving in such interim capacity, shall have the powers and duties prescribed in Section 5.7 of these bylaws.
5.7 CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER.
Subject to the control of the Board and any supervisory powers the Board may give to the chairman of the Board, the chief executive officer shall have general supervision, direction, and control of the business and affairs of the corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board are carried into effect. The chief executive officer shall, together with any president or presidents of the corporation, also perform all duties incidental to this office that may be required by law and all such other duties as are properly required of this office by the Board of Directors. The chief executive officer shall serve as chairman of and preside at all meetings of the stockholders. In the absence of the chairman of the Board, the chief executive officer shall preside at all meetings of the Board.
5.8 PRESIDENTS.
Subject to the control of the Board and any supervisory powers the Board may give to the chairman of the Board, any president or presidents of the corporation shall, together with the chief executive officer, have general supervision, direction, and control of the business and affairs of the corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board are carried into effect. A president shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for him or her by the Board, these bylaws, the chief executive officer, or the chairman of the Board.
5.9 VICE PRESIDENTS.
In the absence or disability of any president, the vice presidents, if any, in order of their rank as fixed by the Board or, if not ranked, a vice president designated by the Board, shall perform all the duties of a president. When acting as a president, the appropriate vice president shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, that president. The vice presidents shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them respectively by the Board, these bylaws, the chairman of the Board, the chief executive officer or, in the absence of a chief executive officer, any president.
13 |
5.10 SECRETARY.
The secretary shall keep or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the corporation or such other place as the Board may direct, a book of minutes of all meetings and actions of directors, committees of directors, and stockholders. The minutes shall show:
(i) the time and place of each meeting;
(ii) whether regular or special (and, if special, how authorized and the notice given); the names of those present at directors’ meetings or committee meetings;
(iii) the number of shares present or represented at stockholders’ meetings; and
(iv) the proceedings thereof.
The secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the corporation or at the office of the corporation’s transfer agent or registrar, as determined by resolution of the Board, a share register, or a duplicate share register showing:
A. the names of all stockholders and their addresses;
B. the number and classes of shares held by each;
C. the number and date of certificates evidencing such shares; and
D. the number and date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation.
The secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board required to be given by law or by these bylaws. The secretary shall keep the seal of the corporation, if one be adopted, in safe custody and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board or by these bylaws.
5.11 CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER.
The chief financial officer shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct books and records of accounts of the properties and business transactions of the corporation, including accounts of its assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses, capital, retained earnings and shares. The books of account shall at all reasonable times be open to inspection by any director.
The chief financial officer shall deposit all moneys and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the corporation with such depositories as the Board may designate. The chief financial officer shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board, shall render to the chief executive officer or, in the absence of a chief executive officer, any president and directors, whenever they request it, an account of all his or her transactions as chief financial officer and of the financial condition of the corporation, and shall have other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board or these bylaws.
The chief financial officer may be the treasurer of the corporation.
5.12 TREASURER.
The treasurer shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct books and records of accounts of the properties and business transactions of the corporation, including accounts of its assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses, capital, retained earnings and shares. The books of account shall at all reasonable times be open to inspection by any director.
The treasurer shall deposit all moneys and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the corporation with such depositories as the Board may designate. The treasurer shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board, shall render to the chief executive officer or, in the absence of a chief executive officer, any president and the directors, whenever they request it, an account of all his or her transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation, and shall have other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board or these bylaws.
14 |
5.13 ASSISTANT SECRETARY.
The assistant secretary, or, if there is more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the Board (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the secretary or in the event of the secretary’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as may be prescribed by the Board or these bylaws.
5.14 ASSISTANT TREASURER.
The assistant treasurer, or, if there is more than one, the assistant treasurers, in the order determined by the Board (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the chief financial officer or treasurer or in the event of the chief financial officer’s or treasurer’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the chief financial officer or treasurer, as applicable, and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as may be prescribed by the Board or these bylaws.
5.15 REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS.
The chairman of the Board, the chief executive officer, any president, any vice president, the treasurer, the secretary or assistant secretary of this corporation, or any other person authorized by the Board, the chief executive officer, a president or a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent, and exercise on behalf of this corporation all rights incident to any and all shares or other equity interests of any other corporation or entity standing in the name of this corporation. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.
5.16 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS.
In addition to the foregoing authority and duties, all officers of the corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the corporation as may be designated from time to time by the Board.
ARTICLE VI — RECORDS AND REPORTS
6.1 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF RECORDS.
The corporation shall, either at its principal executive office or at such place or places as designated by the Board, keep a record of its stockholders listing their names and addresses and the number and class of shares held by each stockholder, a copy of these bylaws, as may be amended to date, minute books, accounting books and other records.
Any such records maintained by the corporation may be kept on, or by means of, or be in the form of, any information storage device, method or one (1) or more electronic networks or databases (including one (1) or more distributed electronic networks or databases), provided that the records so kept can be converted into clearly legible paper form within a reasonable time and, with respect to the corporation’s stock ledger, that the records so kept otherwise comply with Section 224 of the DGCL. The corporation shall so convert any records so kept upon the request of any person entitled to inspect such records pursuant to the provisions of the DGCL. When records are kept in such manner, a clearly legible paper form produced from or by means of the information storage device or method shall be admissible in evidence, and accepted for all other purposes, to the same extent as an original paper form accurately portrays the record.
15 |
Any stockholder of record, in person or by attorney or other agent, shall, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, have the right during the usual hours for business to inspect for any proper purpose the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records and to make copies or extracts therefrom. A proper purpose shall mean a purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a stockholder. In every instance where an attorney or other agent is the person who seeks the right to inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other writing that authorizes the attorney or other agent to so act on behalf of the stockholder. The demand under oath shall be directed to the corporation at its registered office in Delaware or at its principal executive office.
6.2 INSPECTION BY DIRECTORS.
Any director shall have the right to examine the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records for a purpose reasonably related to his or her position as a director.
ARTICLE VII — GENERAL MATTERS
7.1 CHECKS; DRAFTS; EVIDENCES OF INDEBTEDNESS.
From time to time, the Board shall determine by resolution which person or persons may sign or endorse all checks, drafts, other orders for payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness that are issued in the name of or payable to the corporation, and only the persons so authorized shall sign or endorse those instruments.
7.2 EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS.
Except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, the Board, or any officers of the corporation authorized thereby, may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.
7.3 STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES.
The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the corporation. Notwithstanding the adoption of such a resolution by the Board, every holder of stock represented by certificates and upon request every holder of uncertificated shares shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by the chairman or vice-chairman of the Board, or any president or vice-president, and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of such corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.
The corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, and upon the books and records of the corporation in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.
16 |
7.4 SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES.
If the corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, designations, preferences, and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, however, that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences, and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.
7.5 LOST CERTIFICATES.
Except as provided in this Section 7.5, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the corporation and cancelled at the same time. The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.
7.6 CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS.
Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person” includes both a corporation and a natural person.
7.7 DIVIDENDS.
The Board, subject to any restrictions contained in either (i) the DGCL, or (ii) the Certificate, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of its capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the corporation’s capital stock.
The Board may set apart out of any of the funds of the corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve.
7.8 FISCAL YEAR.
The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board and may be changed by the Board.
7.9 SEAL.
The corporation may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be adopted and which may be altered by the Board. The corporation may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.
17 |
7.10 TRANSFER OF STOCK.
Transfers of stock shall be made only upon the transfer books of the corporation kept at an office of the corporation or by transfer agents designated to transfer shares of the stock of the corporation. Except where a certificate is issued in accordance with Section 7.5 of these bylaws, an outstanding certificate for the number of shares involved shall be surrendered for cancellation before a new certificate is issued therefore. Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate, and record the transaction in its books.
7.11 STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS.
The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes or series of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes or series owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.
7.12 REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS.
The corporation:
(i) shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner;
(ii) shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments on partly paid shares the person registered on its books as the owner of shares; and
(iii) shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.
7.13 WAIVER OF NOTICE.
Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting solely for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the Certificate or these bylaws.
7.14 CHARITABLE CONTRIBUTIONS.
The corporation shall donate a portion of the corporation’s net profit to charity, as determined by the Board. As of the date of these bylaws, up to twenty percent (20%) of the corporation’s net profit is donated to charity. Net profit for the corporation is defined as top line revenue minus the cost of sales minus all expenses before dividends (if any) are paid. Up to ten percent (10%) of our net profit is donated in the form of cash contributions to charitable organizations. In addition to our cash contributions, our annual goal is to give up to an additional ten percent (10%) in the form of client credits and in-kind contributions to charitable organizations.
The MVBV Committee determines the charities to receive the corporation’s charitable contributions. Charity considerations are made towards secular and faith based organizations worldwide including, community responsibility and impact investment opportunities. All charities receiving charitable contributions from the corporation must be non-profit organizations. The establishment by the corporation of a charitable foundation will require Board approval, as will contributions by the corporation to the foundation and disbursements by the foundation.
18 |
ARTICLE VIII — NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION
8.1 NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION.
Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders pursuant to the DGCL, the Certificate or these bylaws, any notice to stockholders given by the corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice or electronic transmission to the corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a notice may not be given by an electronic transmission from and after the time that:
(i) the corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the corporation; and
(ii) such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice.
However, the inadvertent failure to discover such inability shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.
Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:
(A) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;
(B) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (a) such posting and (b) the giving of such separate notice; and
(C) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.
An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.
8.2 DEFINITIONS.
As used in these bylaws:
An “electronic transmission” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, including the use of, or participation in, one or more electronic networks or databases (including one or more distributed electronic networks or databases), that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process;
An “electronic mail” means an electronic transmission directed to a unique electronic mail address (which electronic mail shall be deemed to include any files attached thereto and any information hyperlinked to a website if such electronic mail includes the contact information of an officer or agent of the corporation who is available to assist with accessing such files and information); and
An “electronic mail address” means a destination, commonly expressed as a string of characters, consisting of a unique user name or mailbox (commonly referred to as the “local part” of the address) and a reference to an internet domain (commonly referred to as the “domain part” of the address), whether or not displayed, to which electronic mail can be sent or delivered.
19 |
8.3 INAPPLICABILITY.
Notice by a form of electronic transmission shall not apply to Section 164 (failure to pay for stock; remedies), Section 296 (adjudication of claims; appeal), Section 311 (revocation of voluntary dissolution), Section 312 (renewal, revival, extension and restoration of certificate of incorporation) or Section 324 (attachment of shares of stock) of the DGCL.
ARTICLE IX — INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
9.1 POWER TO INDEMNIFY IN ACTIONS, SUITS OR PROCEEDINGS OTHER THAN THOSE BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION.
Subject to Section 9.3 of this Article IX, the corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that such person (or the legal representative of such person) is or was a director or officer of the corporation or any predecessor of the corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the corporation serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.
9.2 POWER TO INDEMNIFY IN ACTIONS, SUITS OR PROCEEDINGS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION.
Subject to Section 9.3 of this Article IX, the corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person (or the legal representative of such person) is or was a director or officer of the corporation or any predecessor of the corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the corporation serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.
20 |
9.3 AUTHORIZATION OF INDEMNIFICATION.
Any indemnification under this Article IX (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 9.1 or Section 9.2 of this Article IX, as the case may be. Such determination shall be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such determination, (i) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion or (iv) by the stockholders (but only if a majority of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, if they constitute a quorum of the board of directors, presents the issue of entitlement to indemnification to the stockholders for their determination). Such determination shall be made, with respect to former directors and officers, by any person or persons having the authority to act on the matter on behalf of the corporation. To the extent, however, that a present or former director or officer of the corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith, without the necessity of authorization in the specific case.
9.4 GOOD FAITH DEFINED.
For purposes of any determination under Section 9.3 of this Article IX, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, a person shall be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, to have had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful, if such person’s action is based on the records or books of account of the corporation or another enterprise, or on information supplied to such person by the officers of the corporation or another enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the corporation or another enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the corporation or another enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the corporation or another enterprise. The term “another enterprise” as used in this Section 9.4 shall mean any other corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which such person is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent. The provisions of this Section 9.4 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the circumstances in which a person may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 9.1 or 9.2 of this Article IX, as the case may be.
9.5 INDEMNIFICATION BY A COURT.
Notwithstanding any contrary determination in the specific case under Section 9.3 of this Article IX, and notwithstanding the absence of any determination thereunder, any director or officer may apply to the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware for indemnification to the extent otherwise permissible under Sections 9.1 and 9.2 of this Article IX. The basis of such indemnification by a court shall be a determination by such court that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standards of conduct set forth in Section 9.1 or 9.2 of this Article IX, as the case may be. Neither a contrary determination in the specific case under Section 9.3 of this Article IX nor the absence of any determination thereunder shall be a defense to such application or create a presumption that the director or officer seeking indemnification has not met any applicable standard of conduct. Notice of any application for indemnification pursuant to this Section 9.5 shall be given to the corporation promptly upon the filing of such application. If successful, in whole or in part, the director or officer seeking indemnification shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such application.
9.6 EXPENSES PAYABLE IN ADVANCE.
To the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL, or by any other applicable law, expenses incurred by a person who is or was a director or officer in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding; provided, however, that if the DGCL requires, an advance of expenses incurred by any person in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity) shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this Article IX.
21 |
9.7 NONEXCLUSIVITY OF INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES.
The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to this Article IX shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the Certificate, any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, it being the policy of the corporation that indemnification of the persons specified in Sections 9.1 and 9.2 of this Article IX shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law. The provisions of this Article IX shall not be deemed to preclude the indemnification of any person who is not specified in Section 9.1 or 9.2 of this Article IX but whom the corporation has the power or obligation to indemnify under the provisions of the DGCL, or otherwise. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advances, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL, or by any other applicable law.
9.8 INSURANCE.
To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL or any other applicable law, the corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power or the obligation to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article IX.
9.9 CERTAIN DEFINITIONS.
For purposes of this Article IX, references to “the corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors or officers, so that any person who is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation, or is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article IX with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article IX, references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director or officer with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this Article IX.
9.10 SURVIVAL OF INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES.
The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred by this Article IX shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, administrators and other personal and legal representatives of such a person.
22 |
9.11 LIMITATION ON INDEMNIFICATION.
Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article IX to the contrary, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification (which shall be governed by Section 9.5 hereof), the corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any director or officer in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or consented to by the board of directors of the corporation.
9.12 INDEMNIFICATION OF EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS.
The corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the board of directors, provide rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to employees and agents of the corporation similar to those conferred in this Article IX to directors and officers of the corporation.
9.13 EFFECT OF AMENDMENT OR REPEAL.
Neither any amendment or repeal of any Section of this Article IX, nor the adoption of any provision of the Certificate or the bylaws inconsistent with this Article IX, shall adversely affect any right or protection of any director, officer, employee or other agent established pursuant to this Article IX existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision, including without limitation by eliminating or reducing the effect of this Article IX, for or in respect of any act, omission or other matter occurring, or any action or proceeding accruing or arising (or that, but for this Article IX, would accrue or arise), prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.
ARTICLE X — AMENDMENTS
The bylaws of the corporation may be adopted, amended or repealed by a majority of the voting power of the stockholders entitled to vote; provided, however, that the corporation may, in its Certificate, also confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws upon the Board. The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the Board shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.
* * * * *
ANDREW ARROYO REAL ESTATE INC.
a Delaware corporation
CERTIFICATE OF ADOPTION OF AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS
The undersigned hereby certifies that he or she is the duly elected, qualified, and acting Chief Executive Officer of Andrew Arroyo Real Estate Inc., a Delaware corporation, and that the foregoing bylaws, comprising twenty-eight (28) pages, were adopted as the corporation’s bylaws as of July 1, 2021 by the corporation’s board of directors on September 24, 2025.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his or her hand this 24th day of September 2025.
| /s/ Andrew Michael Arroyo |
|
| Andrew Michael Arroyo |
|
| Chief Executive Officer |
|
23 |
EXHIBIT 2.8
AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION
OF THE RIGHTS, PREFERENCES, PRIVILEGES,
AND RESTRICTIONS, WHICH HAVE NOT BEEN SET
FORTH IN THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OR IN ANY AMENDMENT THERETO,
OF THE
SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
OF
ANDREW ARROYO REAL ESTATE INC.
(Pursuant to Section 151 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware)
The undersigned, Andrew Arroyo and Tiffany Mohler, do hereby certify that:
A. They are the duly elected and acting President and Secretary of Andrew Arroyo Real Estate, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”).
B. Pursuant to the Unanimous Written Consent of the Board of Directors of the Corporation dated September 24th, 2025, the Board of Directors duly adopted the following resolutions:
C. Pursuant to the Unanimous Written Consent of the Holders of the Corporation’s Series A Preferred Stock dated September 24th, 2025, the holders of the Corporation’s Series A Preferred Stock duly adopted the following resolutions:
WHEREAS, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation authorizes a class of stock designated as Preferred Stock, with a par value of $0.0005 per share (the “Preferred Class”), comprising Fifteen Million (15,000,000) shares, of which 2,000,000 were initially issued on July 29, 2021 with a par value of $0.001 as “Series A Convertible Preferred Stock” having certain rights, preferences, privileges, restrictions, and other matters relating to the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock as set forth in that Certificate of Designation filed with the State of Delaware on July 29, 2021. After the filing of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the corresponding 2:1 forward stock split, approved and ratified by the Board on September 24, 2025 and effective September 24, 2025, the current outstanding Preferred Stock will be 4,000,000 shares composed entirely of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock with a par value of $0.0005. No other series of Preferred stock has been created or issued as of this date. The classes of preferred stock provides that the Board of Directors of the Corporation may create and fix the terms, including any dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, voting rights, rights and terms of any redemption, redemption, redemption price or prices, and liquidation preferences, if any, of the Preferred Class;
NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, that the Board of Directors does hereby amend and restate the rights, preferences, privileges, restrictions, and other matters relating to the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock as follows:
1. Definitions. For purposes of this Certificate of Designation, the following definitions shall apply:
1.1 “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
1.2 “Corporation” shall mean Andrew Arroyo Real Estate Inc., a Delaware Corporation.
1.3 “Common Stock” shall mean the common stock, $0.0005 par value per share, of the Corporation.
1 |
1.4 “Common Stock Dividend” shall mean a stock dividend declared and paid on the Common Stock that is payable in shares of Common Stock.
1.5 “Conversion Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.
1.6 “Distribution” shall mean the transfer of cash or property by the Corporation to one or more of its stockholders without consideration, whether by dividend or otherwise (except a dividend in shares of Corporation's stock).
1.7 “Holder” shall mean a holder of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock.
1.8 “Original Issue Date” shall mean the date on which the first share of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock is issued by the Corporation.
1.9 “Original Issue Price” shall mean $0.001 per share for the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock.
1.10 “Person” shall mean an individual, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a limited liability company, an unincorporated business organization, a trust or other entity or organization, and any government or political subdivision or any agency or instrumentality thereof.
1.11 “Preferred Stock” or “Series A Convertible Preferred Stock” shall mean the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.0005 par value per share, of the Corporation.
1.12 “Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation or limited liability company or corporation of which at least fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting stock or membership interests, as the case may be, is at the time owned directly or indirectly by the Corporation or by one or more of such subsidiary corporations.
2. Dividend Rights.
2.1 In each calendar year, the holders of the then outstanding Series A Convertible Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board, out of any funds and assets of the Corporation legally available therefore, noncumulative dividends in an amount equal to any dividends or other Distribution on the Common Stock in such calendar year (other than a Common Stock Dividend). No dividends (other than a Common Stock Dividend) shall be paid, and no Distribution shall be made, with respect to the Common Stock unless dividends in such amount shall have been paid or declared and set apart for payment to the holders of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock simultaneously. Dividends on the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock shall not be mandatory or cumulative, and no rights or interest shall accrue to the holders of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock by reason of the fact that the Corporation shall fail to declare or pay dividends on the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, except for such rights or interest that may arise as a result of the Corporation paying a dividend or making a Distribution on the Common Stock in violation of the terms of this Section 2.
2.2 Participation Rights. Dividends shall be declared pro rata on the Common Stock and the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock on a pari passu basis according to the number of shares of Common Stock held by such holders, where each holder of shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock is to be treated for this purpose as holding the number of shares of Common Stock to which the holders thereof would be entitled if they converted their shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock at the time of such dividend in accordance with Section 4 hereof.
2.3 Non‑Cash Dividends. Whenever a dividend or Distribution provided for in this Section 2 shall be payable in property other than cash (other than a Common Stock Dividend), the value of such dividend or Distribution shall be deemed to be the fair market value of such property as determined in good faith by the Board.
2 |
3. Liquidation Rights. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation; whether voluntary or involuntary, the funds and assets of the Corporation that may be legally distributed to the Corporation's shareholders (the “Available Funds and Assets”) shall be distributed to shareholders in the following manner:
3.1 Series A Convertible Preferred Stock. The holders of each share of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid, out of the Available Funds and Assets, and prior and in preference to any payment or Distribution (or any setting apart of any payment or Distribution) of any Available Funds and Assets on any shares of Common Stock, and equal in preference to any payment or Distribution (or any setting apart of any payment or Distribution) of any Available Funds and Assets on any shares of any other series of preferred stock that have liquidation preference, an amount per share equal to the Original Issue Price of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock plus all declared but unpaid dividends on the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock. If upon any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation, the Available Funds and Assets shall be insufficient to permit the payment to holders of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock of their full preferential amount as described in this subsection, then all of the remaining Available Funds and Assets shall be distributed among the holders of the then outstanding Series A Convertible Preferred Stock pro rata, according to the number of outstanding shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock held by each holder thereof.
3.2 Merger or Sale of Assets. A reorganization or any other consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into any other corporation, or any other sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, shall not be deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation within the meaning of this Section 3 and the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock shall be entitled only to the rights contained in this Section 3.
3.3 Non-Cash Consideration. If any assets of the Corporation distributed to shareholders in connection with any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation are other than cash, then the value of such assets shall be their fair market value as determined by the Board.
4. Conversion Rights. The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “Conversion Rights”):
4.1 Right to Convert.
4.1.1 Conversion Ratio. Each share of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, beginning on the date that is twelve (12) months from the date the Holder acquired the shares of Preferred Stock, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into one (1) share of fully paid and nonassessable share of Class C Common Stock (the “Conversion Ratio”). Each share of any other series of preferred stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, beginning on the date that is twelve (12) months from the date the Holder acquired the shares of preferred stock, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into one (1) share of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Class A Common Stock (the “Conversion Ratio”).
4.1.2 Termination of Conversion Rights. Subject to Section 4.3.1 in the case of a Contingency Event (as defined therein), in the event of a reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation, the Conversion Rights shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for the first payment of any funds and assets distributable on such event to the holders of Preferred Stock.
4.2 Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall round up and issue one additional share of Common Stock to the holder. Whether or not fractional shares would be issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock the holder is at the time converting into Common Stock and the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion.
3 |
4.3 Mechanics of Conversion.
4.3.1 Notice of Conversion. In order for a holder of Preferred Stock to voluntarily convert shares of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock, such holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates for such shares of Preferred Stock (or, if such registered holder alleges that any such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate), at the office of the transfer agent for the Preferred Stock (or at the principal office of the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent for the Preferred Stock), together with written notice that such holder elects to convert all or any number of the shares of the Preferred Stock represented by such certificate or certificates and, if applicable, any event on which such conversion is contingent (a “Contingency Event”). Such notice shall state such holder’s name or the names of the nominees in which such holder wishes the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock to be issued. If required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing. The close of business on the date of receipt by the transfer agent (or by the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent) of such certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) and notice (or, if later, the date on which all Contingency Events have occurred) shall be the time of conversion (the “Conversion Time”), and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the shares represented by such certificate shall be deemed to be outstanding of record as of such time. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after the Conversion Time, (a) issue and deliver to such holder of Preferred Stock, or to such holder’s nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and a certificate for the number (if any) of the shares of Preferred Stock represented by the surrendered certificate that were not converted into Common Stock, and (b) pay all declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock converted.
4.3.2 Reservation of Shares. The Corporation shall at all times while any share of Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued capital stock, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Preferred Stock, such number of its duly authorized shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then-outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall use its best efforts to cause such corporate action to be taken as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to the Corporation’s Restated Articles of Incorporation.
4.3.3 Effect of Conversion. All shares of Preferred Stock that shall have been surrendered for conversion as herein provided shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares shall immediately cease and terminate at the Conversion Time, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive shares of Common Stock in exchange therefor and to receive payment of any dividends declared but unpaid thereon. Any shares of Preferred Stock so converted shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued.
4.3.4 No Further Adjustment. Upon any conversion of shares of Preferred Stock, no adjustment to the Conversion Ratio of the applicable series of Preferred Stock shall be made with respect to the converted shares for any declared but unpaid dividends on such series of Preferred Stock or on the Common Stock delivered upon conversion.
4.4 Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations. If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the date on which the first share of a series of Preferred Stock is issued by the Corporation (such date referred to herein as the “Original Issue Date” for such series of Preferred Stock) effect a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock, the Conversion Ratio for such series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately before that subdivision shall be proportionately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be increased in proportion to such increase in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date for a series of Preferred Stock combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Ratio for such series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Any adjustment under this Section 4.4 shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.
4 |
4.5 Adjustment for Certain Dividends and Distributions. In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date for a series of Preferred Stock shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable on the Common Stock in additional shares of Common Stock, then and in each such event the Conversion Ratio for such series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately before such event shall be used to determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued to the holders of the Preferred Stock.
4.6 Adjustments for Other Dividends and Distributions. In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date for a series of Preferred Stock shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in securities of the Corporation (other than a distribution of shares of Common Stock in respect of outstanding shares of Common Stock), then and in each such event the holders of such series of Preferred Stock shall receive, simultaneously with the distribution to the holders of Common Stock, a dividend or other distribution of such securities in an amount equal to the amount of such securities as they would have received if all outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.
4.7 Adjustment for Reclassification, Exchange and Substitution. If at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date for a series of Preferred Stock the Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of such series of Preferred Stock is changed into the same or a different number of shares of any class or classes of stock of the Corporation, whether by recapitalization, reclassification, or otherwise (other than by a stock split or combination, dividend, distribution, merger or consolidation covered by Sections 4.4, 4.5, 4.6 or 4.8), then in any such event each holder of such series of Preferred Stock shall have the right thereafter to convert such stock into the kind and amount of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such recapitalization, reclassification or other change by holders of the number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Preferred Stock could have been converted immediately prior to such recapitalization, reclassification or change.
4.8 Adjustment for Merger or Consolidation. If there shall occur any consolidation or merger involving the Corporation in which the Common Stock (but not a series of Preferred Stock) is converted into or exchanged for securities, cash, or other property (other than a transaction covered by Sections 4.5, 4.6 or 4.7), then, following any such consolidation or merger, provision shall be made that each share of such series of Preferred Stock shall thereafter be convertible, in lieu of the Common Stock into which it was convertible prior to such event, into the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation issuable upon conversion of one share of such series of Preferred Stock immediately prior to such consolidation or merger would have been entitled to receive pursuant to such transaction; and, in such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board) shall be made in the application of the provisions in this Section 3 with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the holders of such series of Preferred Stock, to the end that the provisions set forth in this Section 4 (including provisions with respect to changes in and other adjustments of the Conversion Ratio of such series of Preferred Stock) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any securities or other property thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of such series of Preferred Stock.
4.9 Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Ratio of a series of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4, the Corporation at its expense shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable but in any event not later than 15 days thereafter, compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of such series of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment (including the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property into which such series of Preferred Stock is convertible) and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable after the written request at any time of any holder of any series of Preferred Stock (but in any event not later than 10 days thereafter), furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a certificate setting forth (a) the Conversion Ratio of such series of Preferred Stock then in effect and (b) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other securities, cash or property which then would be received upon the conversion of such series of Preferred Stock.
5 |
5. No Impairment. The Corporation will not, through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities, or any other voluntary action, including amending this Certificate of Designation, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Corporation, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Section 5 and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the conversion rights of the holders of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock against impairment. This provision shall not restrict the Corporation from amending its Articles of Incorporation in accordance with the General Corporation Law of Delaware and the terms hereof.
6. Call Provisions. The Series A Convertible Preferred Stock shall not be callable by the Company.
7. Redemption. The Series A Convertible Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable by the Company.
8. Notices. Any notices required by the provisions of this Certificate of Designation to be given to the holders of shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock shall be deemed given if sent by facsimile or overnight courier to the address appearing on the books of the Corporation, and shall be conclusively deemed given at the time of delivery if made during normal business hours, otherwise notice shall be deemed given on the next business day.
9. Voting Provisions. Each outstanding share of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock shall be entitled to ten (10) votes on all matters to which the holders of the Company’s Common Stock are entitled or required to vote, as calculated on the date of the vote. Each outstanding share of any other series of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to one (1) vote on all matters to which the holders of the Company’s Common Stock are entitled or required to vote, as calculated on the date of the vote.
10. Protective Provisions. So long as any shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, without the affirmative approval of the Holders of a majority of the shares of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock then outstanding (voting as a class), (a) alter or change adversely the powers, preferences, or rights given to the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock or alter or amend this Certificate of Designation; (b) authorize or issue shares of any class of stock having any preference or priority as to dividends rights, redemption rights, or liquidation preference superior to or equal to the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock; (c) increase the authorized number of shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock; (d) amend its certificate or articles of incorporation or other charter documents in breach of any of the provisions hereof; (e) liquidate, dissolve, or wind-up the business and affairs of the Corporation, or effect any liquidation event, or (f) enter into any agreement with respect to the foregoing.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Designation of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock to be duly executed by President and attested to by its Secretary this 24th day of September, 2025.
| /s/ Andrew Michael Arroyo |
|
| /s/ Tiffany Mohler |
|
By: | Andrew Michael Arroyo |
| By: | Tiffany Mohler |
|
Its: | President |
| Its: | Secretary |
|
6 |
EXHIBIT 4.2
ANDREW ARROYO REAL ESTATE INC.
a Delaware corporation
NOTICE TO INVESTORS
THIS INVESTMENT INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK. THIS INVESTMENT IS SUITABLE ONLY FOR PERSONS WHO CAN BEAR THE ECONOMIC RISK FOR AN INDEFINITE PERIOD OF TIME AND WHO CAN AFFORD TO LOSE THEIR ENTIRE INVESTMENT. FURTHERMORE, INVESTORS MUST UNDERSTAND THAT SUCH INVESTMENT IS ILLIQUID AND IS EXPECTED TO CONTINUE TO BE SOMEWHAT ILLIQUID FOR AN INDEFINITE PERIOD OF TIME. CURRENTLY, NO PUBLIC MARKET EXISTS FOR THE SHARES OFFERED HEREUNDER.
THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES OR BLUE SKY LAWS AND ARE BEING OFFERED AND SOLD IN RELIANCE ON EXEMPTIONS FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND STATE SECURITIES OR BLUE SKY LAWS. ALTHOUGH AN OFFERING STATEMENT HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION (THE “SEC”), THAT OFFERING STATEMENT DOES NOT INCLUDE THE SAME INFORMATION THAT WOULD BE INCLUDED IN A REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT. THE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SEC, ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION OR OTHER REGULATORY AUTHORITY, NOR HAVE ANY OF THE FOREGOING AUTHORITIES PASSED UPON THE MERITS OF THIS OFFERING OR THE ADEQUACY OR ACCURACY OF THE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER MATERIALS OR INFORMATION MADE AVAILABLE TO PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS UNLAWFUL.
THE SECURITIES CANNOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT. IN ADDITION, THE SECURITIES CANNOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES OR “BLUE SKY” LAWS. INVESTORS WHO ARE NOT “ACCREDITED INVESTORS” (AS THAT TERM IS DEFINED IN SECTION 501 OF REGULATION D PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) ARE SUBJECT TO LIMITATIONS ON THE AMOUNT THEY MAY INVEST, AS SET OUT IN SECTION 4(g). THE COMPANY IS RELYING ON THE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES SET FORTH BY EACH INVESTOR IN THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER INFORMATION PROVIDED BY INVESTOR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING TO DETERMINE THE APPLICABILITY TO THIS OFFERING OF EXEMPTIONS FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.
PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS MAY NOT TREAT THE CONTENTS OF THE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT, THE OFFERING CIRCULAR OR ANY OF THE OTHER MATERIALS PROVIDED BY THE COMPANY (COLLECTIVELY, THE “OFFERING MATERIALS”), OR ANY PRIOR OR SUBSEQUENT COMMUNICATIONS FROM THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS (INCLUDING “TESTING THE WATERS” MATERIALS) AS INVESTMENT, LEGAL OR TAX ADVICE. IN MAKING AN INVESTMENT DECISION, INVESTORS MUST RELY ON THEIR OWN EXAMINATION OF THE COMPANY AND THE TERMS OF THIS OFFERING, INCLUDING THE MERITS AND THE RISKS INVOLVED. EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT THE INVESTOR’S OWN COUNSEL, ACCOUNTANTS AND OTHER PROFESSIONAL ADVISORS AS TO INVESTMENT, LEGAL, TAX AND OTHER RELATED MATTERS CONCERNING THE INVESTOR’S PROPOSED INVESTMENT.
1 |
THE OFFERING MATERIALS MAY CONTAIN FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INFORMATION RELATING TO, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE COMPANY, ITS BUSINESS PLAN AND STRATEGY, AND ITS INDUSTRY. THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS ARE BASED ON THE BELIEFS OF, ASSUMPTIONS MADE BY, AND INFORMATION CURRENTLY AVAILABLE TO THE COMPANY’S MANAGEMENT. WHEN USED IN THE OFFERING MATERIALS, THE WORDS “ESTIMATE,” “PROJECT,” “BELIEVE,” “ANTICIPATE,” “INTEND,” “EXPECT” AND SIMILAR EXPRESSIONS ARE INTENDED TO IDENTIFY FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS, WHICH CONSTITUTE FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS. THESE STATEMENTS REFLECT MANAGEMENT’S CURRENT VIEWS WITH RESPECT TO FUTURE EVENTS AND ARE SUBJECT TO RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES THAT COULD CAUSE THE COMPANY’S ACTUAL RESULTS TO DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THOSE CONTAINED IN THE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS. INVESTORS ARE CAUTIONED NOT TO PLACE UNDUE RELIANCE ON THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS, WHICH SPEAK ONLY AS OF THE DATE ON WHICH THEY ARE MADE. THE COMPANY DOES NOT UNDERTAKE ANY OBLIGATION TO REVISE OR UPDATE THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS TO REFLECT EVENTS OR CIRCUMSTANCES AFTER SUCH DATE OR TO REFLECT THE OCCURRENCE OF UNANTICIPATED EVENTS.
SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT
AND INVESTOR QUESTIONNAIRE
1. SUBSCRIPTION:
(a) The undersigned (the “Subscriber”) hereby irrevocably offers to purchase ___________ shares of common stock of Andrew Arroyo Real Estate Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) for $3.50 per share (the “Shares”), plus an investor processing fee (“Investor Processing Fee”) of 3.5%, or $0.1225 per Share for a total aggregate purchase price as described herein ($1,036.04 minimum investment), which amount, when and if accepted by the Company, will constitute the payment by the Subscriber of the purchase price for the Shares (the “Purchase Price”).
b) Subscriber understands that the Shares are being offered pursuant to the Form 1-A Regulation A Offering Circular dated September 25, 2025 and its exhibits as filed with and qualified by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on September [ ], 2025 (collectively, the “Offering Circular”). The Company will accept tenders of funds to purchase the Shares. The Offering has no Minimum Offering and is a “best efforts” basis with no escrow. The Company will close on investments on a “rolling basis,” pursuant to the terms of the Offering Circular. As a result, not all investors will receive their Shares on the same date.
2 |
(c) This subscription may be accepted or rejected in whole or in part, for any reason or for no reason, at any time prior to the Termination Date, by the Company at its sole and absolute discretion. In addition, the Company, at its sole and absolute discretion, may allocate to Subscriber only a portion of the number of the Shares that Subscriber has subscribed for hereunder. The Company will notify Subscriber whether this subscription is accepted (whether in whole or in part) or rejected. If Subscriber’s subscription is rejected, Subscriber’s payment (or portion thereof if partially rejected) will be returned to Subscriber without interest and all of Subscriber’s obligations hereunder shall terminate. In the event of rejection of this subscription in its entirety, or in the event the sale of the Shares (or any portion thereof) to a Subscriber is not consummated for any reason, this Subscription Agreement shall have no force or effect, except for Section 4 hereof, which shall remain in full force and effect.
(d) The terms of this Subscription Agreement shall be binding upon Subscriber and its permitted transferees, heirs, successors and assigns (collectively, the “Transferees”); provided, however, that for any such transfer to be deemed effective, the Transferee shall have executed and delivered to the Company in advance an instrument in form acceptable to the Company in its sole discretion, pursuant to which the proposed Transferee shall acknowledge and agree to be bound by the representations and warranties of Subscriber and the terms of this Subscription Agreement. No transfer of this Agreement may be made without the consent of the Company, which may be withheld in its sole and absolute discretion.
2. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND AGREEMENTS BY SUBSCRIBER: The Subscriber hereby represents, warrants and agrees as follows:
(a) The Shares are being purchased by the Subscriber and not by any other person, with the Subscriber’s own funds and not with the funds of any other person, and for the account of the Subscriber, not as a nominee or agent and not for the account of any other person. On acceptance of this Subscription Agreement by the Company, no other person will have any interest, beneficial or otherwise, in the Shares. The Subscriber is not obligated to transfer the Shares to any other person nor does the Subscriber have any agreement or understanding to do so. The Subscriber is purchasing the Shares for investment for an indefinite period not with a view to the sale or distribution of any part or all thereof by public or private sale or other disposition. The Subscriber has no immediate intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing or disposing of any Shares. The Subscriber does not intend to subdivide the Subscriber’s purchase of Shares with any person.
(b) The Subscriber understands that the Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Subscriber also understands that the Securities are being offered and sold pursuant to an exemption from registration contained in the Securities Act based in part upon Subscriber’s representations contained in this Subscription Agreement. The Subscriber understands that the Company is relying in part on the Subscriber’s representations as set forth herein for purposes of claiming such exemptions and that the basis for such exemptions may not be present if, notwithstanding the Subscriber’s representations, the Subscriber has in mind merely acquiring the Shares for resale on the occurrence or nonoccurrence of some predetermined event. The Subscriber has no such intention.
3 |
(c) The Subscriber, either alone or with the Subscriber’s professional advisers (i) are unaffiliated with, have no equity interest in (other than as set forth in the Investor Questionnaire attached hereto), and are not compensated by, the Company or any affiliate or selling agent of the Company, directly or indirectly; (ii) has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that the Subscriber is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in the Shares; and (iii) has the capacity to protect the Subscriber’s own interests in connection with the Subscriber’s proposed investment in the Shares.
(d) The Subscriber acknowledges receipt of the Regulation A Offering Circular dated September 25, 2025 (the “Offering Circular”), and each exhibit thereto as indicated therein and acknowledges that the Subscriber has been furnished with such financial and other information concerning the Company, the directors and officers of the Company, and the business and proposed business of the Company as the Subscriber considers necessary in connection with the Subscriber’s investment in the Shares. The Subscriber has carefully reviewed the Offering Circular and each exhibit thereto, and is thoroughly familiar with the proposed business, operations, properties and financial condition of the Company, as well as the risks associated with the Company and the investment in the Shares and has discussed with officers of the Company any questions the Subscriber may have had with respect thereto. The Subscriber understands:
| (i) | The risks involved in this offering, including the speculative nature of the investment; |
|
|
|
| (ii) | The financial hazards involved in this offering, including the risk of losing the Subscriber’s entire investment; |
|
|
|
| (iii) | The lack of liquidity and restrictions on transfers of the Shares; and |
|
|
|
| (iv) | The tax consequences of this investment. |
The Subscriber has consulted with the Subscriber’s own legal, accounting, tax, investment and other advisers with respect to the tax treatment of an investment by the Subscriber in the Shares and the merits and risks of an investment in the Shares.
(e) Understanding that the investment in the Shares is highly speculative, the Subscriber is able to bear the economic risk of such investment. Subscriber represents that either:
| (i) | Subscriber is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act. Subscriber represents and warrants that the information set forth in response to question (c) on the signature page hereto concerning Subscriber is true and correct; or |
|
|
|
| (ii) | The purchase price set out in paragraph (b) of the signature page to this Subscription Agreement, together with any other amounts previously used to purchase Securities in this offering, does not exceed 10% of the greater of the Subscriber’s annual income or net worth (or in the case where Subscriber is a non-natural person, their revenue or net assets for such Subscriber’s most recently completed fiscal year end). |
|
|
|
| (iii) | Subscriber represents that to the extent it has any questions with respect to its status as an accredited investor, or the application of the investment limits, it has sought professional advice. |
4 |
(f) The Subscriber, if not an individual, is empowered and duly authorized to enter into this Subscription Agreement under any governing document, partnership agreement, trust instrument, pension plan, charter, certificate of incorporation, bylaw provision or the like; this Subscription Agreement constitutes a valid and binding agreement of the Subscriber enforceable against the Subscriber in accordance with its terms; and the person signing this Subscription Agreement on behalf of the Subscriber is empowered and duly authorized to do so by the governing document or trust instrument, pension plan, charter, certificate of incorporation, bylaw provision, board of directors or stockholder resolution, or the like.
(g) The Social Security Number or taxpayer identification shown in this Subscription Agreement is correct, and the Subscriber is not subject to backup withholding because (i) the Subscriber has not been notified that he or she is subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest and dividends or ii) the Internal Revenue Service has notified the Subscriber that he or she is not longer subject to backup withholding.
(h) The Subscriber hereby acknowledges and agrees that this Subscription Agreement is an offer by the Subscriber to purchase the Shares, which offer may be accepted or declined by the Company. The Subscriber hereby further acknowledges that this Subscription Agreement does not constitute an offer by the Company to sell securities or a solicitation of an offer to buy securities.
(i) The Subscriber has accurately completed any required forms and questionnaires are presented in the subscription process and incorporated by reference herein.
(j) The Subscriber hereby further acknowledges that the Company has sole discretion over the use of the proceeds of the offering contemplated by the Offering Circular.
(k) Subscriber acknowledges that the price of the Shares to be sold in this offering was set by the Company on the basis of the Company’s internal valuation and no warranties are made as to value. Subscriber further acknowledges that future offerings of securities of the Company may be made at lower valuations, with the result that Subscriber’s investment will bear a lower valuation.
(l) Subscriber acknowledges that they are aware that current Company shareholders are participating as selling shareholders in the Offering at a rate of 11.11%, meaning 11.11% of the Purchase Price will go to selling shareholders to acquire shares owned by them and the Company will not receive that portion of the Purchase Price or issue that portion of the Shares.
(m) By submitting the Subscription and payment, Subscriber hereby authorizes Company and its agent DealMaker Securities LLC’s (“Broker”) affiliates (collectively “DealMaker”) to charge Subscribers designated payment method for the investment amount indicated. Subscriber understands this investment is subject to the terms of the Offering and its associated rules and investor protections. Subscriber understands it is not a purchase of goods or services.
(n) Subscriber acknowledges that this transaction is final, non-refundable unless otherwise stated or required, and represents an investment subject to risk, including loss and confirms that Subscriber has reviewed all offering documents and agree not to dispute this charge with any bank or card issuer, so long as the transaction corresponds to the agreed terms and disclosures.
(o) Subscriber acknowledges that Broker has responsibilities pursuant to anti-money laundering legislation and regulations or as to whether any prospective Subscriber poses any risk of money laundering, terrorist financing, or other criminal or suspicious activity, and additional information may be requested of the Subscriber to help Broker verify identity of the Subscriber. Subscriber will provide information and documentation requested by Broker when and if requested in order to help in its efforts. Subscriber acknowledges that if verification cannot be made the Subscription cannot be presented to Company for acceptance.
3. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND AGREEMENTS BY THE COMPANY: The Company hereby represents, warrants and agrees that the following representations and warranties are true and complete in all material respects as of the date of each Closing: (a) the Company is a corporation duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Company has all requisite power and authority to own and operate its properties and assets, to execute and deliver this Subscription Agreement, the Shares and any other agreements or instruments required hereunder. The Company is duly qualified and is authorized to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in all jurisdictions in which the nature of its activities and of its properties (both owned and leased) makes such qualification necessary, except for those jurisdictions in which failure to do so would not have a material adverse effect on the Company or its business; (b) The issuance, sale and delivery of the Shares in accordance with this Subscription Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company. The Shares, when issued, sold and delivered against payment therefor in accordance with the provisions of this Subscription Agreement, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable; (c) the acceptance by the Company of this Subscription Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby are within the Company’s powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company. Upon the Company’s acceptance of this Subscription Agreement, this Subscription Agreement shall constitute a valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies and (iii) with respect to provisions relating to indemnification and contribution, as limited by the Company’s certificate of incorporation, bylaws and the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware in general.
5 |
4. INDEMNIFICATION: The Subscriber hereby agrees to indemnify and defend the Company and its directors and officers and hold them harmless from and against any and all liability, damage, cost or expense incurred on account of or arising out of:
(a) Any breach of or inaccuracy in the Subscriber’s representations, warranties or agreements herein;
(b) Any disposition of any Shares contrary to any of the Subscriber’s representations, warranties or agreements herein;
(c) Any action, suit or proceeding based on (i) a claim that any of said representations, warranties or agreements were inaccurate or misleading or otherwise cause for obtaining damages or redress from the Company or any director or officer of the Company under the Act, or (ii) any disposition of any Shares.
5. GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. All questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of the Offering Circular, including, without limitation, this Subscription Agreement, shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law thereof. Each party agrees that all legal proceedings concerning the interpretations, enforcement and defense of the transactions contemplated by this Subscription Agreement and any documents included within the Offering Circular (whether brought against a party hereto or its respective affiliates, directors, officers, shareholders, partners, members, employees or agents) shall be commenced exclusively in the state and federal courts sitting in the Court of Chancery of the state of Delaware. Each party hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts sitting in the Court of Chancery of the state of Delaware for the adjudication of any dispute hereunder or in connection herewith or with any transaction contemplated hereby or discussed herein (including with respect to the enforcement of any of the documents included within the Offering Circular), and hereby irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert in any action or proceeding, any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, that such action or proceeding is improper or is an inconvenient venue for such proceeding. Each party hereby irrevocably waives personal service of process and consents to process being served in any such action or proceeding by mailing a copy thereof via registered or certified mail or overnight delivery (with evidence of delivery) to such party at the address in effect for notices to it under this Subscription Agreement and agrees that such service shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law. If any party hereto shall commence an action or proceeding to enforce any provisions of the documents included within the Offering Circular, then the prevailing party in such action or proceeding shall be reimbursed by the non-prevailing party for its reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred with the investigation, preparation and prosecution of such action or proceeding. IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, OR PROCEEDING IN ANY JURISDICTION BROUGHT BY ANY PARTY AGAINST ANY OTHER PARTY, THE PARTIES EACH KNOWINGLY AND INTENTIONALLY, TO THE GREATEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, HEREBY ABSOLUTELY, UNCONDITIONALLY, IRREVOCABLY AND EXPRESSLY WAIVES FOREVER TRIAL BY JURY. Notwithstanding the forgoing, this choice of forum provision does not preclude or contract the scope of exclusive federal or concurrent jurisdiction for any actions brought under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act and does not apply to claims arising under the federal securities laws. Accordingly, our exclusive forum provision will not relieve us of our duties to comply with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder, and you cannot waive our compliance with these laws, rules, and regulations.
6 |
6. SUCCESSORS: The representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Subscription Agreement shall be binding on the Subscriber’s successors, assigns, heirs and legal representatives and shall inure to the benefit of the respective successors and assigns of the Company and its directors and officers.
7. NOTICES: Notice, requests, demands and other communications relating to this Subscription Agreement and the transactions contemplated herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if and when (a) delivered personally, on the date of such delivery; or (b) mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, in the third day after the posting thereof; or (c) emailed, telecopied or cabled, on the date of such delivery to the address of the respective parties as follows:
If to the Company, to:
ANDREW ARROYO REAL ESTATE INC.
12636 High Bluff Drive Suite 400
San Diego, CA 92130
If to a Subscriber, to Subscriber’s address as shown on the signature page hereto or to such other address as may be specified by written notice from time to time by the party entitled to receive such notice. Any notices, requests, demands or other communications by telecopy or cable shall be confirmed by letter given in accordance with (a) or (b) above.
8. PURCHASE PROCEDURE. The Subscriber acknowledges that, in order to subscribe for Shares, he/she must complete the subscription procedure set forth on https://invest.aare.com, which will include Subscriber: (a) completing this Subscription Agreement; and (b) paying the Purchase Price for the Shares.
9. MISCELLANEOUS. All pronouns and any variations thereof shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the person or persons or entity or entities may require. Other than as set forth herein, this Subscription Agreement is not transferable or assignable by Subscriber. The representations, warranties and agreements contained herein shall be deemed to be made by and be binding upon Subscriber and its heirs, executors, administrators and successors and shall inure to the benefit of the Company and its successors and assigns. None of the provisions of this Subscription Agreement may be waived, changed or terminated orally or otherwise, except as specifically set forth herein or except by a writing signed by the Company and Subscriber. In the event any part of this Subscription Agreement is found to be void or unenforceable, the remaining provisions are intended to be separable and binding with the same effect as if the void or unenforceable part were never the subject of agreement. The invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of one or more of the provisions of this Subscription Agreement in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of the remainder of this Subscription Agreement in such jurisdiction or the validity, legality or enforceability of this Subscription Agreement, including any such provision, in any other jurisdiction, it being intended that all rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law. This Subscription Agreement supersedes all prior discussions and agreements between the parties, if any, with respect to the subject matter hereof and contains the sole and entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof. The terms and provisions of this Subscription Agreement are intended solely for the benefit of each party hereto and their respective successors and assigns, and it is not the intention of the parties to confer, and no provision hereof shall confer, third-party beneficiary rights upon any other person. The headings used in this Subscription Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and do not define or limit the provisions hereof. In the event that either party hereto shall commence any suit, action or other proceeding to interpret this Subscription Agreement, or determine to enforce any right or obligation created hereby, then such party, if it prevails in such action, shall recover its reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorney’s fees and expenses and costs of appeal, if any. All notices and communications to be given or otherwise made to Subscriber shall be deemed to be sufficient if sent by e-mail to such address provided by Subscriber on the signature page of this Subscription Agreement. Unless otherwise specified in this Subscription Agreement, Subscriber shall send all notices or other communications required to be given hereunder to the Company by email to info@aare.com followed by a copy via FedEx or other national overnight courier service. Any such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been delivered and received on the first business day following that on which the e-mail has been sent (assuming that there is no error in delivery). As used in this Section 9, the term “business day” shall mean any day other than a day on which banking institutions in the State of Delaware are legally closed for business. This Subscription Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts. No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Subscription Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.
7 |
10. CONSENT TO ELECTRONIC DELIVERY OF NOTICES, DISCLOSURES AND FORMS. Subscriber understands that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any notices, disclosures, forms, privacy statements, reports or other communications (collectively, “Communications”) regarding the Company, the Subscriber’s investment in the Company and the shares of Common Stock (including annual and other updates and tax documents) may be delivered by electronic means, such as by e-mail. Subscriber hereby consents to electronic delivery as described in the preceding sentence. In so consenting, Subscriber acknowledges that e-mail messages are not secure and may contain computer viruses or other defects, may not be accurately replicated on other systems or may be intercepted, deleted or interfered with, with or without the knowledge of the sender or the intended recipient. The Subscriber also acknowledges that an e-mail from the Company may be accessed by recipients other than the Subscriber and may be interfered with, may contain computer viruses or other defects and may not be successfully replicated on other systems. Neither the Company, nor any of its respective officers, directors and affiliates, and each other person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act (collectively, the “Company Parties”), gives any warranties in relation to these matters. Subscriber further understands and agrees to each of the following: (a) other than with respect to tax documents in the case of an election to receive paper versions, none of the Company Parties will be under any obligation to provide Subscriber with paper versions of any Communications; (b) electronic Communications may be provided to Subscriber via e-mail or a website of a Company Party upon written notice of such website’s internet address to such Subscriber. In order to view and retain the Communications, the Subscriber’s computer hardware and software must, at a minimum, be capable of accessing the Internet, with connectivity to an internet service provider or any other capable communications medium, and with software capable of viewing and printing a portable document format (“PDF”) file created by Adobe Acrobat. Further, the Subscriber must have a personal e-mail address capable of sending and receiving e-mail messages to and from the Company Parties. To print the documents, the Subscriber will need access to a printer compatible with his or her hardware and the required software; (c) if these software or hardware requirements change in the future, a Company Party will notify the Subscriber through written notification. To facilitate these services, the Subscriber must provide the Company with his or her current e-mail address and update that information as necessary. Unless otherwise required by law, the Subscriber will be deemed to have received any electronic Communications that are sent to the most current e-mail address that the Subscriber has provided to the Company in writing; (d) none of the Company Parties will assume liability for non-receipt of notification of the availability of electronic Communications in the event the Subscriber’s e-mail address on file is invalid; the Subscriber’s e-mail or Internet service provider filters the notification as “spam” or “junk mail”; there is a malfunction in the Subscriber’s computer, browser, internet service or software; or for other reasons beyond the control of the Company Parties; and (e) solely with respect to the provision of tax documents by a Company Party, the Subscriber agrees to each of the following: (i) if the Subscriber does not consent to receive tax documents electronically, a paper copy will be provided, and (ii) the Subscriber’s consent to receive tax documents electronically continues for every tax year of the Company until the Subscriber withdraws its consent by notifying the Company in writing.
[THIS SPACE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW]
8 |
SUBSCRIBER CERTIFIES THAT HE/SHE/IT HAS READ THIS ENTIRE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT AND THAT EVERY STATEMENT MADE BY THE SUBSCRIBER HEREIN IS TRUE AND COMPLETE.
THE COMPANY MAY NOT BE OFFERING THE SECURITIES IN EVERY STATE. THE OFFERING MATERIALS DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER OR SOLICITATION IN ANY STATE OR JURISDICTION IN WHICH THE SECURITIES ARE NOT BEING OFFERED. THE INFORMATION PRESENTED IN THE OFFERING MATERIALS WAS PREPARED BY THE COMPANY SOLELY FOR THE USE BY PROSPECTIVE SUBSCRIBERS IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING. NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES ARE MADE AS TO THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN ANY OFFERING MATERIALS, AND NOTHING CONTAINED IN THE OFFERING MATERIALS IS OR SHOULD BE RELIED UPON AS A PROMISE OR REPRESENTATION AS TO THE FUTURE PERFORMANCE OF THE COMPANY.
THE COMPANY RESERVES THE RIGHT IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION AND FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER TO MODIFY, AMEND AND/OR WITHDRAW ALL OR A PORTION OF THE OFFERING AND/OR ACCEPT OR REJECT, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, FOR ANY REASON OR FOR NO REASON, ANY PROSPECTIVE INVESTMENT IN THE SECURITIES OR TO ALLOT TO ANY PROSPECTIVE SUBSCRIBER LESS THAN THE DOLLAR AMOUNT OF SECURITIES SUCH SUBSCRIBER DESIRES TO PURCHASE. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED, THE OFFERING MATERIALS SPEAK AS OF THEIR DATE. NEITHER THE DELIVERY NOR THE PURCHASE OF THE SECURITIES SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THAT DATE.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Subscription Agreement is executed as of the ______ day of _________, 202__.
Number of Shares Subscribed For: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Purchase Price: |
| $ |
|
|
|
|
|
Signature of Subscriber: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name of Subscriber: |
|
|
|
ACCEPTED BY: ANDREW ARROYO REAL ESTATE INC.
Signature of Authorized Signatory: __________________________________
Name of Authorized Signatory: Andrew Michael Arroyo, President
Date of Acceptance: _________________, 202__.
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT]
9 |
EXHIBIT 7.1
DEALMAKER TERMS OF SERVICE
These Terms of Services (“Terms”) govern access to the software and services provided by any of the DealMaker entities such as Novation Solutions Inc., O/A DealMaker (“DealMaker.tech”), DealMaker Reach, LLC (“DM Reach”), DealMaker Securities LLC (“DMS”) and DealMaker Transfer Agent LLC, O/A DealMaker Shareholder Services (“DMTA”) (individually, each a “DealMaker Entity” and collectively, the “DealMaker Entities”). Each of the entities may be referred to as “DealMaker” or the “Company” in these Terms.
These Terms have legal implications. It is important that you read these terms carefully, and consult legal counsel if you determine that is appropriate, in order to understand these Terms.
The Terms, together with the DealMaker order form from which this page was linked (“Order Form”), form an agreement between the Customer (as defined in the order form) and the applicable DealMaker entit(ies) being engaged for technology or services (each an “Agreement”). Each of these Agreements may be referred to as “an Agreement” or “the Agreement” in these Terms.
Each Agreement contains, among other things, warranty disclaimers, liability limitations and use limitations. Each Agreement also contains an arbitration provision which is enforceable against the parties and may impact your rights and obligations. By signing the Order Form and using the DealMaker Entity services described in such Order Form, Customer accepts and agrees to be bound by these Terms.
These Terms apply to all DealMaker Entities unless a DealMaker Entity is explicitly excluded or alternative terms are supplemented, as indicated below.
1. Definitions
“Account” means Investment funds deposited in Customer’s account with a financial institution by (i) Customer’s investors directly, funded via wire or check or (ii) a third party payment processor, prior to the Closing of any transaction involving such investments.
“Closing” means the resolution of all applicable AML-related exceptions or discrepancies identified through any searches provided by third parties through Company or otherwise identified by or to Company for all transactions associated with an investment and the acceptance by the Customer of the investment associated with such transactions.
“Closing Date” means the date of each Closing.
“Commencement Date” occurs in the month the Customer begins paying monthly subscription fees. If no Commencement Date is stated on the Order Form, monthly subscription fees are payable in the month following the Effective Date.
“Customer Payment Processing Account“ means a Customer’s account with a third party payment processor into which Customer deposits investment funds.
“DM Shareholder Management Technology” means DealMaker’s investor communication functionality technology and/or services provided by DealMaker.tech.
“Effective Date” is the date the Agreement is signed.
“Escrow Account” means Customer’s third party escrow account into which Customer directs investment funds from Investors.
“Improvements” means any improvements, updates, variations, modifications, alterations, additions, error corrections, enhancements, functional changes or other changes to the Software, including, without limitation: (i) improvements or upgrades to improve software efficiency and maintainability; (ii) improvements or upgrades to improve operational integrity and efficiency; (iii) changes or modifications to correct errors; and (iv) additional licensed computer programs to otherwise update the Software.
“Intended Purpose” means Customer’s use of the Software to raise capital online via technology or services provided by DealMaker.tech.
“Offerings” refers to online capital formation transactions completed by Company’s Customers or Customer’s clients, using the Software.
1 |
“Software” means the DealMaker™ cloud-based software program developed by Company, including its features, functionality, performance, application and use, any related printed, electronic and online documentation, manuals, training aids, user guides, system administration documentation and any other files that may accompany the Software used by the Customer.
“TOS” means the DealMaker.tech website terms of service located at https://www.dealmaker.tech/terms.
2. Term and Termination
2.1. Term
Unless otherwise stated in the Order Form, the Agreement will remain in effect from the Effective Date until the first day of the month following the completion of an Offering (“Term”). The Term for DMTA is set forth in the DMTA terms.
2.2. Renewal
2.2.1. Activation Fees: Unless otherwise specified in the Order Form, activation fees do not renew. Activation fees are one-time fees. These may also be referred to as “Launch Expenses” or “Setup,” if they precede the Offering launch or commencement of Services
2.2.2. Monthly Subscription Fees: Unless otherwise specified in the Order Form, Monthly Subscription Fees (“Subscription Fee”) automatically renew each month.
2.2.3. DM Shareholder Management Technology Fees : DM Shareholder Management Technology is a service offered by DealMaker.tech. Unless otherwise specified in the DealMaker.tech or DMTA fee schedules to your Order Form, fees for use of the DM Shareholder Management Technology, when applicable, will automatically renew each month and the services can be canceled within any month upon written notice, effective the month following cancellation of DealMaker.tech services, except for DMTA Customers. Cancellation of fees for use of DM Shareholder Management Technology for DMTA customers is governed by the DMTA terms.
2.2.4. DealMaker Transactional Fees are incurred at the time of each transaction and charged on a per use basis, as specified in the Order Form.
2.3. Termination
2.3.1. Termination for Cause. Customer or any DealMaker Entity may terminate this Agreement immediately for Cause, as to any or all Subscription services. “Cause” includes a determination that a party is acting, or have acted, in a way that has negatively reflected on or impacted, or may negatively reflect on or impact the other party, its prospects, or its customers, including without limitation in a way that violates or causes a violation of applicable law or regulation. Upon termination for cause, there are no additional fees incurred. All prepaid unused fees would be returned.
2.3.2. Otherwise, an Agreement may only be terminated as follows:
a. | Material Breach: A party may terminate this Agreement upon sixty (60) days written notice if the breaching party fails to perform or observe any material term, covenant, or condition to be performed or observed by it under this Agreement and such failure continues to be unremedied after sixty (60) days’ written notice of such failure from Company to Customer. |
2 |
If the breach has not been cured within the sixty day period, the non-breaching party may terminate this Agreement forthwith and may immediately exercise any one or more of the remedies available to it under the Terms of this Agreement, in addition to any remedy available at law.
b. | Customer Default. If Customer defaults in performing its obligations under an Agreement, Company may terminate this Agreement (i) upon written notice if any material representation or warranty made by Customer proves to be incorrect at any time in any material respect or (ii) upon written notice, in order to comply with a legal requirement, if such compliance cannot be timely achieved using commercially reasonable efforts, after Company has provided Customer with as much notice as practicable. |
|
|
c. | Right of Termination – Insolvency/Bankruptcy: A party may terminate an Agreement immediately, if the other party becomes the subject of a petition in bankruptcy or any other proceeding relating to insolvency, cessation of business, liquidation or assignment for the benefit of creditors, reorganization or other relief, or is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent or has entered against it a final and unappealable order for relief, under any bankruptcy, insolvency, or other similar law. In the event of Company insolvency, all of the Customer’s assets are immediately released. (collectively, “Termination Reasons”) |
Other than the Termination Reasons, unless explicitly stated otherwise, an Agreement may not otherwise be terminated prior to the end of the Term.
2.3.3. The termination of an Agreement as described herein shall not exclude the availability of any other remedies. Any delay or failure by either party to exercise, in whole or in part, any right, power, remedy or privilege shall not be construed as a waiver or limitation to exercise, in whole or in part, such right, power, remedy or privilege.
2.3.4. All terms of an Agreement, which should reasonably survive termination, shall survive, including, without limitation, confidentiality, limitations of liability and indemnities, arbitration and the obligation to pay fees relating to services provided by the DealMaker Entity prior to termination.
3. Payment & Billing
DealMaker shall be compensated as set out in the Order Form. Unless otherwise specified in the schedules to the Order Form, Customer will be invoiced on a monthly basis. Payment will be automatically debited from the Customer’s bank account or credit card on file, with a receipt to be automatically delivered. Invoices will be available for the Customer to review upon request. In the event that any Customer payment fails, in respect of any invoice due and payable to a DealMaker Entity (“Arrears”), Customer must re–connect its bank account or update credit card within fourteen (14) days and submit payment for any Arrears. Unless Arrears are cleared and accounts are brought back into good standing within 14 days, automated payouts and reconciliation reporting will be disabled. In the event the Arrears are not cleared or accounts are not brought back into good standing within 30 days, all services will be paused until payment is received and the Customer’s bank account or credit card authorization is restored. DealMaker reserves the right to debit from Customer’s payment account in respect of any Arrears aged beyond thirty days unless the Customer disputes the charges in writing.
4. Intellectual Property
4.1. Title. Company retains title to and sole ownership of the Software and all Improvements.
4.2. Cloud-Based Software. The Software is cloud based. As such, the source and object code are located on servers outside of the Customer’s premises. Customer shall have no access to the facilities at which the Software is hosted.
4.3. Intellectual Property. All Intellectual Property, Intellectual Property Rights and distribution rights associated with or arising from Company’s Confidential Information including but not limited to the Software, remain exclusively with Company. “Intellectual Property” includes, without limitation, with respect to all DealMaker Products: all technical data, designs, specifications, software, data, drawings, plans, reports, patterns, models, prototypes, demonstration units, practices, inventions, methods and related technology, processes or other information, and all rights therein, including, without limitation, patents, copyrights, industrial designs, trade-marks and any registrations or applications for the same and all other rights of intellectual property therein, including any rights that arise from the above items being treated by the parties as trade secrets (the rights being “Intellectual Property Rights.”)
3 |
4.4. Restrictions.
4.4.1. Customer may not: (i) modify, enhance, reverse-engineer, decompile, disassemble or create derivative forms of the Software; (ii) copy the Software; (iii) sell, sub-license, lease, transmit, distribute or otherwise transfer rights in/to the Software; (iv) allow third-party use of the Software installed at the Site; or (v) pledge, hypothecate, alienate or otherwise encumber the Software to any third party.
4.4.2. Use of the Software is restricted to the Intended Purpose only. Customer agrees not to engage in any activity restricted by the TOS or transfer any information restricted by the TOS.
4.4.3. Customer acknowledges that unauthorized reproduction or distribution of the Software is expressly prohibited by law, and may result in civil and criminal penalties. Violators may be prosecuted. Customer may not reverse engineer, decompile, disassemble or otherwise attempt to discover the source code of the Software, DealMaker website or any part thereof, except and only to the extent that such activity is expressly permitted by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation.
4.5. Customer represents and warrants that any Customer assets or materials provided and the intended use thereof in accordance with the terms of each Agreement, will not infringe, violate, or misappropriate any third party rights, including without limitation, any copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets, privacy, publicity, or other proprietary or intellectual property rights.
4.6. Customer represents and warrants that Customer will not to bid on or use any DealMaker Entity trademarks, brand names, or any variations thereof in Customer’s paid search advertising campaigns. This includes, but is not limited to, Google AdWords, Bing Ads, and other search engine marketing platforms. Unless otherwise provided for in the Agreement, Customer shall not:
4.6.1.bid on or use our trademarks as keywords in Customer’s paid search campaigns;
4.6.2. include DealMaker Entity trademarks in Customer’s ad copy, display URL, or landing page URL; or
4.6.3. use any misspellings, variations, or confusingly similar terms to DealMaker Entity trademarks in Customer’s paid search activities;
DealMaker reserves the right to monitor and enforce compliance with these trademark bidding restrictions.
5. Confidential Information
5.1. “Confidential Information” means any and all confidential or proprietary information of DealMaker or Customer, including affiliates thereof, which has been or may be disclosed by one party to this Agreement ( “Disclosing Party”) to the other party (“Receiving Party”), at any time prior to and during the Agreement Term, including, without limitation, the names of employees and owners, the names or other personally identifiable information of customers, business and marketing information, technology, knowhow, ideas, reports, techniques, methods, processes, uses, composites, skills, and configurations, intellectual property of any kind and all documentation provided by investors in the Offering. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, DealMaker’s Confidential Information includes: (i) the Software; (ii) the computer code underlying the Software, including source and compiled code and all associated documentation and files; (iii) information relating to the performance or quality of the Software and services provided by the DealMaker Entity; (iv) the details of any technical assistance provided to Customer during the Term; (v) any other products or service made available to Customer by DealMaker during the Agreement Term; and (vi) information regarding DealMaker’s business operations including its research and development activities. All work product, pricing, Agreement terms and process information of either party exchanged with the other party to perform the terms of the Agreement is agreed to be Confidential Information, except that any logos or marketing references are not Confidential Information.
5.2. “Confidential Information” does not include information that: (i) is or has become generally known to the public without any action by the non-disclosing party; (ii) was known by either party prior to entering into the Agreement; (iii) was independently determined by either party; or (iv) was disclosed to the relevant party without restriction by a third party who, to the best of such party's knowledge and belief, had no obligation not to disclose such information.
4 |
5.3. Neither party may disclose Confidential Information without the express written consent of the other party, except as specifically contemplated in this Agreement.
5.4. Trade Secrets. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, with respect to Confidential Information that constitutes a trade secret under the laws of any jurisdiction, such rights and obligations shall survive such expiration or termination until, if ever, such Confidential Information loses its trade secret protection other than due to an act or omission of the receiving Party or its Representatives.
5.5. By executing this Agreement, the Customer is providing written consent for DealMaker to disclose Confidential Information but only to the extent required to carry out the terms of this Agreement.
Customer’s investors will be required to sign-in to the DealMaker.tech portal and agree to the
DealMaker.tech TOS. The parties agree that this process shall not constitute a disclosure of “Confidential Information” as described in this section.
5.6. Notwithstanding anything in this section, Customer and DealMaker hereby agree that each party may use the other party’s logo for promotional purposes (“Logo Use”). The parties acknowledge that Logo Use does not include the use of any descriptive copy, all of which must be approved by Customer and DealMaker in writing. Except as provided for in this paragraph, nothing contained in this Agreement will be construed as granting Customer or DealMaker any right, title or interest in or to any or to use any of the other party’s Confidential Information. Customer or DealMaker may terminate Logo Use at any time, with or without cause, upon written notice to the other party. For any Customer conducting a public offering on the DealMaker platform (i.e. Regulation A or Regulation CF offerings), in which the offering is already in the public domain, Customer agrees that DealMaker may disclose Customer name and offering proceeds to third party data aggregators for the purpose of generating industry reports. Industry reports shall not include publication of Customer name or the amount raised.
5.7. Authorized Disclosure. Each party may, without the consent of the other party, disclose Confidential Information to the extent reasonably necessary to comply with applicable regulatory demands or orders in connection with the purpose for which the Customer enters into this Agreement. Each party may disclose the existence of this Agreement and any relationship between the parties.
6. Exclusion of Warranties
6.1. Except as expressly stated in this Agreement, DealMaker makes no representations or warranties or covenants to Customer, either express or implied, with respect to the Software, services provided by the DealMaker Entity or with respect to any Confidential Information disclosed to Customer. DealMaker specifically disclaims any implied warranty or condition of non-infringement, merchantable quality or fitness for a particular purpose. Customer acknowledges that the Software is in continuous development and that it has been advised by DealMaker to undertake its own due diligence with respect to all matters arising from this Agreement. All services are provided on an "as is" and "as available" basis without any warranties, express or implied, including, without limitation, implied warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose, and DealMaker expressly disclaims all warranties. Customer agrees and understands that no DealMaker entity has any fiduciary duty to Customer.
6.2. No Improvements. Company is under no obligation to provide Improvements to the Software during the Term.
6.3. Any Improvements Gratuitous. Any Improvements provided by DealMaker to Customer from time to time during the Term shall be, unless otherwise stated, construed as being provided on a purely gratuitous basis and shall not give rise to any right or entitlement on the part of Customer, except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement. Any Improvements so provided shall be governed by the same terms and conditions applicable to the Software, as described herein, unless otherwise outlined in a fee schedule or addendum to this Agreement.
6.4. No Future Entitlement. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as creating any obligation on DealMaker to continue to develop, commercialize, offer, make available or support (i) the Software; or (ii) any feature, functionality or Improvement as may be encompassed in the Software from time to time during the Term, beyond the duration of the Term.
5 |
6.5. Company Templates and Samples are Provided with No Warranties. Customer may request access to DealMaker’s templates and resources to help organize and set up an offering or any communications related thereto. These resources may include template communications, educational packages, resources for the management of administrative and collaborative tasks, and best practices observed from other offerings and industries. Customer acknowledges and agrees that, by providing access to any documents, training, or resources, DealMaker is not rendering and shall not be deemed to have rendered any legal, tax, investment, or financial planning advice. Customer shall, as it deems necessary or advisable, consult its own legal, tax, investment, or financial planning advisers. All templates and samples are provided with no warranties whatsoever and by making use of such materials, Customer is agreeing to voluntarily assume any liability with respect thereto.
7. Limitation and Exclusion of Liability
Unless otherwise specified herein, in no event is DealMaker’s liability for any damages on any basis, in contract, tort or otherwise, of any kind and nature whatsoever, arising in respect of this Agreement, howsoever caused, including damages of any kind and nature caused by DealMaker’s negligence or by a breach of contract or any other breach of duty whatsoever, to exceed the fees actually paid to DealMaker by Customer during the Term. Customer acknowledges that DealMaker has set its fees under this Agreement in reliance on the limitations and exclusions of liability set forth in this Agreement and such reliance forms an essential basis of this Agreement.
8. Indemnification
Applicability of Indemnification Clause: Customers of DMTA are bound by the separate indemnification clauses applying only to DMTA.
8.1. Indemnification by Customer. Customer shall indemnify and hold each DealMaker Entity, its affiliates and their respective members, officers, directors and agents (“Indemnified Parties”) harmless from any and all actual or direct losses, liabilities, claims, demands, judgements, arbitrations awards, settlements, damages, direct fees, costs and expenses ( including attorney fees and costs) (collectively “Losses”), resulting from or arising out of any third party suits, actions, claims, demands, investigations or similar proceedings (collectively “Claim”) to the extent they are based upon (i) a breach of this Agreement by Customer, (ii) the wrongful acts or omissions of Customer, (iii) Customer, or Customer’s clients’ engagement with DealMaker and any actions taken in conjunction therewith, including but no limited to usage of the Software, whether or not such activities are in accordance with Intended Usage or (iv) the Offering. “Losses” includes, losses arising from payment processing which are losses arising from chargebacks, clawbacks, payment reversals, fraudulent charges, insufficient credit, unauthorized charges, claims of Customer or third parties regarding payment disputes, and any other problems relating to card or ACH payments made for the benefit of Customer (“Payment Processing Losses”).
8.2. Indemnification by Company. The applicable DealMaker Entity shall indemnify and hold Customer, Customer’s affiliates and Customer’s representatives and agents harmless from any Losses resulting from or arising out of Claims to the extent they are based upon (i) such DealMaker Entity’s breach of this Agreement (ii) the negligence, fraud, bad faith or willful misconduct of the DealMaker Entity or (iii) DealMaker Entity’s failure to comply with any applicable laws in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement.
8.3. Indemnification Procedure. If any proceeding is commenced against a party entitled to indemnification under this section, prompt notice of the proceeding shall be given to the party obligated to provide such indemnification. The indemnifying party shall be entitled to take control of the defense, investigation or settlement of the Proceedings and the indemnified party agrees to reasonably cooperate, at the indemnifying party’s cost in ensuing investigations, defense or settlement. The indemnifying party shall reimburse the indemnified party for all expenses (including reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel) as they are incurred in connection with investigating, preparing, pursuing, defending, or settling a Claim (including without limitation any shareholder or derivative action); provided, however, that indemnifying party will not be liable to indemnify and hold harmless or reimburse an indemnified party pursuant to this paragraph to the extent that an arbitrator (or panel of arbitrators) or court of competent jurisdiction will have determined by a final non-appealable judgment that such Claim resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such indemnified party. The Indemnifying Party will not settle, compromise or consent to the entry of a judgment in any pending or threatened Claim unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes a release of the indemnified parties satisfactory to the indemnified parties.
6 |
8.4. Indemnified Party Limitation Of Liability. In no event shall the Indemnified Parties be liable or obligated in any manner for any consequential, exemplary or punitive damages or lost profits incurred by Customer arising from or relating to the Agreement, an Offering, or any actions or inactions taken by an Indemnified Parties in connection with the Agreement, and the Customer agrees not to seek or claim any such damages under any circumstances.
8.5. Recovery of Payment Processing Losses. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, upon Company giving Customer prior written notice of no less than five business days, DealMaker.tech shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to request Customer reimburse Company for Payment Processing Losses from Customer Account or from Customer’s Payment Processing Account, unless prohibited by law. Customer acknowledges and agrees that recovery of Losses from Customer’s Payment Processing Account will not serve as any limitation on the indemnification obligations of Customer under this Agreement or any remedy or claim that Company may be entitled to pursue against Customer in respect of such Losses.
9. Third Party Services
Customer may request introductions to DealMaker’s network of partners and vendors for the purpose of sourcing additional services (including but not limited to, a call center, marketing support, investment relations). Unless otherwise specified in writing, all engagements with third parties in this respect are to be made directly between the Customer and the vendor at the Customer’s discretion. Customer acknowledges and agrees that, by making such introductions, DealMaker is not recommending and shall not be deemed to have recommended any partner or vendor’s products or services or to have assumed any responsibility for Customer’s selection of any partner or vendor or procurement of such products or services.
Without limiting any other protection of DealMaker under this Agreement and notwithstanding anything to the contrary, DealMaker shall bear no responsibility or liability whatsoever in connection with any third party services provided by a vendor engaged by Customer, the decision to engage such vendors rests solely with the management of the Customer on the terms contracted between the Customer and such parties.
10. Escrow
Customer acknowledges that if Customer opens a third-party escrow account (either by Customer’s choice or as necessary to comply with applicable laws or regulations) in connection with the Company services, Customer will apply for escrow account with a DealMaker-approved escrow provider.
11. Customer Obligations
11.1. General
11.1.1. Customer shall be responsible for providing Offering terms to its subscribers. Such disclosure shall include, but is not limited to the following material information: a method of Customer valuation, a description of the security available in the Offering, the risks related to the investment, whether there are existing investors and any additional capital expectations.
11.1.2. Customer is solely responsible for ensuring that the funds raised in the Offering are used, allocated or invested in accordance with the use of funds described in the Offering disclosure.
11.1.3. Customer acknowledges that following the final closing for the Offering, Customer will have sufficient liquidity (from the proceeds raised in the Offering or alternate Customer funds) to sustain Customer operations for that period of time which is clearly identified in the Offering disclosure or alternatively, until the next Customer funding round.
11.1.4. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to relieve the managers or officers of Customer from the performance of their respective duties or limit the exercise of their powers in accordance with the Customer's bylaws, operating and constituent documents, written supervisory procedures, applicable law or otherwise. The Customer bears ultimately responsibility for all decisions with regard to any matter upon which Company has rendered its services. The Company shall not, and shall have no authority to control Customer or Customer's day-to-day operations, whether through the performance of the Company's duties hereunder or otherwise. The Customer's directors, managers, officers and employees shall retain all responsibility for Customer, and its operations as and to the extent required by Customer’s bylaws, operating and constituent documents, and applicable law. In furtherance and not in limitation of the above, and notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or of any other agreement, understanding or document that purports to have any contrary effect or meaning, the DealMaker shall not control, or have the right to control, directly or indirectly, the wages, hours, or terms and conditions of employment of the Customer.
7 |
11.2. Privacy.
11.2.1. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Customer shall not take or direct any action that would contravene, or cause the other party to contravene, applicable legislation that addresses the protection of individuals’ personal information (collectively, “Privacy Laws”). Customer shall, prior to transferring or causing to be transferred personal information to Company, obtain and retain required consents of the relevant individuals to the collection, use and disclosure of their personal information, or shall have determined that such consents either have previously been given upon which the parties can rely or are not required under the Privacy Laws, including any consents required from third parties pursuant to applicable Privacy Laws.
11.2.2. Customer acknowledges that, when used for an Offering, the Customer’s personalized Software dashboard (“Software Dashboard”) will contain personal identifying information (“PII”) of Customer’s investors. Customer is solely responsible for ensuring compliance with all applicable
Privacy Laws when Customer (a) downloads and stores any PII obtained from the Software Dashboard and (b) provides Customer’s representatives with access to the Software Dashboard.
11.2.3. Customer is solely responsible for notifying Company when any Customer representative is no longer working for the Customer and/or authorized to access the Software Dashboard for the Offering.
11.2.4 Customer shall cause all third parties with access to PII obtained from the Software Dashboard to execute agreements acknowledging the third parties’ obligation to comply with applicable Privacy Laws.
11.2.5. Customer has implemented and continually monitors and enforces an agreement or policy with its Customer representatives, employees and agents that addresses (i) confidentiality and security provisions for all data, including data obtained through the Software Dashboard and (ii) permitted and impermissible use of this data.
11.3. Bad Actor Checks
Customer agrees to provide DealMaker Entity with documentation verifying completion of bad actor checks in compliance with all applicable regulations (“Bad Actor Checks”). Customer shall provide DealMaker Entity with a copy of Customer’s Bad Actor Checks within thirty (30) days of the Effective Date of this Agreement, failing which, DealMaker Entity shall notify Customer in writing that it shall take steps to complete Customer’s Bad Actor Checks at Customer’s sole expense.
12. General Terms
12.1. Publications. Each party acknowledges that its name, logo(s) and a description of the general nature of this Agreement may be used in any press release, public announcement or public communication during and following the Term. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Company may publish such information on its websites and in its promotional materials.
12.2. General Cooperation. The parties shall with reasonable diligence do all such things and provide all such reasonable assurances and execute all such documents, agreements and other instruments as may reasonably be necessary for the purpose of carrying out the provisions and intent of any Agreement. The parties further acknowledge that the implementation of each Agreement will require the co-operation and assistance of each of them.
12.3. No Books And Records Obligations. Any and all obligations of Customer related to the storage of books and records remains the sole obligation of Customer. Company expressly disclaims any and all responsibility with respect to any regulatory or industry requirements with respect to the Customer’s obligations related to record keeping and maintenance.
8 |
12.4. Survival. These terms shall continue in effect until the expiration or termination of the Agreement, whichever is earlier. The provisions of these Terms of Service which should by their nature survive expiration or termination of this Agreement shall so survive.
12.5. Currency. All currencies referred to herein are in US dollars.
12.6. Amendment and Waiver. Amendments to any Agreement, including any schedule or attachment hereto, shall be enforceable only if in writing and signed by authorized representatives of each of the applicable parties. A party does not waive any right under this Agreement by failing to insist on compliance with any of the terms of this Agreement or by failing to exercise any right hereunder. No waiver of any breach of any terms or provisions of this Agreement is effective or binding unless made in writing and signed by the authorized representative of each of the parties.
12.7. Assignment: No party may assign an Agreement or any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other party, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld.
12.8. Inurement. Each Agreement inures to the benefit of and is binding on each of the parties and their respective successors and permitted assignees, heirs and legal representatives.
12.9. Force Majeure. Excluding any obligations of a party to pay monies due hereunder, neither party will be responsible for any delay or failure in its performance or obligations under this Agreement due to causes beyond its reasonable control, including, without limitation, labor disputes, strikes, civil disturbances, government actions, fire, floods, acts of God, war, terrorism, or other similar occurrences (each, a “Force Majeure Event”); provided that the party affected by such Force Majeure Event (a) is without fault in causing such delay or failure, (b) notifies the other party of the circumstances causing the Force Majeure Event, and (c) takes commercially reasonable steps to eliminate the delay or failure and resume performance as soon as practicable.
12.10. Governing Law. Each Agreement is made in New York governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the state of New York and the federal laws applicable therein. In connection with each Agreement, the Parties attorn to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York.
12.11. Arbitration. Any and all controversies, claims, or disputes arising out of or relating to each Agreement, or the interpretation, performance, or breach thereof, including the scope or applicability of this provision to arbitrate (“Dispute”) shall be referred to senior management of the parties for good faith discussion and resolution. In the event the parties cannot resolve any Dispute informally, then such Dispute shall be submitted to confidential, final, and binding arbitration with venue in New York, NY, pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association.
12.11.1. Arbitration Procedure. The arbitration shall take place in New York. The arbitration shall be before a single, neutral arbitrator who is a former or retired New York state or federal court judge. The arbitration may be initiated by any party by giving to the other party written notice requesting arbitration, which notice shall also include a statement of the claims asserted and the facts upon which the claims are based. Customer and Company each consent to this method of dispute resolution, as well as jurisdiction, and consent to this being a convenient forum for any such claim or dispute and waive any right it may have to object to either the method or jurisdiction for such claim or dispute. In the event of any dispute among the parties, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover damages plus reasonable costs and attorney’s fees and the decision of the arbitrator shall be final, binding and enforceable in any court.
12.11.2. Compelling Arbitration. Any party may bring an action in any court of competent jurisdiction to compel arbitration under this Agreement and to enforce an arbitration award.
Notwithstanding this arbitration provision, either party shall be entitled to seek injunctive relief (unless otherwise precluded by any other provision of this Agreement) from any court of competent jurisdiction. If for any reason an action proceeds in court rather than in arbitration, it shall be brought exclusively in a state or federal court of competent jurisdiction located in New York and the parties expressly consent to personal jurisdiction and venue therein and expressly waive any right to trial by jury.
9 |
12.11.3. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION, ACTION, PROCEEDING, CROSS-CLAIM, OR COUNTERCLAIM IN ANY COURT (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF, RELATING TO OR IN CONNECTION WITH (I) THIS AGREEMENT OR THE VALIDITY, PERFORMANCE, INTERPRETATION, COLLECTION OR ENFORCEMENT HEREOF OR (II) THE ACTIONS OF THE PARTIES IN THE NEGOTIATION, AUTHORIZATION, EXECUTION, DELIVERY, ADMINISTRATION, PERFORMANCE OR ENFORCEMENT HEREOF.
12.12. Entire Agreement: Each Agreement including all schedules thereto, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties concerning the applicable subject matter and supersedes all prior or collateral agreements, communications, presentations, representations, understandings, negotiations and discussions, oral or written.
12.13. Headings: Headings are inserted for the convenience of the parties only and are not to be considered when interpreting this Agreement.
12.14. Number and Gender. Words importing the singular mean the plural and vice versa. Words in the masculine gender include the feminine gender and vice versa.
12.15. Severability. If any term, covenant, condition or provision of an Agreement is held by a court or arbitrator(s) of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable, it is the parties' intent that such provision be reduced in scope by the court or arbitrator(s) only to the extent deemed necessary by that court or arbitrator(s) to render the provision reasonable and enforceable and the remainder of the provisions of this Agreement will in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated as a result.
12.16. Notices. Any notice required to be given pursuant to an Agreement shall be in writing and delivered by electronic mail, addressed to the appropriate party. Any notice given is deemed to have been received on the date on which it was delivered if a business day, or, failing that, on the next business day.
12.17. Testimonials. Customer acknowledges that DealMaker’s materials may from time to time include testimonials, real world experiences and insights or opinions about other people’s experiences with DealMaker (“Examples”) and that this information is for illustration purposes only. Customer further acknowledges that campaigns are affected by a variety of factors including but not limited to time, external global events, varying business plans, different industries, and that these Examples are in no way a representation or guarantee that current or future customers will achieve the same or similar results.
DealMaker Additional Terms Applicable to Certain DealMaker.tech Services: Third Party Payment Processing, AML/KYC Background Checks, Accreditation Verification and Analytics, Marketing Review Tool.
The following sections of the Terms only apply to those DealMaker.tech Customers who purchase the specific services noted.
13. Background Checks: AML compliance and “clearing”
DealMaker’s integrated AML searches are tools provided to Customer to assist Customer (or its agents) in complying with applicable obligations related to KYC/AML regulations. Company is not engaged to perform and will not perform, and shall not be deemed responsible for performing, any services related to reviewing or analyzing search results, sources of funds or wealth, or making any determination as to whether Customer has complied with its obligations under applicable anti-money laundering legislation and regulations or as to whether any prospective investor poses any risk of money laundering, terrorist financing, or other criminal or suspicious activity. Customer and/or its agents (including counsel or broker dealer as applicable) shall bear primary responsibility to determine compliance with applicable AML legislation and regulation and shall assist in the clearing of any AML exceptions. Customer’s KYC/AML clearing obligations may require Customer to undertake efforts to ensure that individual and corporate investors provide applicable identity verification, explanations of adverse regulatory/disciplinary/bankruptcy history or media reports, confirmation of false positive results, or other documents or information required for AML purposes. DealMaker.tech’s AML searches are limited by capabilities and design of products and services of the third parties DealMaker.tech engages to perform such searches, including limitations on the search methodology, matching logic, data sources, and information accuracy.
10 |
14. Regulation D, 506(c) Accredited Investor Verification
14.1. Customer may engage either Company or a third party (each a "Reviewer") to assist Customer in complying with applicable obligations related to accredited investor verification pursuant to Rule 506(c) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act (“Regulation D”). If Reviewer is Company, Company shall review investor submissions and uploaded documentation on the DealMaker portal and make a determination as to whether Customer has complied with its obligations to verify accredited investors (as defined by Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act) (“DM Verification”). Customer acknowledges that Company may contact investor for the purpose of accredited investor verification and that Customer has obtained investor’s consent to receive communications from Company and/or DealMaker regarding investor’s accreditation verification. If Reviewer is a third party, Company will not perform, and shall not be deemed responsible for performing, any services related to reviewing or analyzing search results, sources of funds or wealth, or making any determination as to whether Customer has complied with its obligations to verify accredited investors (as defined by Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act).
14.2. Company does not make and hereby disclaims any warranty, expressed or implied with respect to the information provided through DM Verification. Company does not guarantee or warrant the correctness, merchantability, or fitness for a particular purpose of the information provided through DM Verification. Customer acknowledges that:
14.2.1. DM Verification shall not include accreditation verification of non-U.S. investors (“foreign accredited investors”) who may be subject to foreign accreditation verification requirements.
14.2.2. DM Verification is conducted using a variety of third party database searches, public record services and user submissions. Company cannot represent or warrant that the data provided will be 100% accurate, complete or up to date. The data is time sensitive and Company provides the information as is. Public records may be incomplete, out of date or have errors.
14.2.3. The results of a DM Verification search for any type of personal verification should be interpreted cautiously. Criminal and civil record search results may not provide a complete or accurate representation of a person's criminal background or civil judgment history. Records are available for the majority, but not all, of states and counties. Records can be incomplete, contain inaccuracies or false matches.
14.2.4. Company is not a consumer reporting agency as defined in the Fair Credit Reporting Act ("FCRA"), and the information in DealMaker.tech’s databases has not been collected in whole or in part for the purpose of furnishing consumer reports, as defined in the FCRA. CUSTOMER SHALL NOT USE DM VERIFICATION SERVICES AS A FACTOR IN (1) ESTABLISHING AN INDIVIDUAL'S ELIGIBILITY FOR PERSONAL CREDIT OR INSURANCE OR ASSESSING RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH EXISTING CONSUMER CREDIT OBLIGATIONS, (2) EVALUATING AN INDIVIDUAL FOR EMPLOYMENT, PROMOTION, REASSIGNMENT OR RETENTION, OR (3) ANY OTHER PERSONAL BUSINESS TRANSACTION WITH ANOTHER INDIVIDUAL.
14.2.5. Customer assumes all risks arising from its use or disclosure of DM Verification information Company provides to Customer.
14.2.6. DM Verification Services are provided in English only. Customer acknowledges that data provided in any other language will require a certified translation which Customer shall pay for, or alternatively, reject the investment.
14.2.7. Notwithstanding anything in the DealMaker Terms of Service, Customer agrees that it shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Company, its officers, directors, employees and agents, and the entities that have contributed information to or provided services for DM Verification against any and all direct or indirect losses, claims, demands, expenses (including attorneys' fees and cost) or liabilities of whatever nature or kind arising out of Customer’s use of the information provided by DM Verification and Customer’s use or distribution of any information obtained therefrom, except for losses caused exclusively and directly by Company’s gross negligence, fraud, bad faith or wilful misconduct.
11 |
14.2.8. THE DM VERIFICATION SERVICES AND INFORMATION ARE PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND "AS AVAILABLE" AND NEITHER COMPANY NOR ANY OF ITS DATA SUPPLIERS REPRESENTS OR WARRANTS THAT THE INFORMATION IS CURRENT, COMPLETE OR ACCURATE. COMPANY HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES REGARDING THE PERFORMANCE OF THE WEBSITE OR OUR SERVICES, AND THE ACCURACY, CURRENCY, OR COMPLETENESS OF THE INFORMATION, INCLUDING (WITHOUT LIMITATION) ALL WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
Customer acknowledges that these disclaimers are an integral part of this Agreement, and that Company would not provide DM Verification services if Customer did not agree to these disclaimers.
15. Third-Party Payment Processing
15.1. For the processing of electronic payments (including bank-to-bank payments, credit card, etc.), the Company may submit material(s) and or application(s) to partner third-party payment processors on behalf of the Customer. Upon approval, the Company will enable the partner processors’ intake form/system within the Customer’s online DealMaker.tech portal.
15.2. Customer acknowledges that Company makes no guarantee that Customer will be approved by any third party, and approval is subject to each third party’s sole discretion, including, to the extent applicable, its due diligence and compliance policies and procedures. Use of payment processing service(s) is further contingent on the mutual acceptance by Company and Customer of each third party’s respective terms, service agreements, and fees (including fees for merchant processing account and ongoing maintenance, which may be applied on a per-issuer basis) to be included as an addendum to this Agreement and/or presented to Customer for acceptance at the time Customer engages third party, and as updated from time to time. Note holdback periods may apply for electronic payment transfer methods, as enforced by processors. Company shall not be deemed responsible for delivery or any interruption or cessation of any services provided by any third party.
15.3. All transactions must clear prior to being made available to Customer. US Federal regulations provide investors with 60 days to recall funds. Customer remains liable to immediately and without protestation or delay return any funds recalled by investors for whatever reason.
15.4. Customer agrees that funds deposited into Customer’s Account shall remain in Customer’s Account and shall not be withdrawn by Customer or a person authorized by Customer, from the Customer’s Account prior to Closing.
15.5. Company reserves the right to deny, suspend or terminate participation of any investor in the offering to the extent Company, in its sole discretion, deems it advisable or necessary to comply with applicable laws or to eliminate practices that are not consistent with laws, rules, regulations, best practices, or the protection of its reputation.
15.6. Holdbacks. The Customer hereby acknowledges that certain terms apply in respect of electronic or credit card payment to cover against charge-backs and/or rescission (“Chargeback”). Chargeback windows can vary in duration and amount. For this reason, a holdback is applied to all funds processed online and deposited in Customer Payment Processing Account. Company shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to revise the amount and duration of any holdback. Unless otherwise advised in writing prior to the Effective Date, the holdback is 5.00% of payments processed, for a ninety (90) day period.
15.7. In the event that a Customer’s investor disputes, through their financial institution, a subscription payment made using electronic or credit card payments (“Chargeback Dispute”), Customer acknowledges that:
15.7.1. If the Chargeback Dispute is initiated by a subscriber before the Customer has accepted the subscriber’s investment, the Company shall refund the subscriber, and no further action will be taken.
12 |
15.7.2. If the Chargeback Dispute is initiated by a subscriber after the Customer has accepted the subscriber’s investment, the Company shall:
15.7.2.1. notify the Customer within twenty-four (24) hours of the Chargeback Dispute; and
15.7.2.2. Provide Customer with five (5) business days to resolve the Chargeback Dispute directly with the subscriber.
15.7.3. If, after (5) business days, the subscriber and Customer fail to resolve the Chargeback Dispute, Company will submit evidence contesting the Chargeback Dispute, on behalf of the Customer.
15.7.4. Customer agrees to promptly notify Company upon receipt of any Chargeback Dispute notifications, provide all necessary information and documentation requested by the Company to support the Chargeback Dispute and refrain from directly engaging with the payment processor or any other third party regarding the Chargeback Dispute.
15.7.5. Customer acknowledges that contesting a Chargeback Dispute may require the Company to share certain transaction details with third party payment processors. The Customer agrees to (a) only share information necessary to contest the Chargeback Dispute and (b) comply with all applicable data protection and privacy laws when handling Customer data and providing Customer data to Company related to the Chargeback Dispute.
15.7.6. For the avoidance of doubt, although the Company will make best efforts to represent the Customer in contesting a Chargeback Dispute, Company shall not be liable for and bares no responsibility whatsoever for:
15.7.6.1. The outcome of the Chargeback Dispute;
15.7.6.2. Any fees or penalties imposed by payment processors or financial institutions as a result of the Chargeback or Chargeback Dispute; or
15.7.6.3. Any loss of revenue or business opportunity resulting from the Chargeback or Chargeback Dispute.
16. Analytics
16.1. Data and Analytics. Company reserves the right to collect data relating to Customer’s usage of the Software during the Term. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Company may collect information relating to: (i) Software use (including the number of users, duration of usage sessions, and number of transactions initiated or completed using the Software); (ii) error information (including error messages and any feedback text submitted via any in-application feedback form); (iii) performance data (including software run time); (iv) user experience information (including time spent on each page of the user interface); and (v) license status information (including confirmation of license activation status). Customer shall have the right to access and use data relating to its usage of the Software for its own purposes, as available through the online dashboard or other reports provided by Company.
17. Marketing Review Tool
17.1. DealMaker’s integrated third party marketing review tool is made available to Customer (or its agents) to review Customer’s marketing materials and assist Customer in complying with applicable marketing regulations (“Marketing Review Tool”). If reviewer is Company, Customer may request that a DealMaker Entity assistant Customer with uploading documentation into the Marketing Review Tool but Company will not perform, and shall not be deemed responsible for performing, any services related to reviewing or analyzing search results. Company is not engaged to perform and will not perform, and shall not be deemed responsible for making any determination as to whether Customer has complied with its obligations under applicable marketing regulations based on information provided by the Marketing Review Tool. Customer and/or its agents (if so designated) shall be responsible for reviewing the results, and determining compliance with applicable marketing legislation and regulations.
13 |
17.2. Use of the Marketing Review Tool is contingent upon Customer’s acceptance of third party provider’s terms and fees (if applicable) to be presented to the Customer at the time Customer initiates engagement with the Marketing Review Tool.
17.3. Company does not make and hereby disclaims any warranty, express or implied with respect to the information provided through the Marketing Review Tool. Customer acknowledges that (i) Company does not guarantee or warrant the correctness, merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose of the information provided through Marketing Review Tool; (ii) Marketing Review Tool is PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND "AS AVAILABLE" AND NEITHER COMPANY NOR ANY OF ITS THIRD PARTY SUPPLIER REPRESENTS OR WARRANTS THAT THE INFORMATION IS CURRENT, COMPLETE OR ACCURATE; and (iii) Customer assumes all risks arising from Company or its agents’ use of the Marketing Review Tool.
17.4. Notwithstanding anything in the DealMaker Terms of Service, Customer agrees that it shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Company, its officers, directors, employees and agents, and affiliates that have contributed information to or provided services related to the Marketing Review Tool against any and all direct or indirect losses, claims, demands, expenses (including attorneys' fees and cost) or liabilities of whatever nature or kind arising out of Customer’s or its agent’s use of the Marketing Review Tool and Customer’s use or distribution of any information obtained therefrom.
Enterprise Customer Terms
For DealMaker Customers who have signed an Enterprise Order Form, the Terms apply, as well as the following additional terms. If you are not an Enterprise Customer, these additional terms do not apply to you:
18. Definitions
“Enterprise Customer” means a Customer that has entered into an Enterprise Order Form.
“License” means the Company’s grant to Enterprise Customer of a non-exclusive, non-transferable license for use of the Software by an unlimited number of individual users. Company will designate a DealMaker Enterprise Account to Enterprise Customers with a License.
“Intended Purpose” For the purposes of this section, Intended Purpose also includes usage by issuers invited by Enterprise Customer to use Enterprise Customer’s Enterprise Account for the above-described purpose.
“Software” as it pertains to this section, shall also include any related printed, electronic and online documentation, manuals, training aids, user guides, system administration documentation and any other files that may accompany the Software licensed by Enterprise Customer.
19. SLA
19.1. It is expressly understood and agreed that the Company shall determine its capacity to offer consulting services, only to such extent and at such times and places as may be mutually convenient to the parties. Company shall be free to provide similar services to such other business enterprises or activities as the Company may deem fit without any limitation or restriction whatsoever.
20. Licensed Intermediary Terms.
If Enterprise Customer is a licensed Intermediary (as defined below), the following additional terms apply:
A. | Books and Records |
Books and Records. Any and all obligations of Customer related to the storage of books and records including but not limited to, obligations in accordance with Sections 17(a)(1), 17(a)(3) and 17(a)(4) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 ("Exchange Act" or "SEA") remain the sole obligation of Customer and its clients. Company expressly disclaims any and all responsibility with respect to any regulatory or industry requirements with respect to the Customer and its clients’ obligations related to record keeping and maintenance.
14 |
B. | Regulation CF Offerings |
i. Obligations of the Customer (acting as an Licensed Intermediary):
Where Customer using the Software has been engaged by its client to (i) act as a Broker-Dealer and a licensed Intermediary pursuant to Regulation CF, 17 C.F.R. Part 227 (the “Regulation CF”), or (ii) act as a registered Funding Portal and licensed Intermediary pursuant to Regulation CF, in a transaction involving the offer or sale of securities in reliance on section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)), Customer shall comply with the requirements of Regulation CF (“Licensed Intermediary”). For greater certainty, this includes the requirements that Customer shall:
1. | Register with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) as either (i) a broker or (ii) a Funding Portal under section 15(b) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(b)), pursuant to Regulation CF, §227.400; |
|
|
2. | If registering with the Commission as a Funding Portal, refrain from: |
| a. | Offering investment advice or recommendations; |
|
|
|
| b. | Soliciting purchases, sales or offers to buy the securities displayed on its platform; |
|
|
|
| c. | Compensate employees, agents, or other persons for such solicitation or based on the sale of securities displayed or referenced on the DealMaker platform; or |
|
|
|
| d. | Hold, manage, possess, or otherwise handle investor funds or securities.(Regulation CF, §227.300(2)(c)) |
3. | Verify that no director, officer or partner of Customer, or any person occupying a similar status or performing a similar function has a prohibited “financial interest in an issuer” as the term is defined in Regulation CF, §227.300(b); |
|
|
4. | Have a reasonable basis for believing that Customer’s client seeking to initiate an offering of securities under the Regulation has a reasonable basis for keeping accurate records of security holders and is not disqualified to offer securities pursuant to Regulation CF, §227.301(c); |
|
|
5. | Make available to SEC and to the public, the disclosure required by Regulation CF, §227.201 and §227.303; |
|
|
6. | Provide educational materials to all investors, pursuant to Regulation CF, §227.302(b); |
|
|
7. | Verify that Customer’s clients are not disqualified from offering securities pursuant to Regulation CF, §227.100(b); |
|
|
8. | Only accept an Investor into an offering after (1) the Investor opens an account with Customer, (2) the Investor consents to electronic delivery and the review of the educational materials regarding the offering and (3) Customer has a reasonable basis to believe that the Investor meets the investment limitations in Regulation CF pursuant to Regulation CF, §227.302 and §227.303.; |
|
|
9. | Provide communication channels by which Investors who have opened accounts can communicate with one another and with representatives of the Customer about offerings made available through the Customer or its clients, pursuant to Regulation CF, §227.303(c); and |
|
|
10. | Provide Investors the opportunity to reconsider their investment decision and to cancel their investment commitment until 48 hours prior to the new offering deadline, pursuant to Regulation CF §227.304 |
|
|
11. | Provide Investors with notice of material changes as described in Regulation CF, §227.304 (“Notice”), including but not limited to notice that the investor's investment commitment will be canceled unless the investor reconfirms his or her investment commitment within five business days of receipt of the Notice. |
|
|
12. | If registering with the Commission as a Funding Portal, comply with the Conditional Safe Harbor provisions in Regulation CF, §227.402; and |
15 |
13. | If registering with the Commission as a Funding Portal, implement written policies and procedures reasonably designed to achieve compliance with federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder, relating to its business as a Funding Portal, as required by Regulation CF, §227.402(a). |
|
|
14. | If registering with the Commission as a Funding Portal, manage any reconciliation or reporting questions with the Issuer directly. |
(“Regulation CF Requirements”)
For greater certainty, the parties acknowledge that Company shall bear no responsibility for or liability whatsoever in connection with the Regulation CF Requirements and Customer shall be solely responsible for ensuring that Customer and its clients comply with Regulation CF.
Further Assurances. When Customer or its clients use the Software for an offering in reliance on Regulation CF, Customer shall verify that:
1. | The issuer has filed a Form C Offering Statement with the SEC, as described in Regulation CF, §227.203(a), prior to making an offering to the public pursuant to Regulation CF; |
|
|
2. | Issuer complies with marketing and advertising requirements of Regulation CF, §227.204; |
|
|
3. | Provider is notified of any investor who, having received Customer's Notice pursuant to Regulation CF §227.304, opts-out of their investment and whose investment must therefore be refunded; |
|
|
4. | Signed and funded subscription agreements, executed by investors who have cleared AML/KYC, are reviewed by the Customer prior to countersignature; |
|
|
5. | The aggregate amount of all securities sold to all Investors by the Issuer in a single offering during a 12 month period shall not exceed $5,000,000; and |
|
|
6. | Non-accredited Investors (as defined by Rule 501, CFR §230.301) investing in the offering pursuant to Regulation CF do not exceed the maximum investment permitted in a 12 month period per Regulation CF, §227.100. |
Payments To Escrow. Customer acknowledges that it shall direct all payments from Investors in respect of a Regulation CF offering to Issuer’s Escrow Account. Customer is responsible for (1) applying for escrow account with a DealMaker-selected Escrow Provider; (2) configuring instructions on the DealMaker platform to ensure that all payments are directed to the appropriate Escrow Account; (3) using the DealMaker.tech application to manage closings pursuant to the DealMaker user guide and (4) coordinating with the escrow company managing the Escrow Account to disburse funds upon request from the issuer.
C. Regulation A/A+ Offerings
Obligations of the Customer. Where Customer has been engaged by its client as a broker-dealer in connection with an offering pursuant to Regulation A, 17 C.F.R. Parts 230.251-230.263 (“Regulation A”), the Customer shall verify that:
1. | Customer shall complete a reasonable due diligence ensuring no anti-fraud or civil liabilities provisions of federal securities laws have been violated. As such, Customer shall maintain a Due Diligence file including the Issuer Agreement (or Selling Agreement); organizational, constating, financial, and administrative support to accept such Issuer engagement; and Issuer’s Offering Memoranda, Subscription Document. Further, the Due Diligence folder shall evidence the collection of such documents in a form as described in Customer’s Written Supervisory Procedures (“WSPs”). Customer shall create and maintain customer files, including new account, accredited investor, or qualified purchaser questionnaires, including Investor attestations. |
16 |
2. | Issuer has filed a Form 1-A Offering Statement with the SEC, as described in Regulation A, §230.252 and §239.90, prior to making an offering to the public pursuant to Regulation A; |
|
|
3. | Issuer complies with marketing and advertising requirements of 17 C.F.R. Part II, Securities and Exchange Commission and the SRO, FINRA, including but not limited to, setting up the issuer landing page for the Offering website. |
|
|
4. | Signed and funded subscription agreements, executed by investors who have cleared AML/KYC, are reviewed by the Customer and a recommendation is made by Customer to Issuer regarding countersignature. |
|
|
5. | Prior to enabling countersignature: |
| a. | Issuer has provided written confirmation to Customer that it has BlueSky notice filed in each state, as applicable depending on the states in which the securities are offered and whether the offering is conducted pursuant to Tier 1 or Tier 2 of Regulation A §230.252; and |
|
|
|
| b. | For the first 25 days of an offering, Customer will monitor investors until the issuer has provided written confirmation that all state BlueSky requirements have been met for the 53 US jurisdictions. |
6. | Issuer and Issuer counsel have taken the steps required to review non-US investors, as required by the applicable international regulations. |
17 |
DEALMAKER SECURITIES LLC (“DMS”) CUSTOMER TERMS
For any DealMaker Securities Customer, the following additional terms also apply:
Broker-Dealer Agreement. These terms and conditions for DealMaker Securities LLC (“DMS Terms”), along with the Order Form and schedules attached to the Order Form create a binding agreement by and between the Customer who has signed the Order Form (“DMS Customer”), and DealMaker Securities LLC, a FINRA-registered Broker-Dealer (“DMS”)(the “DMS Agreement”), as of the Effective Date. DMS Customer may also be considered a Customer of the other DealMaker Entities, depending on the services the Customer purchases.
DMS is a registered broker-dealer providing services in the equity and debt securities market, including offerings conducted via SEC approved exemptions such as Rules 506(b) and 506(c) of Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”); Regulation A under the Securities Act (“Regulation A”); Regulation CF under the Securities Act (“Regulation CF”) and others. DMS
Customer is offering securities directly to the public in an offering exempt from registration under either Regulation A or Regulation CF (the “Offering”). DMS Customer recognizes the benefit of having DMS provide advisory and other services as described herein, on the terms hereof.
Capitalized terms used but not defined in these DMS Terms have the meanings set forth in the Order Form or the Terms. In the event of a conflict between the Terms and the DMS Terms, the DMS Terms shall control.
1. Appointment & Termination
DMS Customer hereby engages and retains DMS to provide operations and compliance services at Customer’s discretion/ subject to DMS’s approval as a FINRA-registered broker-dealer. DMS Customer acknowledges that DMS obligations hereunder are subject to (a) DMS’s acceptance of DMS Customer as a customer following DMS’s due diligence review and (b) if applicable, issuance by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) Department of Corporate Finance of a no objection letter for the Offering.
In addition to the Termination Reasons, DMS may terminate this DMS Agreement if, at any time after the commencement of DMS’s due diligence of the potential DMS Customer, DMS reasonably believes that is not advisable to proceed with the contemplated Offering.
2. Services
DMS will perform the services listed on the Order Form in connection with the Offering (the “Services”).
3. Fees
As payment for the Services, DMS Customer shall pay to DMS such fees as described in the Order Form. Transaction-based Fees including equity are earned once the DMS Customer’s investors are reviewed by DMS. DMS Customer’s acceptance of an investor completes DMS's service obligation at which time fees are due and payable to DMS. DMS Customer authorizes DMS to deduct any fees owing directly from the DMS Customer’s bank account or third-party escrow account (if Customer has engaged an escrow provider). In the event this DMS Agreement is terminated in accordance with paragraph 1 of the DMS Terms, any advance against accountable expenses anticipated to be incurred, shall be refunded to the extent said expenses are not actually incurred as of the termination date.
18 |
4. Regulatory Compliance
| a. | DMS Customer and all its third-party providers shall at all times (i) comply with direct reasonable requests of DMS: (ii) maintain all required registrations and licenses, including foreign qualification, if necessary; and (iii) pay all related fees and expenses (including the FINRA corporate filing fee) in each case that are necessary or appropriate to perform their respective obligations under this Agreement. Customer shall comply with and adhere to all DMS policies and procedures. |
| b. | DMS Customer shall at all times disclose all compensation received by any third party promoters (including but not limited to social media influencers) in connection with the Offering, in accordance with applicable rules and regulations. |
| c. | DMS Customer and DMS will have shared responsibility for the review of all documentation related to the Offering but the ultimate discretion about accepting an Investor will be the sole decision of the DMS Customer. Each Investor will be considered to be that of the DMS Customer and NOT that of DMS. DMS Customer shall advise DMS of each Investor who shall not be accepted into the Offering. |
| d. | DMS Customer and DMS shall each supervise and train their respective employees, agents, representatives and independent contractors in the performance of functions allocated to them pursuant to the terms of this DMS Agreement. |
| e. | DMS Customer may request DMS assistance with preparation of the Form C for the Offering and guidance on filing the Form C for the Offering in the SEC-Edgar system but DMS Customer is ultimately responsible for the review and filing the Form C related to the Offering. In the event that DMS Customer files a Form C-W or Form 1-A-W withdrawing its filing in relation to its Offering, DMS Customer agrees to the prompt return to investors of all funds received from investors. |
| f. | DMS Customer agrees to |
| · | Provide accurate, complete, and timely information through the online form provided. The filing creation timeline will commence only upon receipt of all required information |
| · | Review all filings with their securities counsel to ensure accuracy before each EDGAR filing. DealMaker Securities, LLC is not liable for errors, omissions, or inaccuracies in filings due to incomplete or inaccurate information provided by the Customer. |
| · | Submit requested revisions within the specified review windows, as additional rounds or delays may incur further fees and impact timelines. |
| g. | If either DMS Customer or DMS receives material communications (orally or in writing) from any Governmental Authority or Self-Regulatory Organization with respect to this Agreement or the performance of either party’s obligations thereunder, the receiving party shall promptly provide said communications to the other party, unless such notification is expressly prohibited by the applicable Governmental Authority. |
| h. | DMS Customer is responsible for the preparation of financial statements using the going concern basis of accounting and required disclosures alerting investors about any underlying financial conditions and management’s plans to address them. DMS Customer acknowledges that it must maintain at least six months of operating capital and update investor disclosures to reflect any change in operating capital below this threshold. DMS Customer acknowledges that these updates to investors disclosures will be made in accordance with the advice of the DMS Customer’s professional advisors. |
| i. | DMS Customer is solely responsible for confirming that DMS Customer is authorized to use or wholly owns all DMS Customer intellectual property used in connection with the Offering. |
5. Role of DMS
DMS Customer acknowledges and agrees that it relies on its own judgment in engaging DMS Services.
DMS Customer understands and agrees that (i) DMS is not assuming any responsibility for the DMS Customer’s underlying business decision to pursue any business strategy or effect any Offering; (ii) DMS makes no representations with respect to the quality of any investment opportunity in connection with the Offering (iii) DMS does not guarantee the performance to or of any Investor in the Offering, (iv) DMS does not guarantee the performance of any third party which provides services to DMS or DMS Customer with respect to the Offering), (v) DMS will make commercially reasonable efforts to perform the Services pursuant to this DMS Agreement, (vi) DMS is not an investment adviser, does not provide investment advice and does not recommend securities transactions and any display of data or other information about the Offering, does not constitute a recommendation as to the appropriateness, suitability, legality, validity, or profitability of any Offering, (vii) DMS Services in connection with this DMS Agreement should not be construed as creating a partnership, joint venture, or employer-employee relationship of any kind, (ix) Services in connection with this DMS Agreement that require registration as a FINRA/SEC registered broker-dealer shall be performed exclusively by DMS or an associated person of DMS, (x) DMS is not providing any accounting, legal or tax advice, and (xi) will use “commercially reasonable efforts” to perform Services pursuant to this DMS Agreement but that this shall not give rise to any express or implied commitment by DMS to purchase or place any of the DMS Customer’s securities. DMS Customer explicitly acknowledges that DMS shall not and is under no duty to recommend DMS Customer’s security and DMS is not selling DMS Customer’s security to retail investors.
19 |
6. Indemnification
Insufficient Funding For A Claim. If the foregoing indemnification or reimbursement is judicially determined to be unavailable or insufficient to fully indemnify and hold harmless DMS as an indemnified party against a Claim, the DMS Customer will contribute to the amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of such Claim in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative financial benefits of the Offering to the Company, on the one hand, and the indemnified party, on the other hand; or if such allocation is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits but also the relative fault of the DMS Customer on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other hand with respect to such Claim as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. Notwithstanding the preceding paragraphs, in no event will the aggregate amount to be contributed by all indemnified parties towards all Claims and DMS Customer losses, exceed the actual fees received by DMS pursuant to the DMS Agreement.
7. Witness Reimbursement
In the event that DMS or any of its employees, officers, directors, affiliates or agents are requested or required to appear as a witness or subpoenaed to produce documents in any action in which the DMS Customer or any of its affiliates is a party to and DMS is not, the DMS Customer will reimburse DMS for all expenses incurred by its employees, officers, directors, affiliates or agents in preparing for and appearing as a witness or producing documents, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of legal counsel.
8. Notices
Any notices required by the agreement shall be in writing and shall be addressed, and delivered via email at the email address included in the Order Form.
9. Confidentiality and Mutual Non-Disclosure:
Nothing contained herein shall be construed to prohibit the SEC, FINRA, or other government entities from obtaining, reviewing, and auditing any information, records, or data of either party containing Confidential Information, as defined in this Agreement.
Disclosure and Retention Of Confidential Information. DMS is hereby expressly permitted by DMS Customer to disclose Confidential Information to third parties involved in the Offering contemplated herein, provided that DMS Customer has been informed of such disclosure in advance and has approved such disclosure (either orally or in writing). DMS may retain one copy of the DMS Customer’s Confidential Information to the extent necessary to comply with industry-specific document retention rules and other regulations, and in an archived computer backup system stored as a result of automated backup procedures for compliance purposes. DMS Customer acknowledges that regulatory recordkeeping requirements, as well as securities industry best practices, require DMS to maintain copies of practically all data and communications, even after this Agreement is terminated.
20 |
10. Miscellaneous
10.1. FINRA Arbitration Rules Apply To DMS Customers. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, ANY DISPUTE, CONTROVERSY, CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BETWEEN THE DMS Customer AND DMS DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY RELATING TO OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, OR BREACH THEREOF required or allowed to be conducted by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority’s (“FINRA”) rules (including the FINRA Code of Arbitration Procedure for Industry Disputes) shall be arbitrated in accordance with such rules. Any arbitration shall be before a neutral arbitrator or panel of arbitrators selected under the FINRA Neutral List Selection System (or any successor system) and in a forum designated by the Director of FINRA Dispute Resolution or any member of FINRA Staff to whom such Director has delegated authority. In general accordance with FINRA Rule 2268, by signing an arbitration agreement the parties agree as follows:
10.1.1. This Agreement contains a pre-dispute arbitration clause.
10.1.2. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, all parties to this Agreement are giving up the right to sue each other in court, including the right to a trial by jury, except as provided by the rules of the arbitration forum in which a claim is filed.
10.1.3. Arbitration awards are generally final and binding; a party’s ability to have a court reverse or modify an arbitration award is very limited.
10.1.4. The ability of the parties to obtain documents, witness statements and other discovery is generally more limited in arbitration than in court proceedings.
10.1.5. The arbitrators do not have to explain the reason(s) for their award unless, in an eligible case, a joint request for an explained decision has been submitted by all parties to the panel at least 20 days prior to the first scheduled hearing date.
10.1.6. Any panel of arbitrators may include a minority of arbitrators who were or are affiliated with the securities industry.
10.1.7. The rules of some arbitration forums may impose time limits for bringing a claim in arbitration. In some cases, a claim that is ineligible for arbitration may be brought in court.
10.1.8. The rules of the arbitration forum in which the claim is filed, and any amendments thereto, shall be incorporated into this Agreement.
10.1.9. As provided in FINRA Rule 2268, no person shall bring a putative or certified class action to arbitration, nor seek to enforce any pre-dispute arbitration agreement against any person who has initiated in court a putative class action; or who is a member of a putative class who has not opted out of the class with respect to any claims encompassed by the putative class action until: (i) the class certification is denied; or (ii) the class is decertified; or (iii) the DMS Customer is excluded from the class by the court. Such forbearance to enforce an agreement to arbitrate shall not constitute a waiver of any rights under this Agreement except to the extent stated herein.
10.2. DMS Customer Identifying Information. Pursuant to the requirements of Title III of Pub. L. 107-56
(the USA Patriot Act), as amended (the “Patriot Act”) and other applicable laws, rules and regulations, DMS is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the DMS Customer which information includes the name and address of the DM Customer and other information that that allows DMS to identify the DMS Customer in accordance with the Patriot Act and other such laws, rules and regulations.
10.3. Affiliates of DMS: DMS Customer acknowledges that agreements with DMS affiliates (also referred to as DealMaker Entities in this Agreement), if any, shall be governed by the DMS affiliates’ applicable terms of service and exclusive remedy for DM Reach to recover any Losses against Customer in respect of the Agreement.”
21 |
DEALMAKER REACH, LLC CUSTOMER TERMS
For usage of DealMaker Reach Services, the following additional terms apply to you (“Reach Terms”):
1. THE SERVICES
1.1. Overview. DM Reach shall provide certain digital marketing services as described on the Order Form (collectively, the “DM Reach Services”) subject to the following additional terms and conditions of this Agreement.
1.2. Customer shall provide DM Reach with all reasonably necessary materials, company history, financial statements, business and market description, bios of principals and key employees, customers, products, services, tax returns, financial models, systems, pricing, intellectual property, technical specifications, access to social media channels, and all other pre-conditions necessary for providing the DM Reach Services (the “Information”).
1.3. The parties acknowledge and agree that all such Information comes from Customer and that DM Reach does not create such Information and relies on its accuracy, ownership and property. Customer represents and warrants to the DM Reach that all such Information is accurate, true and correct and that, in the event Information changes during the Reach Term (as defined below), Customer shall provide updated Information to DM Reach. Customer further acknowledges that DM Reach bases its DM Reach Services on such Information.
2. RELATIONSHIP
2.1. DM Reach and Customer are independent contractors in all matters relating to DM Reach Services. DM Reach is not a broker-dealer, investment advisor, investment bank or financial advisor. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to create any partnership, joint venture, agency, employment, or any other relationship between the parties. Except for DM Reach’s provision of DM Reach Services to Customer in connection with the Marketing Spend, neither party has the authority to act on behalf of or to enter into any contract, incur any liability, or make any representation on behalf of the other party, unless otherwise expressly agreed to in writing signed by both parties. DM Reach has exclusive control over its employees, representatives, agents, contractors and subcontractors, and none of the foregoing shall be deemed to be employees of Customer or eligible to participate in any employment benefit plans or other benefits available to Customer employees. Customer shall exercise no immediate control over the actual means and manner of DM Reach’s performance under this Agreement, except to the extent that Customer expects the satisfactory completion of the DM Reach Services under this Agreement. Each party is responsible for its respective employees, representatives, agents, contractors and subcontractors, and the foregoing’s compliance with the terms of this Agreement. DM Reach is not and shall not be deemed to be a dealer, broker, finder, intermediary or otherwise entitled to any brokerage, finder’s, or other fee or commission in connection with any purchase or sale of securities resulting from DM Reach’s general marketing services. DM Reach shall be solely responsible for all local, state and federal tax liabilities arising from any income received under this Agreement, whether cash or stock.
22 |
3. FEES AND EXPENSES
3.1. Customer is responsible for all costs and expenses incurred on Customer’s behalf in connection with the provision of the DM Reach Services (“Expenses”). Any Expenses outside of the agreed budget are subject to Customer’s prior written approval. Customer is also responsible for its own costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Offering on the platform, and Customer acknowledges and agrees that the platform charges fees related to the Offering as set forth in the platform’s terms and conditions. These platform fees are completely unrelated to DM Reach’s compensation as set forth in this Agreement.
3.2. Budget and Marketing Spend.
3.2.1. As part of engaging DM Reach, Customer is authorizing and directing DM Reach to allocate the marketing and advertising budget expended during the Customer’s and marketing campaign (“Marketing Spend”).
3.2.2. Partnership Program. The Partnership Program is an invitation based program in which Customers may have the opportunity to purchase advertising slots in a variety of publications subject to Customer’s agreement to the program terms and conditions (“Partnership Program”) as part of the Marketing Spend. Customer acknowledges that it may be eligible for the DealMaker Partnership Program, however DM Reach has sole control of whether Customer is admitted to the Partnership Program. Customer acknowledges that DM Reach manages the program and charges fees for the Partnership Program. Customer explicitly acknowledges that DM Reach shall have sole discretion to terminate Customer’s participation in the Partnership Program for noncompliance with Partnership Program terms and conditions.
3.2.3. For Customers eligible for the Partnership Program, DM Reach shall have discretion to allocate Marketing Spend during the marketing campaign, except for fees in connection with the placement of partnership advertisements (“Partnership Fees.”) Once invoiced, Partnership Fees are non-refundable.
3.2.4. Customer shall approve Partnership Fees in accordance with required timelines by either (a) executing an authorization for each placement (“Partnership Insertion Order”) or (b) preapproval of a bi-weekly budget for all Partnership Fees (“Approved Partnership Budget”) as follows:
| (a) | Partnership Insertion Order: Customer shall authorize DM Reach in writing via execution of electronic confirmation to incur Partnership Fees. DM Reach shall not incur Partnership Fees without the written approved Partnership Insertion Order from Customer. Customer acknowledges that Customer must execute Partnership Insertion Order and prepay DM Reach for all Partnership Fees before DM Reach places an advertisement on Customer’s behalf. |
|
|
|
| (b) | Approved Partnership Budget: On a bi-weekly basis, Customer shall provide written approval of a Partnership Budget. DM Reach shall have full discretion to allocate Partnership Fees for the placement of partnership advertisements up to the bi-weekly Approved Partnership Budget. All Marketing Spend up to the agreed budget amount will be charged directly to Customer’s provided payment method. |
3.2.5. Customer acknowledges that DM Reach or its affiliates (a) may have an ownership interest in some providers of placement advertisements, details of which are available upon Customer’s request; and (b) as a result of DM Reach relationships and negotiated terms with various vendors, certain benefits may accrue to DM Reach or its affiliates including but not limited to additional revenue from certain partnership placements. Unless Customer expressly instructs otherwise, DM Reach may use its discretion in deploying Marketing Spend, including but not limited to approved Partnership Fees.
23 |
3.3. Customer Representations. Customer further acknowledges that:
3.3.1. Return on Marketing Spend, Partnership spend and/or advertising spend (“Return”) can vary greatly with each Offering or campaign and may differ from historical averages, both with respect to DM Reach fees and fees for any third party partners introduced by DM Reach or its affiliates. Historical data, averages and information are not a representation of what can be achieved in any particular Offering or campaign as each Offering and campaign is unique and influenced by numerous external factors including but not limited to the Customer’s industry, the Customer’s management team, the economic environment at the time of an Offering and the funds available for Marketing Spend and Partnership Fees.
3.3.2. There are many marketing strategies and tools available to raise capital. Customer is responsible for selecting the capital raising approach that is best suited to Customer’s business. DM Reach and its affiliates cannot predict and do not guarantee that a market participant will attain a particular result. The success of an Offering depends on the Customer’s own effort, motivation, commitment and follow-through.
3.3.3. Customer may use the marketing assets created pursuant to this Agreement for purposes other than raising capital. For example Marketing Spend and Partnership Fees may be used to create valuable Customer brand collateral, brand positioning, investor mailing lists and investor analytics, regardless of the amount of capital raised. Customer shall be solely responsible for using the marketing assets created pursuant to this Agreement for purposes other than raising capital.
3.3.4. DM Reach Services may involve, among other things, communicating with third party publishers to secure advertising space for DM Reach Customer ("Publishers"). Customer agrees and warrants that it shall not, directly or indirectly, or through a third party, contact said Publishers by any means and shall not interfere with, circumvent, attempt to circumvent, avoid or bypass DM Reach's communication with Publishers, interfere with the relationship between DM Reach and Publishers for the purpose of gaining any benefit, whether such benefit is monetary or otherwise or re-sell paid media or advertising placements to DealMaker Customers without the express written consent of DM Reach.
3.4 Payment. The Customer will be billed as set out in the Terms. At the end of the month in which the DM Reach Services are delivered, payment will be automatically debited from the Customer’s bank account or credit card on file, with a receipt to be automatically delivered. Invoices will be available for the Customer to review upon request. In respect of Partnership Fees only, such fees shall be due and payable on or before the due date on the invoice ("Due Date") using ACH or the Client’s pre-authorized payment method on file, unless stated otherwise on the Customer Partnership Insertion Order. DealMaker reserves the right to charge the Client’s pre-authorized payment method on file for the amount of the Partnership Fee invoice in Arrears (as defined below).
3.5. Paused DM Reach Services. Customer may request that DM Reach Services (and corresponding Fees) be paused (“Pause Date”). Customer shall pay (a) any Partnership Fees incurred prior to the Pause Date; and (b) DM Reach’s monthly service fees for sixty (60) days from the Pause Date. When a campaign is paused, DM Reach may place the campaign in a queue behind other marketing Campaigns that are ready to launch (“Launch Queue”). Customer acknowledges that DM Reach may not have staff available to relaunch a paused campaign on the Customer’s date of choice. Customer campaign may be relaunched once Customer’s campaign reaches the beginning of the Launch Queue.
24 |
3.6. Unpaid Invoices. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Agreement, in the event that Customer fails to pay all outstanding invoices pursuant to this Agreement, Customer agrees that it shall pay the full amount of the outstanding invoices from the proceeds of the Offering, within seven (7) days of the disbursement of such proceeds to the Customer, plus applicable interest. In the event that a Customer payment for any DM Reach fee fails, Customer has fourteen (14) days to re–connect their bank account or credit card and submit payment for any outstanding invoices. In the event that payment for all outstanding invoices is not cleared within 14 days, all partnership advertisements and DM Reach Services will be paused until payment is received and the Customer’s bank account or credit card authorization is restored, except for non-payment of Partnership Fees by Due Date, which shall result in immediate cancellation of the advertising placements. In the event that Customer fails to pay any invoice due and payable (“Arrears”) to DM Reach and such Arrears are not cleared or Customer account is not brought back into good standing within 30 days, all DM Reach Services pursuant to this Agreement will be paused and Customer’s campaign will be placed at the end of the Launch Queue until payment is received in full. Once payment is received in full, Customer’s campaign will move forward through the Launch Queue.
Customer acknowledges that marketing assets created using DM Reach Services shall not be released to Customer until all outstanding invoices and Arrears are paid in full. DM Reach shall have the right to register a lien on any assets or property of the Customer in respect of fees owed and outstanding to DM Reach for more than sixty (60) days.
4. WORK PRODUCT OWNERSHIP
Any copyrightable works, ideas, discoveries, inventions, patents, products, or other information developed in whole or in part by DM Reach in connection with the DM Reach Services provided to Customer (collectively the "Work Product") will be work made for hire and the exclusive property of the Customer. To the extent deemed not to be work made for hire, DM Reach hereby assigns all Work Product and any and all intellectual property rights related thereto to Customer. Upon request, DM Reach will execute all documents necessary to confirm or perfect Customer’s exclusive ownership of the Work Product. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, all assets and other creative works created by DM Reach in the provision of the DM Reach Services and all data and analytics in connection with the DM Reach Services shall be the exclusive property of the Customer.
Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, (a) Work Product shall not include, and DM Reach shall be allowed to use, any and all audience data whatsoever including, without limitation, lookalike data, investor data and digital footprints, targeted investors and their data and digital footprints, and the like and (b) Customer shall not be permitted to use Work Product on competing “Technology Platforms” without the written consent of DM Reach. As used in this paragraph, “Technology Platforms” means capital raising platforms that would complete or replace any part of the DealMaker technology offering, including alternative order-taking payment technology, and does not include technology offerings that DealMaker does not provide.
5. ADDITIONAL INDEMNIFICATION
Notwithstanding and without limitation of any other provision of this Agreement, and notwithstanding whether such losses or damages are foreseeable or unforeseeable, DM Reach shall not be liable under any circumstances whatsoever for any breach by any other Customer Partner, which term includes third party consultants, agents, corporations, partnerships, trusts or any other entities involved in the placement of partnership advertisements, of securities laws or other rule of any securities regulatory authority, for lost profits or for special, indirect, incidental, consequential, exemplary, aggravated or punitive losses or damages.
Customer agrees that its liability hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional, regardless of the correctness of any representations of any third parties and regardless of any liability of third parties to DM Reach or any of the Indemnified Parties and shall accrue and become enforceable without prior demand or any other precedent action or proceeding. Customer shall ensure that all agreements with the Customer’s Partners include the following indemnity:
“Partner agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Customer and any current or former officers, directors, employees, subsidiaries, affiliates, partners, agents or contractors (“Representatives”) harmless from any and all costs, demands, damages, losses, fees, expenses and liabilities (including attorneys’ fees and costs) (“Losses”) as a result of any third parties demands, regulatory investigations, causes of action, losses, damages, liabilities, costs, fines, claims, class actions and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s fees) (“Claims”) in connection with the services provided and the content prepared by the Partner for the Offering, unless Customer is proven to have been grossly negligent.” The Parties hereby agree that DM Reach shall be a third party beneficiary of such indemnity provisions in the Customer’s agreement with Partner in respect of any “Losses” suffered by DM Reach related to the Partner’s services in respect of the Offering. The Parties further agree that this remedy shall not be the sole and exclusive remedy for DM Reach to recover any Losses against Customer in respect of the Agreement.”
Customer further agrees that with respect to Publishers who are retained by DM Reach on Customer's behalf to place Customer's advertisements in third party publications, Customer shall indemnify and hold harmless Publishers and their Representatives with respect to any Claims arising from Customer content provided directly or indirectly to Publisher.
25 |
6. GENERAL
6.1. Customer No Unauthorized Usage. Customer acknowledges that DM Reach Customers must use DealMaker as the platform for their Offering, and Customer must execute a separate Order form with Novation Solutions Inc., o/a DealMaker.
6.2. Customer acknowledges that it is engaging in a self-hosted raise. Customer is responsible for carrying out the self-hosted capital raise and bears primary responsibility for the success of its own Offering. Customer understands that DM Reach does not and cannot make any guarantees about Customer’s campaign of Offering. No language or provision in this Agreement or any related proposal shall be construed as a guarantee or warranty of any type by DM Reach, including, without limitation, the success of the Customer’s campaign or the Offering, the amount of funds raised in the Offering, the costs associated with the capital raised in an Offering or anything relating to the scope of work or quality of work by DM Reach on the Customer’s campaign.
6.3. Customer understands and acknowledges that all changes to marketing assets and marketing collateral, including but not limited to, the Customer’s website for the Offering and all press releases, must be reviewed according to the terms of Customer’s broker-dealer engagement agreement, where Customer has retained a broker-dealer.
DEALMAKER TRANSFER AGENT LLC
O/A “DEALMAKER SHAREHOLDER SERVICES”
CUSTOMER TERMS
If you are DealMaker Shareholder Services Customer, the following additional terms also apply to you.
These terms and conditions for DealMaker Transfer Agent LLC, O/A “DealMaker Shareholder Services (“DMTA Terms”), along with the Order Form and schedules attached to the Order Form create a binding agreement by and between the Customer who has signed the Order Form (“DMTA Customer”), and DMTA, as of the Effective Date (“DMTA Agreement”). DMTA Customer may also be considered a Customer of the other DealMaker Entities, depending on the services the DMTA Customer purchases.
Where these DMTA Terms replace a provision in the Terms, it is so stated. In the event of a conflict between these DMTA Terms and the Terms, the DMTA Terms shall control:
1. Mandate
DMTA is hereby appointed as the service provider for the register of securities issued by the DMTA Customer via the online platform hosted at dealmaker.tech or as requested by the DMTA Customer, other classes of Securities that may have been issued, from time to time by the DMTA Customer (the “Securities”). DMTA’s appointment shall take effect upon receipt of a DMTA Customer Board resolution in a form acceptable to DMTA and upon DMTA’s acceptance of its mandate as articulated in the DMTA Customer Board resolution. The Securities may be issued by the DMTA Customer subject to Regulation A, Regulation CF or Regulation D of the Securities Act of 1933. In some cases, in the event the parties agree, DMTA may act as sub-register for the Securities, whereas the register for certain other of the DMTA Customer’s securities may be held by a different transfer agent. DMTA may also act as DMTA Customer’s Dividend Distributing Agent, in the event the DMTA Customer confirms in writing such additional request (the “DMTA Services”).
2. DMTA Term & Termination
Term
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Agreement, the DMTA Services provided pursuant to this DMTA Agreement shall have a term of thirty-six (36) months (“DMTA Term”), commencing on the Effective Date, which DMTA Term shall automatically renew for successive three-year terms unless DMTA Customer provides written notice to DMTA at least sixty days (60) prior to the completion of the DMTA Term.
26 |
Termination
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the following termination provisions shall apply to DMTA Services:
Early Termination.
In the event that DMTA Customer terminates this DMTA Agreement prior to the end of the DMTA Term (“Early Termination”), DMTA Customer shall pay the DMTA a break fee (“Break Fee.”) The Break Fee shall be equivalent to the remaining fees due for the balance of the DMTA Term, pursuant to this DMTA Agreement, calculated as follows:
(a) | Months remaining in the DMTA Term shall be equivalent to the DMTA Term minus the number of months of the DMTA Term expired up to the Early Termination date requested by DMTA Customer (“Months Remaining”); |
|
|
(b) | Months Remaining multiplied by record maintenance fees (pro-rated monthly) plus Months Remaining multiplied by the Shareholder Services Management Portal Monthly Fee. |
This DMTA Agreement may be terminated by DMTA (i) if the DMTA Customer is in breach of this Agreement and does not remedy such breach within sixty (60) days notice, in writing, or (ii) upon ninety (90) days' notice, in writing, being given to DMTA Customer.
This DMTA Agreement may be terminated by either the DMTA Customer or DMTA immediately upon notification or written confirmation of any bankruptcy, receivership, or dissolution of either party.
Within thirty (30) days of the termination of this DMTA Agreement and provided that the DMTA Customer is in compliance with all of the terms of this Agreement, DMTA shall deliver over to the DMTA Customer (or to such third party as the DMTA Customer otherwise requests) the Registers, share certificates and any other documents connected with the business of the DMTA Customer as reasonably requested.
3. Status of DMTA
DMTA is a stock transfer agent registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission. DMTA will not custody, hold, manage, possess or otherwise handle securities. DMTA is not providing escrow services to DMTA Customer.
3.1. DMTA Customer’s Securities and Appointment of DMTA
“Securities”, as used in this Agreement shall mean the equity, debt and revenue share securities, including any warrants and options, of DMTA Customer issued. DMTA Customer affirms, represents and warrants that it has provided to DMTA all applicable data concerning its Securities to be covered by this Agreement and associated holder positions.
DMTA Customer hereby certifies that it has taken such action required to appoint DMTA to provide the services set out in this Agreement, which action shall remain valid so long as this Agreement is in force and effect.
3.2. Management of Holders Registers, Records and Transfer of Securities
DMTA shall keep and maintain an electronic register of holders and register of transfers of Securities. Subject to any laws and government regulations in force from time to time and to any general or particular instructions as may from time to time be given to it by the DMTA Customer, and subject to any other written agreement applicable to DMTA from time to time, DMTA shall:
1.1. | make such entries from time to time in the Register as are necessary in order that the accounts of each holder of Securities be properly and accurately kept and transfers of Securities properly recorded; |
|
|
1.2. | record on the Register the particulars of all transfers of Securities; |
|
|
1.3. | furnish to the DMTA Customer, upon the reasonable request and at the expense of the DMTA Customer, such statements, lists, entries, information and material, concerning transfers and other matters, as are maintained or prepared by it pursuant hereto; and shall be the sole person authorized to add, modify or remove Securities from the Register. |
27 |
3.3. Share Certificates
1. | Securities issued following the date hereof shall be held in “book entry” form only. “Book entry” means that ownership interests shall be recorded and kept only on the books and records of DMTA Customer (including, if applicable, in Direct Registration Statement form). No physical certificates shall be issued or received by DMTA. The Securities covered by this Agreement are not DTC eligible unless explicitly stated otherwise in the Order Form. |
|
|
2. | The DMTA Customer hereby confirms that it has reviewed its articles/certificate of incorporation, by-laws and other governing documents and such documents allow for the issuance of bookbased securities. The DMTA Customer acknowledges and agrees that upon receipt of written instructions from the DMTA Customer to the DMTA, DMTA may issue such book-based positions, as represented by DRS advice or otherwise, on all new share issuances and/or transfers. If a shareholder or its representative requests a change to a physical share certificate, DMTA shall convert said share certificate to book entry form and make the requested change. |
|
|
3. | The DMTA Customer shall not issue any share certificate without such certificate being countersigned by DMTA in its capacity as Transfer Agent. |
|
|
4. | In the case of the loss, theft or destruction of any share certificate, before a replacement certificate will be issued, DMTA must receive: |
| a. | evidence satisfactory to DMTA of the loss, theft or destruction of such certificate; and |
|
|
|
| b. | a letter of indemnity from the shareholder and the DMTA Customer in a form acceptable to DMTA. |
5. | The DMTA Customer represents and warrants that all Securities to be covered by this Agreement that are issued and outstanding on the Effective Date are issued and outstanding as fully paid and non-assessable and that with respect to future allotments and issuances of Securities, DMTA shall be entitled to regard such Securities as fully paid and non-assessable. |
|
|
6. | DMTA shall be entitled to treat as valid any shareholder data, share certificate or DRS position for Securities purporting to have been issued or prepared by or on behalf of the DMTA Customer prior to the Effective Date of this Agreement and the DMTA Customer shall indemnify and save harmless DMTA, its officers, directors, employees, successors, assigns and agents from any liability or claims that may be made against them by reason of DMTA treating any such shareholder data, certificate or DRS position as valid. DMTA is hereby expressly relieved from any duty or obligation to (a) correct incomplete shareholder data prepared on behalf of the DMTA Customer prior to the Effective Date of this Agreement; and (b) verify the signature or the authority to sign of the person or persons purporting to sign any such certificate on behalf of the DMTA Customer or on behalf of any other institution that was appointed the Transfer Agent of the Securities prior to the Effective Date. |
4. Dividend Distribution Agent (if requested by DMTA Customer)
4.1. In the event that DMTA Customer appoints DMTA as agent to distribute to holders of Securities dividends as may from time to time be declared by the board of directors of the DMTA Customer, DMTA agrees to accept such appointment subject to terms to be agreed upon by the parties.
28 |
4.2. DMTA Customer shall provide security holder information to DMTA in order for DMTA Customer to contact such holders and obtain the information necessary to make dividend payments or pay amounts owing under debt securities.
4.3. If directed by DMTA Customer, DMTA may provide administrative reconciliation services for investor tax form completion but DMTA Customer is solely responsible for submitting required tax forms to the IRS.
4.4. If DMTA Customer chooses to appoint DMTA as the Dividend Distribution Agent in accordance with this section, DMTA Customer acknowledges that DMTA is not the dividend distribution paying agent. DMTA shall disburse dividends in accordance herewith upon receiving written direction from the DMTA Customer and a certified copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the DMTA Customer declaring such dividends but all payments shall be made by DMTA Customer from DMTA Customer funds.
4.5. At least one business day before the date on which such dividends are payable, the DMTA Customer shall deliver to DMTA by electronic transfer or certified cheque, funds sufficient to pay such dividends, or make such other arrangements for the provision of funds as may be agreeable between the parties.
4.6. If any funds are received by DMTA in the form of uncertified cheques, DMTA shall be entitled to delay the time for release of such funds until such uncertified cheques shall be determined to have cleared the financial institution upon which the same are drawn.
5. Other Services
5.1. DMTA shall perform such other services normally incident with the role of Transfer Agent and Registrar or Dividend Disbursing Agent, if applicable, as the DMTA Customer may request in writing from time to time for such fees as may be agreed to from time to time between the parties, in accordance with the terms hereof.
5.2. DMTA may, in connection with the services described in this Agreement, engage, at DMTA’s sole expense (unless agreed in writing by DMTA Customer), without notice, subcontractors, agents and service providers in its sole and absolute discretion. DMTA Customer agrees that DMTA is authorized to appoint such individuals and entities and do all other acts required to carry out the Agreement.
5.3. DMTA may be required to perform other work on behalf of the DMTA Customer with respect to new or existing industry regulations (for example, related to provincial Securities Acts, the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“1934 Act”), the Internal Revenue Code, state escheatment or unclaimed property legislation or other). DMTA is hereby authorized, at its discretion and at the expense of the DMTA Customer, where applicable, to perform such work.
5.4. The DMTA Customer hereby acknowledges and authorizes DMTA to use the DMTA Customer’s online DealMaker Shareholder online portal to communicate with shareholders for the purpose of delivering the DMTA shareholder Services described herein, including but not limited to (i) uploading book entry statements and (2) responding to shareholder action requests.
5.5. The DMTA Customer acknowledges and agrees that DMTA is not responsible for the escheatment of unclaimed property, including securities or funds issued and/or held by DMTA as a result of DMTA performing its services as Transfer Agent and Disbursing Agent (“Unclaimed Property”), which may be required under any state laws or the 1934 Act. DMTA’s role is limited to completing two lost holder searches pursuant to SEC rule 17 Ad-17 (“Lost Holder Searches”). The DMTA Customer acknowledges that it is solely responsible for all obligations with respect to Unclaimed Property that is in the possession of DMTA at any time and agrees that DMTA does not offer escheatment services. DMTA shall have no responsibility to provide additional services regarding lost holder accounts for DMTA Customer’s Securities.
5.6. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event one or more shareholders is not responsive to the Lost Holder Searches, DMTA Customer may retain DMTA to conduct additional database searches to locate the shareholder, at the DMTA Customer’s sole expense, in accordance with DMTA’s then applicable fees (“Additional Searches”). DMTA Customer acknowledges that it remains solely responsible for all obligations with respect to Unclaimed Property even if DMTA is directed to conduct Additional Searches.
29 |
6. Fees and Expenses
This section applies only to the provision of DMTA Services and in the event of a conflict, supersedes any prior paragraphs concerning Fees contained in this Agreement:
6.1. The DMTA Customer shall pay the fees outlined on the Order Form for the services described therein. Fees are subject to revision by DMTA from time to time. DMTA Customer shall reimburse DMTA for all costs and expenses incurred in connection herewith. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or of any fees, the DMTA Customer agrees to pay DMTA such additional compensation, costs and expenses as are agreed between the parties to be warranted by any additional time, effort and/or responsibility incurred or expended by DMTA in order to comply with any laws or regulations it may be subject to as Registrar, Transfer Agent or as dividend distribution disbursing agent, including, without limitation, unclaimed property legislation or future imposed regulations.
6.2. All DMTA Fees are incurred immediately at time of service and non-refundable. The DMTA Customer will be billed as set out in the Terms.
6.3. All out of pocket costs and expense recoveries are payable in advance, unless otherwise agreed to in writing.
6.4. In the event that a corporate action or reorganization occurs, the DMTA Customer agrees to compensate DMTA at a rate based on the terms of the transaction and the duties required of DMTA.
6.5. In the event the DMTA Customer defaults in its payment obligations to DMTA (“Payment Default”), DMTA shall have the right, commencing thirty (30) days following written notification to the DMTA Customer of Payment Default and unless such Payment Default has been remedied, to immediately suspend service or terminate this Agreement, subject to DMTA's rights and recourses under this Agreement or applicable law.
6.DMTA Customer’s Responsibility For Documents
6.1. The DMTA Customer agrees that it will promptly furnish to DMTA from time to time:
6.1.1. certified copies of all articles, any amendments thereto and all relevant By-laws;
6.1.2. certified copies of all resolutions or other authorizing documents allotting or providing for the issuance of Securities;
6.1.3. a current list of the directors of the DMTA Customer upon any change to this information; and
6.1.4. that number of unissued Share certificates as is necessary for DMTA to perform its obligations hereunder from time to time
6.2. DMTA Customer agrees to direct its broker-dealer, as applicable, to share required onboarding documents with DMTA upon request.
30 |
7. DMTA Customer’s Responsibility For Signatories
7.1. The DMTA Customer shall deliver evidence of the appointment of its signatories as such evidence may be requested from time to time by DMTA. The DMTA Customer shall promptly advise DMTA, in writing, as to any changes in the authorized signatories and the directors of the DMTA Customer and DMTA shall not be charged with notice of any such change in authorized signatories unless and until such notice is provided in writing in accordance with the provisions herein with respect to Notice.
7.2. DMTA may act upon any email or certificate or other document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed by the proper person or persons. DMTA may refuse to process any requested transfer or perform any other act requested of it if it is not satisfied as to the propriety of the request or the sufficiency of the evidence provided in support of such request.
8. Authorization To Act On Electronic Instructions
8.1. The DMTA Customer hereby directs DMTA to accept and act upon directions including treasury directions sent to DMTA via e-mail or via communications initiated by DMTA Customer through the DMTA Customer’s online portal licensed from DealMaker.tech.
8.2. The DMTA Customer acknowledges that: E-mail is not a secure means of communication. Some of the risks of e-mail communications are that:
· | someone could intercept, read, retransmit or alter a communication; |
|
|
· | e-mails can be lost, delivered late, or not received; and |
|
|
· | someone can send unauthorized e-mails that appear to emanate from a secure source. |
8.3. In reviewing directions received via email, DMTA shall rely upon the customary signature block of the individual authorized to sign for the DMTA Customer, as provided by the DMTA Customer, from time to time. In reviewing direction received via DMTA Customer’s deal portal, DMTA shall rely upon the user credentials customarily associated with the DMTA Customer’s account.
8.4. DMTA shall be entitled to act upon any direction received via e-mail or DealMaker.tech that DMTA believes to be genuine.
8.5. DMTA retains the right, at all times, to refuse to process any direction where DMTA questions the legitimacy of the direction. Where DMTA questions the legitimacy of a direction, DMTA shall make a good faith effort to promptly confirm the legitimacy of the direction, which may include requesting an originally signed direction. DMTA shall not be liable to the DMTA Customer or any party for any losses caused by DMTA’s refusal to act on a direction that DMTA is not able to confirm to be legitimate.
31 |
9. DMTA’s Reservation Of Rights
9.1. DMTA shall not incur any liability in refusing in good faith to affect any transfer which in its judgment is improper or unauthorized.
9.2. DMTA shall retain all rights and be entitled to:
9.2.1. refuse to act, and shall not be liable for refusing to act, unless it has received clear instructions and/or documentation and sufficient time to give effect to such instructions and/or documentation;
9.2.2. refuse the transfer of any Securities until such time as DMTA is satisfied, acting reasonably, that:
9.2.2.1. the share certificate, if applicable, presented to DMTA is valid;
9.2.2.2. the endorsement on the Share Certificate or DRS statement or appended stock power of attorney, as applicable, is genuine; and
9.2.2.3. the transfer requested is properly and legally authorized.
9.2.3. treat as valid any shareholder data or share certificate purporting to have been issued by or on behalf of the DMTA Customer prior to the date of this Agreement, as set out in section above;
9.2.4. not transfer any Security if such Security is subject to any restriction or prohibition on transfer, and DMTA shall not be liable to DMTA Customer or any other party for refusing to affect any such transfer;
9.2.5. refuse to act, and shall not be liable for refusing to act if, due to a lack of information or for any other reason whatsoever, DMTA, in its sole judgment, determines that such act might cause it to be in non-compliance with any applicable anti-money laundering or anti-terrorist legislation, regulation or guideline.
9.2.5.1. Further, should DMTA, in its sole judgment, determine at any time that its acting under this Agreement has resulted in its being in non-compliance with any applicable antimoney laundering or anti-terrorist legislation, regulation or guideline, then DMTA shall have the right to resign on 10 days’ written notice to the DMTA Customer, provided that (i) DMTA’s written notice shall describe the circumstances of such non-compliance; and (ii) if such circumstances are rectified to DMTA’s satisfaction within such 10 day period, then such resignation shall not be effective; and
9.3. DMTA shall be under no obligation to prosecute or defend any action or suit in respect of its agency relationship under this Agreement but will do so at the request of the DMTA Customer, provided that the DMTA Customer furnishes indemnity and funding satisfactory to DMTA, acting reasonably, against any liability, cost or expense which might be incurred.
10. Legal Advice
10.1. DMTA is hereby authorized, at its discretion and at the expense of the DMTA Customer to refer all documents or requests relating to any transfers or any other matters contemplated by this Agreement or requested to be performed pursuant to this Agreement to the DMTA Customer's or DMTA’s legal counsel for advice, and DMTA shall be entitled but not required to rely on such advice. DMTA will, in all cases, endeavor to consult with the DMTA Customer prior to engaging outside counsel, unless as otherwise required by a regulatory body.
32 |
11. Data Access By Third Parties
11.1. DMTA Customer agrees that inspection of Securities records and Registers on the systems of
DMTA may be subject to the inspection rights of securities regulatory authorities including the Securities and Exchange Commission.
11.2. For this purpose, DMTA is hereby authorized to make Securities and holder Register data available to industry third-party systems, both directly and via an integrated API, including but not limited to DMTAs and securities exchanges, to enable them to obtain information about the DMTA Customer’s Securities, payment history of Securities, confirmations of holders’ ownership positions, among others.
12. Warranties and Disclaimer
12.1. Mutual Warranties: Each party to this Agreement represents to the other that (i) it has the right and authority to enter into this Agreement and to perform all of its respective obligations; (ii) the Agreement has been duly executed and delivered and constituted a valid, binding agreement enforceable in accordance with its terms; (iii) no other person is required to authorize the party’s execution, delivery or performance of the Agreement; and (iv) execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement does not violate the terms or conditions of any other agreement to which it is a party or by which it is otherwise bound.
13. Warranties By DMTA Customer
13.1. DMTA Customer warrants and represents to DMTA that it will provide complete and accurate information and records with respect to the Securities, the holders thereof and the restrictions applicable to transfer of the Securities (including the dates that any such restrictions are no longer applicable.
13.2. In the event of a breach of any of the DMTA Customer’s warranties or responsibilities herein, DMTA will have the right at its sole discretion to suspend DMTA Services if deemed necessary by DMTA to prevent or eliminate difficulties in the provision of DMTA Services pursuant to this Agreement or to prevent potential litigation.
13.3. Disclaimer By DMTA: Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, DMTA makes no representation or warranty or any kind whether express, implied, or statutory.
14. Limitation of Liability
This section applies only to the provision of DMTA Services and in the event of a conflict, supersedes any prior paragraphs concerning Limitation of Liability contained in this Agreement:
14.1. Limits On Damages. DMTA shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by DMTA under or in connection with this Agreement, except for losses caused principally and directly by DMTA's gross negligence, fraud, bad faith or willful misconduct. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, DMTA shall not, under any circumstances, be liable to DMTA Customer for special, indirect, incidental, consequential, exemplary, aggravated or punitive damages arising out of or related to the transactions contemplated under this Agreement, including but not limited to lost profits, loss of business or holder claims.
14.2. Cap on Liability. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, DMTA Customer agrees that DMTA’s total liability arising out of or related to this Agreement, regardless of whether the action or claim is based on contract, tort, warranty or otherwise, shall be limited to the amount of fees paid by the DMTA Customer to DMTA in the twelve (12) months immediately preceding the first receipt by DMTA of notice of the claim.
33 |
14.3. Notwithstanding and without limitation of any other provision of this Agreement, and notwithstanding whether such losses or damages are foreseeable or unforeseeable, DMTA and each Indemnified Party shall not be liable under any circumstances whatsoever for any breach by any other person, which term includes corporations, partnerships, trusts or other entities, of securities laws or other rule of any securities regulatory authority, for lost profits or for special, indirect, incidental, consequential, exemplary, aggravated or punitive losses or damages. DMTA Customer agrees that its liability hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional, regardless of the correctness of any representations of any third parties and regardless of any liability of third parties to any of the Indemnified Parties and shall accrue and become enforceable without prior demand or any other precedent action or proceeding.
For so long as the DMTA Customer is a client of DMTA, the DMTA Customer undertakes to advise DMTA in writing as soon as reasonably practicable in the event that the DMTA Customer becomes, or ceases to be, a reporting DMTA Customer with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
14.4. The provisions of this section shall survive the resignation or removal of DMTA and the termination of this Agreement.
15. Miscellaneous
15.1. No Implied License. DMTA Customer has no right, title or interest in the technology used and the DMTA Services or by third parties engaged by the DMTA. This Agreement is not intended and will not be construed to confer upon either party any license rights to any patent, trademark, copyright, or other intellectual property rights of either party hereto or any other rights of any kind not specifically conferred in this Agreement.
15.2. No Underwriting. DMTA Customer agrees that DMTA is not acting as an underwriter of any Securities offering, nor as a broker or dealer on any Securities transaction.
15.3. No Investment Advice. DMTA Customer agrees that DMTA is not providing investment advice, does not make any Securities recommendation, and does not solicit the offer or sale of Securities to any investor or DMTA Customer.
15.4. No Legal or Accounting Advice. DMTA Customer agrees that DMTA does not provide any legal or accounting advice, including but not limited to legal advice or recommendations with respect to the vesting, conversion or expiry of any securities (collectively “Conversion Events”). DMTA Customer shall rely solely on its own professional advisors as it deems appropriate to do so, including but not limited to matters in relation to Conversion Events. DMTA reserves the right to seek legal advice as needed and in its sole discretion, as set out in this Agreement.
34 |
Schedule "Summary of Compensation"
A. Regulation A Offering Advance
| · | $67,500 Advance (an advance against accountable expenses anticipated to be incurred, and refunded to extent not actually incurred) This advance includes: |
| i. | $27,500 prepaid to DealMaker Securities LLC for Pre-Offering Analysis |
| ii. | $10,000 prepaid to Novation Solutions Inc. O/A DealMaker for infrastructure for self-directed electronic roadshow |
| iii. | $30,000 prepaid to DealMaker Reach LLC for consulting and developing materials for self-directed electronic roadshow |
| · | $13,000 monthly account management compensation. |
| o | Monthly account management and software access fees commence in the month of the Commencement date. If no Commencement date is stated on the Order Form, monthly fees commence in the first month following the Effective Date. |
| o | To the extent services are commenced in advance of a FINRA no objection letter being received, such amounts shall be considered an advance against accountable expenses anticipated to be incurred, and fully refunded to extent not actually incurred). A maximum of $30,000 or three months of account management fees are payable prior to a no objection letter being received. |
| o | Monthly compensation includes: |
| · | $2,000 account maintenance fees payable to DealMaker (up to a maximum of $24,000 during the Offering) |
| · | $11,000 marketing advisory fees payable to Reach (up to a maximum of $96,000 during the Offering) |
| · | 4.5% Cash Compensation From All Proceeds: |
| o | Cash compensation does not include processing investor refunds for Customers, which are chargeable at $50.00 per refund. |
| o | Customer shall be responsible for third-party fees with respect to payment processing.* |
| o | Customer may elect to offset all or a portion of these fees by levying an administrative fee to investors. |
| · | Supplementary Marketing Services to be determined on a case-by-case basis, as may be authorized by the Customer, up to a maximum of an additional $250,000 of compensation during the Offering. |
|
|
|
| · | $11,750 in Corporate Filing Fees (payable to FINRA) |
|
|
|
|
| *Fees are estimated to be approximately 2% of offering proceeds.
Fair Compensation |
35 |
To ensure adherence to fair compensation guidelines, DealMaker Securities will ensure that, in any scenario, the aggregate fees payable to DealMaker Securities and its affiliates in respect of Services related to the Offering shall never exceed the amounts set forth in the table below (the column entitled “Maximum Compensation”). If the Offering is fully subscribed, the maximum amount of underwriting compensation will be $3,872,500
*In the event that the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) Department of Corporate Finance does not issue a no objection letter for the Offering, all DMS Fees are fully refundable other than services actually rendered.
B. Non-Regulation A Offering Fees
| · | $2,500 DealMaker Shareholder Services account setup, including upload of existing shareholder list and general review and compliance (Directors’ resolutions, etc.) in respect of up to 2,500 shareholders with no additional charge. Additional services beyond the first 2,500 shareholders will be charged out at DM Shareholder Services standard hourly rates. |
|
|
|
| · | DealMaker Shareholder Services: |
| o | $250 monthly subscription fee for DealMaker Shareholder Services Management portal. |
|
|
|
| o | DealMaker Shareholder Services include the issuance of securities by DealMaker Shareholder Services to investors in any Offering conducted on DealMaker, as well as the maintenance of Customer’s register of securities o Compensation for additional DealMaker Shareholder Services is listed on the DM Shareholder Services Rate card and is subject to regular update in the ordinary course. |
| · | $2,000 monthly consulting fees to DealMaker Reach LLC for branding and marketing services unrelated to the Offering. |
Note: Prices are standard base compensation and subject to additional customization compensation. A condition of the use of DealMaker Transfer Agent LLC (O/A "DealMaker Shareholder Services") is that Customer continue to pay any and all outstanding compensation owing to DealMaker, including software compensation for use of the DealMaker Shareholder Services Management portal on a monthly basis, on the fees and terms established in the Order Form entered into between Customer and DealMaker.
36 |
Schedule “Marketing Scope of Services (DealMaker Reach LLC)”
Full Marketing Compensation Includes:
| 1. | Website Design and Development: |
| · | Copywriting and design of the website with up to 3 rounds of revisions at the copywriting stage and design stage each. |
| · | Development of the website using Webflow. • Integration of tracking, analytics, and pixels. |
| · | Ongoing maintenance and management of website content. |
| 2. | Audience-Building Infrastructure: |
| · | Audience building through email capture on landing pages. |
| · | Creation of the following email series: |
| i. | Investor educational email series (4 to 6 emails) ii. Post investment series (1-2 emails) |
| · | Ongoing email list nurturing with updates from the Customer’s campaign announcements, relevant news, and webinars. |
| · | Design and implementation of email capture in Klaviyo. |
| · | Integration of DealMaker webhooks to build and track the investor funnel and status. |
| 3. | Video Production: |
| · | Creation of a campaign video to highlight the investment opportunity. |
| i. | 90-120 Seconds |
| ii. | Basic Motion Graphics (includes lower-thirds, basic text animations, etc.) iii. Access to Stock Footage |
| · | Creation of video script with up to 2 rounds of revisions on the script. |
| · | One full day of video shooting (up to 10 hours). |
| · | Creation of final video with up to three revisions of edits |
| 4. | Conversion Rate Optimization (CRO): |
| · | Continuous testing of website content to improve conversion rates. |
| 5. | Email Marketing: |
| · | Ongoing nurturing of the email list with updates repurposed from the Customer’s campaign announcements, relevant news, and webinars. |
| 6. | Ad Creative |
| · | 4-6 image assets resized for all channels |
| · | 2-3 video assets resized for all channels |
| · | 3-4 copy variations applicable to respective channels |
37 |
| 7. | Paid Media |
| · | Management of Google ADs including Search, Display, Google Discovery, and YouTube ads. |
| · | Management of Meta Ads (Facebook & Instagram) as well as Twitter/X ads upon request. |
| · | Ongoing testing of ad copy and creative. |
| 8. | Partnerships: |
| · | Sourcing and negotiating private ad placements with relevant publishers and email newsletters. |
| 9. | Reporting: |
| · | Regular calls: bi-weekly |
| · | Strategic planning, implementation, and execution of the marketing budget. |
| · | Coordination with third-party agents in connection with the performance of services. |
| · | Monthly forecasting. |
| · | Monthly and bimonthly report generation. |
Customer is responsible for reviewing items 1 through 9 with Customer’s professional advisors, as required Marketing Services monthly fee will commence in the first month following the
Effective Date.
COMPENSATION NOT INCLUDED
| · | Expenses |
Marketing Services are provided by DealMaker Reach LLC. Customer hereby agrees to the terms set forth in the DealMaker Reach Terms of Service, with compensation described on Schedules "Summary of Compensation" and "Marketing Score of Services (DealMaker Reach LLC)" hereto.
38 |
Schedule "Broker Dealer Services” (DealMaker Securities LLC)
Pre-Offering Analysis
| · | Reviewing Customer, its affiliates, executives and other parties as described in Rule 262 of Regulation A, and consulting with Customer regarding the same. |
Pre-Offering Consulting for Self-Directed Electronic Roadshow
| · | Reviewing with Customer on best business practices regarding raise in light of current market conditions and prior self-directed capital raises |
| · | Reviewing with Customer on question customization for investor questionnaire, selection of webhosting services, and template for campaign page |
| · | Advising Customer on compliance of marketing material and other communications with the public with applicable legal standards and requirements |
| · | Providing advice to Customer on content of Form 1A and Revisions |
| · | Provide extensive, review, training, and advice to Customer and Customer personnel on how to configure and use electronic platform powered by DealMaker.tech |
| · | Assisting in the preparation of SEC and FINRA filings |
| · | Working with the Client’s SEC counsel in providing information to the extent necessary |
Advisory, Compliance and Consulting Services During the Offering
| · | Reviewing investor information, including identity verification, performing AML (Anti-Money Laundering) and other compliance background checks, and providing Customer with information on an investor in order for Customer to determine whether to accept such investor into the Offering; |
| · | If necessary, discussions with the Customer regarding additional information or clarification on an Customer-invited investor; |
| · | Coordinating with third party agents and vendors in connection with performance of services; |
| · | Reviewing each investor’s subscription agreement to confirm such investor’s participation in the offering and provide a recommendation to the company whether or not to accept the subscription agreement for the investor’s participation; |
| · | Contracting and/or notifying the company, if needed, to gather additional information or clarification on an investor; |
| · | Providing ongoing advice to Customer on compliance of marketing material and other communications with the public, including with respect to applicable legal standards and requirements; |
| · | Reviewing with Customer regarding any material changes to the Form 1A which may require an amended filing; and |
| · | Reviewing third party provider work-product with respect to compliance with applicable rules and regulations. |
Customer hereby engages and retains DealMaker Securities LLC, a registered Broker-Dealer, to provide the applicable services described above. Customer hereby agrees to the terms set forth in the DealMaker Securities Terms, with compensation described on Schedule "Summary of Compensation" hereto.
39 |
Schedule “DealMaker.tech Subscription Platform and Shareholder Services Online Portal”
During the Offering, Subscription Processing and Payments Functionality
| · | Creation and maintenance of deal portal powered by DealMaker.tech software with fully-automated tracking, signing, and reconciliation of investment transactions |
|
|
|
| · | Full analytics suite to track all aspects of the offering and manage the conversion of prospective investors into actual investors. |
Apart from the Offering, Shareholder Management via DealMaker Shareholder Services
| · | Access to DM Shareholder Management Technology to provide corporate updates, announce additional financings, and track engagement |
|
|
|
| · | Document-sharing functionality to disseminate share certificates, tax documentation, and other files to investors |
|
|
|
| · | Monthly compensation is payable to DealMaker.tech while the client has engaged DealMaker Shareholder Services |
Subscription Management and DM Shareholder Management Technology is provided by Novation Solutions Inc. O/A DealMaker. Customer hereby agrees to the terms set forth in the DealMaker Terms of Service with compensation described on Schedule "Summary of Compensation" hereto.
40 |
Schedule “Transfer Agent Services” (DealMaker Shareholder Services)
Account Setup:
General onboarding and customer account setup, includes:
| · | Upload of existing shareholder list (2,500 shareholders or fewer) |
|
|
|
| · | Issuer review and compliance package (directors resolutions, etc) |
Shareholder Services Management Portal Monthly Compensation
Number of Shareholders | Monthly Compensation |
0-250 | $250 minimum flat fee |
251-500 | $0.75 / shareholder |
501-1500 | $0.50 / shareholder |
1,501-5,000 | $0.20 / shareholder |
5,001-10,000 | $0.10 / shareholder |
10,001+ | $0.08 / shareholder |
Issuance Compensation (Per Action)
Electronic Record (Book Entry) security issuance compensation included
Compensation for additional services is listed on the DealMaker Shareholder Services Rate card and is subject to regular update in the ordinary course. Upload of historic shareholder list includes up to 2,500 shareholders provided that that shareholder data meets DealMaker’s standard data format. Services related to onboarding historical shareholders where data is not provided in DealMaker’s standard format or above and beyond the first 2,500 shareholders will be billable at DealMaker Shareholder Services standard hourly rates of $50 per hour.
A condition of the use of DealMaker Shareholder Services is that Customer continue to pay any and all outstanding compensation owing to DealMaker, including software compensation for use of the DealMaker Shareholder Services Management portal on a monthly basis, on the compensation and terms established in the Order Form entered into between Customer and DealMaker.
Customer hereby engages and retains DealMaker Transfer Agent LLC, a registered Transfer Agent, (O/A "DealMaker Shareholder Services") to provide the applicable services, with compensation described on Schedule "Summary of Compensation" hereto.
Shareholder Services Rate Card
Warrants and Convertible Notes:
NOTE: Prices are standard base fees and subject to additional customization fees. A condition of the use of DealMaker Transfer Agent LLC services is that Issuer continue to pay any and all outstanding fees owing to DealMaker, including software fees for use of the DealMaker Shareholder Services Management portal on a monthly basis, on the fees and terms established in the Order Form entered into between Issuer and DealMaker.
41 |
General onboarding and customer account setup, includes: |
| |
· | services rendered in connection with the creation of the issue. |
|
|
|
|
· | including, among other things, reviewing and providing our comments to counsel on the draft Warrant Indenture and other related documents. |
|
· | execution of the Warrant Indenture in its final approved form in acceptance of the responsibilities and duties of the agency. |
|
· | setting up records, and all telephone communications and correspondence incidental thereto. |
|
|
|
|
Monthly Record Maintenance Fee | $300 per month | |
|
|
|
Exercise Fee | $60.00 per exercise and issuance | |
|
|
|
· | Includes review of exercise forms, confirmation of payment |
|
· | Cancellation of warrants and update of warrant register |
|
· | Issuance of new securities, update of new security register |
|
· | AML verification included in .tech portal |
|
|
|
|
Cancellation, De-Registration, Re-Registration of Warrants | $20.00 per cancellation | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Removal of Restrictive Legend | $100 per transaction |
42 |
Other Services Rush Fees Fractional Share Payments Audit Verification Early Termination Consulting Fee |
| |
*Quoted based on Customer time limitations and project scope *Quoted upon request $125 $2,500 $50/hour * Consulting fee for issuer & investor questions outside our mandate for example, questions not directly related to the series raise for which we have been engaged. | ||
|
|
|
Account Setup & Onboarding | ||
DealMaker Shareholder Services Onboarding includes: | $2,500 | |
· | Configuration of a Customer Shareholder Services portal for shareholder management |
|
· | Issuer review and compliance package |
|
· | Upload of historical shareholder list (must be provided in appropriate CSV Format) up to 2,500 holders |
|
|
| |
Data cleaning and reconciliation | $125/hour | |
Note: DealMaker standard hourly rates of $125 per hour will apply to: (a) uploading all historic shareholder data that is not in standard CSV format; and (b) Issuers importing greater than 2,500 historic shareholders. Requests to upload more than 2500 historic shareholders may also incur additional fees for data integration, available upon request | ||
|
|
|
Shareholder Services Management Portal Monthly Fee | ||
|
| |
0 - 250 shareholders (minimum flat fee) | $250 | |
|
| |
251 - 500 shareholders | $0.75 / shareholder | |
|
| |
501 - 1,500 shareholders | $0.50 / shareholder | |
|
| |
1,501 - 5,000 shareholders | $0.20 / shareholder | |
|
| |
5,001 - 10,000 shareholders | $0.10 / shareholder | |
|
| |
10,001+ shareholders | $0.08 / shareholder | |
|
| |
Monthly Fee includes: |
| |
|
| |
- | Portal access and use of DM Shareholder Management Technology |
|
- | shareholder ledger management, shareholder inquiry and IR functionality, Community building tools, and more. |
|
- | Functionality supporting corporate updates, announcements, tracking engagement. |
|
- | Document-sharing functionality to disseminate book entry statements, tax documentation, and other files to shareholders. |
|
Note: Pricing is graduated - tiers apply progressively as shareholder quantity increases. |
| |
|
| |
Issuance Fees |
| |
Electronic Record (Book Entry) security issuance fee | included |
43 |
Base Usage Fees - Corporate Actions |
|
|
|
Stock Split | $2,500 |
Name Change | $2,500 |
Stock Dividend | $2,500 |
Shareholder Actions |
|
Non-restricted share transfer (issue/cancel). Includes electronic record-keeping of documentation received for transfer | $50/transfer |
Removal of Restrictive Legend | $100 |
Transaction Rejection | $25 |
Note: all shares are maintained in book-entry form, we do not issue paper certificates so significant savings on paper certificate costs (lost/stolen/mailing) | |
Digital Dividend |
|
Dividend Setup | $1,500 |
Administrative Fee | $500 per disbursement |
Per distribution (plus associated payment processing costs) | $3.00 |
1099s Issue/Send* | $3.99 |
Note: Customer is responsible for issuing K-1s in place of 1099s. Customer’s accountant can prepare K-1s. DealMaker Shareholder Services can be used to share K-1 statements with Customer’s investors and FAQs prepared to easily manage investor’s inquiries. | |
Base Shareholder Digital Voting & Annual Meetings |
|
Voting, Website setup, Digital Meeting Hosting, Digital Q&A, Shareholder Technology Support | $15,000** |
Email notice and Electronic ID Generation | $1.50 per shareholder |
Vote Tabulation | $0.50 per vote tabulated |
**Per Quarter. Voting extended beyond the quarter is subject to additional fees. |
|
Note: By-Laws must be drafted by counsel to permit digital meetings. |
|
Other Services |
|
Audit Verification | $125 |
Additional OFAC investor checks | $2.50/shareholder |
Early Termination | Per contract term |
44 |
EXHIBIT 8.1
IRREVOCABLE POWER OF ATTORNEY
by and among
[NAME OF STOCKHOLDER]
and
Andrew Michael Arroyo
and
Andrew Arroyo Real Estate Inc. (a Delaware corporation)
WHEREAS:
A. | The undersigned stockholder (the “Selling Stockholder”) of Andrew Arroyo Real Estate Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) wishes to offer shares of Class A Common Stock of the Company (“Shares”) for the sale under the Offering (as defined below) pursuant to which the Selling Stockholder will seek to sell the respective number of shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company (the “Class A Common Stock, as set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto (the “Offered Shares”)); |
B. | The Selling Stockholder understands that the Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) an Offering Statement on Form 1-A (File No. 000-00000) (the “Offering Statement”) under Regulation A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) in connection with the offering (the “Offering”) of shares of its Class A Common Stock by the Company and the selling stockholders. The Selling Stockholder has elected to sell the Offered Shares in the Offering if the Offering is qualified and sales occur thereunder. Accordingly, the Offering will be qualified under the Securities Act, covering the Offered Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholder. |
C. | The Company may undertake one or more closings (“Closings”) in respect of the Offering on an ongoing basis. At each Closing, the selling stockholders will sell their Offered Shares on a pro rata basis to investors (“Investors”) in the Offering. After each Closing, funds tendered by Investors will be available to the Company and the selling stockholders including the Selling Stockholder in their pro rata amount of all shares being sold by selling stockholders. For the avoidance of doubt, with respect to the Selling Stockholder, “pro rata basis” means that portion that the Selling Stockholder may sell of the total shares being offered by all selling stockholders in the Offering expressed as a percentage where the numerator is the total number of shares being offered by the Selling Stockholder divided by the total number of shares being offered by all selling stockholders as set forth in the Offering Statement. |
D. | The Selling Stockholder, by executing and delivering this Irrevocable Power of Attorney (this “Agreement”), confirms the Selling Stockholder’s willingness and intent to sell the Offered Shares in the Offering if the Offering is qualified by the Securities and Exchange Commission and if sales occur thereunder. |
E. | The Selling Stockholder hereby acknowledges receipt in electronic format of (i) a form of the subscription agreement to be executed by Investors and the Company, and (ii) the Offering Statement as originally filed and all amendments thereto, including a copy of the Preliminary Offering Circular, to be used in connection with the Offering. The Selling Stockholder understands that the subscription agreement is subject to revision before execution, with such changes as the Attorney-in-Fact deems appropriate (including with respect to the Securities Act and is subject to amendment. |
1 |
NOW THEREFORE to induce the Company to enter into the subscription agreement and to secure its performance, the Selling Stockholder agrees as follows:
1. | Appointment of Attorney-in-Fact; Grant of Authority. For purposes of effecting the sale of the Offered Shares pursuant to the Offering, the Selling Stockholder irrevocably makes, constitutes and appoints Andrew Michael Arroyo the true and lawful agent and attorney-in-act of the Selling Stockholder (the “Attorney-in-Fact”), with full power and authority, subject to the terms and provisions hereof, to act hereunder, or through a duly appointed successor attorney-in-fact (it being understood that the Attorney-in-Fact shall have full power to make and substitute any executive officer or director of the Company in the place and stead of such Attorney-in-Fact (or, in the event of the death, disability or incapacity of the Attorney-in-Fact, the Company may appoint a substitute therefor), and the Selling Stockholder hereby ratifies and confirms all that the Attorney-in-Fact or successor attorney-in-fact shall do pursuant to this Agreement), in his or their sole discretion, all as hereinafter provided, in the name of and for and on behalf of the Selling Stockholder, as fully as could the Selling Stockholder if present and acting in person, with respect to the following matters in connection with and necessary and incident to the qualification and sale of the Selling Stockholder’s Shares in the Offering: |
| a. | if necessary, to effect the conversion of the Selling Stockholder’s shares from Class B Common Stock into the Class A Common Stock in accordance with the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation; |
| b. | to authorize and direct the Company and the Company’s transfer agent, Transfer Online, Inc. , ( the “Transfer Agent”), and any other person or entity to take any and all actions as may be necessary or deemed to be advisable by the Attorney-in-Fact to effect the sale, transfer and disposition of any or all of the Selling Stockholder’s Offered Shares in the Offering as the Attorney-in-Fact or any of them may, in their sole discretion, determine, including to direct the Transfer Agent with respect to: |
| i. | The transfer on the stock record books of the Company of the Offered Shares in order to effectuate such sale (including the names in which the Offered Shares are to be issued and the denominations thereof); |
| ii. | The delivery of the Offered Shares to Investors with, if necessary, appropriate stock powers or other instruments of transfer duly endorsed or in blank against receipt by the Company of the purchase price to be paid therefor; |
| iii. | The payment by the Company (which payment may be made out of the proceeds of any sale of the Offered Shares) of the expenses, if any, to be borne by the Selling Stockholder pursuant to the Offering and such other costs and expenses as are agreed upon by such Attorney-in-Fact to be borne by the Selling Stockholder (any expenses incurred on behalf of the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall be apportioned among all stockholders and the Company on the basis of the respective number of shares of Class A Common Stock to be sold by them pursuant to the Offering); and |
| iv. | The remittance to the Selling Stockholder of the balance of the proceeds from any sale of the Offered Shares. |
| c. | To prepare, execute and deliver any and all documents (the “Offering Documents”) on behalf of the Selling Stockholder with respect to the Offering, with such insertions, changes, additions or deletions therein as the Attorney-in-Fact, in his or her sole discretion, may determine to be necessary or appropriate (which may include a decrease, but not an increase, in the number of Offered Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholder), and containing such terms as such Attorney-in-Fact, shall determine, including the price per share, the purchase price per share to be paid by Investors, and provisions concerning the Offering, the execution and delivery of such documents by the Attorney-in-Fact to be conclusive evidence with respect to his or her approval thereof, including the making of all representations and agreements to be made by, and the exercise of all authority thereunder vested in, the Selling Stockholder, and to carry out and comply with each and all of the provisions of the Offering Documents; |
| d. | To take any and all actions that may be necessary or deemed to be advisable by the Attorney-in-Fact with respect to the Offering, including, without limitation, approval of amendments to the Offering Statement or any preliminary Offering Circular, the execution, acknowledgment and delivery of any certificates, documents, including the Stockholders Agreement, undertakings, representations, agreements and consents, which may be required by the Commission, appropriate authorities of states or other jurisdictions or legal counsel or such certificates, documents, undertakings, representations, agreements and consents as may otherwise be necessary or appropriate in connection with the qualification of the Shares of the Company under the Securities Act or the securities or blue sky laws of the various states or necessary to facilitate sales of the Offered Shares; |
2 |
| e. | To take or cause to be taken any and all further actions, and to execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, any and all such certificates, instruments, reports, contracts, orders, receipts, notices, requests, applications, consents, undertakings, powers of attorney, instructions, certificates, letters and other writings, including communications to the Commission, documents, stock certificates and share powers and other instruments of transfer and closing as may be required to complete the Offering or as may otherwise be necessary or deemed to be advisable or desirable by the Attorney-in-Fact in connection therewith, with such changes or amendments thereto as the Attorney-in-Fact may, in his or her sole discretion, approve (such approval to be evidenced by their signature thereof), as may be necessary or deemed to be advisable or desirable by the Attorney-in-Fact to effectuate, implement and otherwise carry out the transactions contemplated by Offering and this Agreement, or as may be necessary or deemed to be advisable or desirable by the Attorney-in-Fact in connection with the qualification of the Shares of the Company, pursuant to the Securities Act or the securities or blue sky laws of the various states, the sale of the Shares to the Investors or the public offering thereof; and |
| f. | If necessary, to endorse (in blank or otherwise) on behalf of the Selling Stockholder any certificate or certificates representing the Offered Shares that may be issued, or a stock power or powers attached to such certificate or certificates. |
2. | Sole Authority of Attorney-in-Fact and the Company. The Selling Stockholder agrees that the Attorney-in-Fact has the sole authority to agree with the Company (including any pricing or similar committee established by the Board of Directors of the Company) upon the price per share in the Offering, provided that such price is not less than $2.80 per share or such lower price per share as mandated by the Commission, at which the shares will be sold to the public under the Offering Statement. The Selling Stockholder further agrees that the Company may withdraw the Offering Statement and terminate the Offering in its sole discretion for any reason whatsoever or for no reason, without any liability to the Selling Stockholder. |
|
|
3. | Irrevocability. The Selling Stockholder has conferred and granted the power of attorney and all other authority contained herein for the purpose of completing the Offering and in consideration of the actions of the Company in connection therewith. Therefore, the Selling Stockholder hereby agrees that all power and authority hereby conferred is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable and, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, shall not be terminated by any act of the Selling Stockholder or by operation of law or by the occurrence of any event whatsoever, including, without limitation, the death, disability, incapacity, revocation, termination, liquidation, dissolution, bankruptcy, dissolution of marital relationship or insolvency of the Selling Stockholder (or if more than one, either or any of them) or any similar event (including, without limiting the foregoing, the termination of any trust or estate for which the Selling Stockholder is acting as a fiduciary or fiduciaries, the death or incapacity of one or more trustees, guardians, executors or administrators under such trust or estate, or the dissolution or liquidation of any corporation, partnership or other entity). If, after the execution of this Agreement, any such event shall occur before the completion of the transactions contemplated by the subscription agreement and/or this Agreement, the Attorney-in-Fact and the Transfer Agent and Escrow Agent are nevertheless authorized and directed to complete all of such transactions, including the delivery of the Selling Stockholder’s Shares to be sold to Investors, as if such event had not occurred and regardless of notice thereof. |
|
|
4. | Representations, Warranties and Agreements. The Selling Stockholder represents and warrants to the Company that the following representations and warranties are true and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof, as of the date of qualification of the Offering Statement by the Commission, and as of each Closing in which the Selling Stockholder participates, except as otherwise indicated. For purposes of this Agreement, an individual shall be deemed to have “knowledge” of a particular fact or other matter if such individual is actually aware of such fact. An entity will be deemed to have “knowledge” of a particular fact or other matter if one of such entity’s current officers, directors, managing member or any officer or director thereof, general partner or any officer or director thereof, or similar person of authority with respect to such Selling Stockholder has, or at any time had, actual knowledge of such fact or other matter: |
| a. | Authorization of Agreement. Selling Stockholder has all necessary power and authority, including corporate under all applicable provisions of law to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. This Agreement is a valid and binding obligation of Selling Stockholder, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights, (ii) as limited by general principles of equity that restrict the availability of equitable remedies, and (iii) to the extent the indemnification provisions contained herein may be limited by federal or state securities laws. |
3 |
| b. | Title to the Shares. Upon taking all actions necessary, if any, as contemplated in this Agreement, Selling Stockholder is the lawful owner of the Offered Shares, with good and marketable title thereto, and the Selling Stockholder has the absolute right to sell, assign, convey, transfer and deliver such Offered Shares and any and all rights and benefits incident to the ownership thereof, all of which rights and benefits are transferable by the Selling Stockholder to Investors, free and clear of all the following (collectively called “Claims”) of any nature whatsoever: security interests, liens, pledges, claims (pending or threatened), charges, escrows, encumbrances, lock-up arrangements, options, rights of first offer or refusal, community property rights, mortgages, indentures, security agreements or other agreements, arrangements, contracts, commitments, understandings or obligations, whether written or oral and whether or not relating in any way to credit or the borrowing of money. Delivery to Investors of such Offered Shares, upon payment therefor, will (i) pass good and marketable title to such Offered Shares to the relevant Investor(s), free and clear of all Claims, and (ii) convey, free and clear of all Claims, any and all rights and benefits incident to the ownership of such Offered Shares. |
| c. | No Filings. No order, license, consent, authorization or approval of, or exemption by, or action by or in respect of, or notice to, or filing or registration with, any governmental body, agency or official is required by or with respect to the Selling Stockholder in connection with the acceptance, delivery and performance by the Selling Stockholder of this Agreement or the sale and delivery of the Offered Shares of such Selling Stockholder being sold in the Offering, except (i) for such filings as may be required under Regulation A of the Securities Act, or under any applicable state securities laws, (ii) for such other filings and approvals as have been made or obtained, or (iii) where the failure to obtain any such order, license, consent, authorization, approval or exemption or give any such notice or make any filing or registration would not have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Selling Stockholder to perform its obligations hereunder and the transactions contemplated hereby. |
| d. | No Litigation. There is no action, suit, proceeding, judgment, claim or investigation pending, or to the knowledge of the Selling Stockholder, threatened against the Selling Stockholder which could reasonably be expected in any manner to challenge or seek to prevent, enjoin, alter or materially delay any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. |
| e. | Non-Public Information. Selling Stockholder is not selling its Shares “on the basis of” (as defined in Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act) any material, non-public information about the Offered Shares or the Company. |
| f. | Spousal Consent. The Selling Stockholder (if a natural person) has caused his or her spouse to join in and consent to the terms of this Agreement by executing the Consent of Spouse in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B and the Consent of Spouse is incorporated by reference herein or, if such Consent of Spouse is unsigned, the Selling Stockholder (if a natural person) has no spouse or does not reside in a state in which such Consent of Spouse is required by law to be executed. |
| g. | Subsequent POA. Any subsequent power of attorney executed by the Selling Stockholder will expressly provide that the execution of such power of attorney will not revoke this Agreement. |
|
|
|
The foregoing representations, warranties and agreements are for the benefit of and may be relied upon by the Attorney-in-Fact, the Company, the Transfer Agent, the Escrow Agent and their respective legal counsel. |
5. | Release. Subject to the provisions of Section 7 hereof, the Selling Stockholder hereby agrees to release and does release the Attorney-in-Fact and the Escrow Agent and Transfer Agent from any and all liabilities, joint or several, to which they may become subject insofar as such liabilities (or action in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any action taken or omitted to be taken, including but not limited to not proceeding with the Offering for any reason whatsoever, by the Attorney-in- Fact, the Escrow Agent or the Transfer Agent pursuant hereto, except for their gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith. |
|
|
6. | Waiver. Subject to the provision of Section 7 hereof, the Selling Stockholder acknowledges and agrees that, by accepting payment for the Offered Shares purchased by Investors the Selling Stockholder forever releases and discharges the Company and its heirs, successors and assigns from any and all claims whatsoever that the Selling Stockholder now has, or may have in the future, arising out of, or related to the Offered Shares. |
4 |
7. | Indemnification. |
| a. | The Selling Stockholder agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Attorney-in-Fact, the Escrow Agent, and the Transfer Agent and their respective officers, agents, successors, assigns and personal representatives with respect to any act or omission of or by any of them in good faith in connection with any and all matters contemplated by this Agreement. |
|
|
|
| b. | Each indemnified party shall give notice as promptly as reasonably practicable to each indemnifying party of any action commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, but failure to so notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve such indemnifying party from any liability hereunder to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and in any event shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement. An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of any such action; provided, however, that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of the indemnified party) also be counsel to the indemnified party. In no event shall the indemnifying parties be liable for fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own counsel for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification could be sought under this Section 7 (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party. |
8. | Termination. This Agreement shall terminate upon the earliest to occur of: |
| a. | The date, if any, on which the Offering Statement is withdrawn from the Commission; and |
| b. | The date on which the final Closing (to be determined in sole discretion of the Company) in respect of the Offering in which Offered Shares are to be sold is consummated and the proceeds have been distributed to the Selling Stockholder, whether or not all the Offered Shares owned by the Selling Stockholder are sold in the Offering, subject, however, to all lawful action done or performed by the Attorney-in-Fact or the Escrow Agent or Transfer Agent pursuant hereto prior to the termination of this Agreement. |
|
|
|
Notwithstanding any such termination, the representations, warranties and covenants of the Selling Stockholder contained herein and the provisions of Sections 5, 6 and 7 hereof shall survive the sale and delivery of the Offered Shares and the termination of this Agreement and remain in full force and effect. Following any termination of this Agreement, the Attorney-in-Fact, the Escrow Agent and the Transfer Agent shall have no further responsibilities or liabilities to the Selling Stockholder hereunder except to redeliver to the Selling Stockholder its Offered Shares not sold in the Offering and to distribute to the Selling Stockholder its portion of the net proceeds of the Offering, if any. |
9. | Notices. Any notice required to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed given if in writing and delivered in person, or if given by telephone or telegraph if subsequently confirmed by letter: |
| a. | To Andrew Michael Arroyo as Attorney-in-Fact, 12636 High Bluff Drive Suite 400, San Diego, CA 92130; |
| b. | To the Company 12636 High Bluff Drive Suite 400, San Diego, CA 92130; |
| c. | To the Selling Stockholder at the addresses set forth in the stock records of the Company. |
10. | Applicable Law. The validity, enforceability, interpretation and construction of this Agreement shall be determined in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of Delaware. |
|
|
11. | Binding Effect. All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred shall survive the death, disability or incapacity of the Selling Stockholder, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and shall be binding upon, the Attorney-in-Fact, the Selling Stockholder and the Selling Stockholder’s heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. The Escrow Agent, the Transfer Agent, the Company and all other persons dealing with the Attorney-in-Fact as such may rely and act upon any writing believed in good faith to be signed by the Attorney-in-Fact. |
5 |
12. | Recitals. The recitals to this Agreement are incorporated herein by reference and shall be deemed to be a part of this Agreement. |
|
|
13. | Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which constituting an original but all of which together constituting one instrument. |
|
|
14. | Electronic Signature. This Agreement and any other certificates, documents, undertakings, representations, agreements or consents contemplated hereby or delivered in connection herewith, including, without limitation, the subscription agreement, may be executed by an electronic signature or electronic transmission as permitted under applicable law or regulation, and shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for purposes of execution. |
|
|
15. | Partial Unenforceability. In case any provision in this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. |
This Irrevocable Power of Attorney has been entered into as of ________________.
SELLING STOCKHOLDER
Very truly yours,
By: |
|
|
Name: |
| |
Title: |
|
ATTORNEY-IN-FACT
Andrew Michael Arroyo hereby accepts the appointment as Attorney-in-Fact pursuant to the foregoing Irrevocable Power of Attorney and agrees to abide by and act in accordance with the terms of said Agreement.
Dated as of ________________________
_________________________________
Name: Andrew Michael Arroyo
ANDREW ARROYO REAL ESTATE INC.
This Irrevocable Power of Attorney has been entered into as of _______________.
ANDREW ARROYO REAL ESTATE INC.
By: |
|
|
Name: | Andrew Michael Arroyo |
|
Title: | Chief Executive Officer |
|
6 |
EXHIBIT A
OFFERED SHARES
Selling Stockholder | Amount Owned Prior to Offering | Amount Offered by Stockholder | Amount Owned after Offering
[NAME] | ________ shares | ________ shares | ________ shares
For Non Individual Holders:
Please list the names of all beneficial holders(1) of the entity below:
(1) “beneficial owners” is anyone who has sole or shared voting or investment power in respect of the entity. see Rule 13d-3 under the securities exchange act for guidance. https://www.law.cornell.edu/cfr/text/17/240.13d-3
EXHIBIT B
CONSENT OF SPOUSE (2)
I confirm that I am the spouse or another person who has a community property or similar interest in the Offered Shares of the Selling Stockholder, I confirm that I have read and understood the terms of the Irrevocable Power of Attorney and I consent to the terms thereof, including the sale of the shares of Class A Common Stock.
Dated as of ______________________
______________________________
(Signature of Spouse)
Name:
(2) A spouse’s consent is recommended only if the Selling Stockholder’s state of residence is one of the following community property states: Arizona, California, Idaho, Louisiana, Nevada, New Mexico, Texas, Washington and Wisconsin.
7 |
EXHIBIT 11
|
| 18012 Sky Park Circle, Suite 200 Irvine, California 92614 tel 949-852-1600 fax 949-852-1606 www.rjicpas.com |
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We consent to the inclusion in the Offering Statement on Form 1-A of our report dated September 22, 2025 except for the matters described in Note 1 (the stock split adjustment), as to which the date is September 25, 2025, relating to the financial statements of Andrew Arroyo Real Estate Inc. (the “Company”) included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 1-K for the year ended December 31, 2024.
/s/ Ramirez Jimenez International CPAs
Irvine, California
September 25, 2025
EXHIBIT 12
LAW OFFICES OF CRAIG V. BUTLER
300 Spectrum Center Drive, Suite 300
Irvine, California 92618
Telephone No. (949) 484-5667 • Facsimile No. (949) 209-2545
www.craigbutlerlaw.com
cbutler@craigbutlerlaw.com
September 25, 2025
Board of Directors
Andrew Arroyo Real Estate Inc.
12636 High Bluff Drive, Suite 400
San Diego, CA 92130
| Re: | Andrew Arroyo Real Estate Inc. |
|
| Offering Statement on Form 1-A |
Dear Ladies and Gentlemen:
We have acted as counsel to Andrew Arroyo Real Estate Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company”), with respect to the preparation and filing of an offering statement on Form 1-A (the "Offering Statement”) filed by the Company on September 25, 2025 with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act”), with respect to the public offering by the Company of up to 20,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 ("Common Stock”) at $3.50 per share, of which up to 1,700,000 Shares would be sold by selling shareholders (the “Selling Shareholders”).
In connection with the opinion contained herein, we have examined the Offering Statement, the Certificate of Incorporation, as amended and restated, and Bylaws, as restated and amended, as well as all other documents necessary to render an opinion. In our examination, we have assumed the legal capacity of all-natural persons, the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as certified or photostatic copies and the authenticity of the originals of such copies.
In making our examination of documents executed or to be executed by parties other than the Company, we have assumed that such parties had or will have the power, corporate or other, to enter into and perform all obligations thereunder and have also assumed the due authorization by all requisite action, corporate or other, and execution and delivery by such parties of such documents and the validity and binding effect thereof.
As to questions of fact relevant to the opinions expressed herein, we have relied without investigation upon, and assumed the accuracy of, certificates and oral or written statements and other information of or from representatives of the Company and others.
Based on the foregoing, and subject to applicable state securities laws, when (i) the Offering Statement and any required post-qualification amendment thereto have become effective under the Act; (ii) the Shares are issued, sold and paid for in the manner described in the Offering Statement; and (iii) for certificated Shares, the Shares have been duly executed by the Company, duly countersigned by an authorized signatory of the registrar for the Shares, and duly delivered to the purchasers thereof, it is our opinion that (A) the issuance and sale of the Shares by the Company will have been duly authorized and will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable; and (B) the Shares sold by the Selling Shareholder are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.
1 |
LAW OFFICES OF CRAIG V. BUTLER
Andrew Arroyo Real Estate Inc.
September 25, 2025
Page 2
We express no opinion as to the applicability of, compliance with, or effect of any laws except the laws set forth in applicable provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and applicable provisions of the Delaware Constitution and reported judicial decisions interpreting these laws. We assume no obligation to supplement this letter if any applicable laws change after the date of this letter with possible retroactive effect, or if any facts or events occur or come to our attention after the date of this letter that might change any of the opinions expressed above.
We consent to the filing of this legal opinion as an exhibit to the Offering Statement, and we further consent to the use of our name under the headings "Legal Matters” in the prospectus that forms a part of the Offering Statement and "Legal Matters” in any prospectus supplement that will form a part of the Offering Statement. In giving such consent, we do not hereby concede that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the Rules and Regulations of the SEC thereunder.
Sincerely, |
|
|
|
Law Offices of Craig V. Butler |
|
2 |